Full text of "A writer of Attic prose : models from Xenophon, exercises and guide, a vocabulary of Attic prose usage"

See other formats




3 % 
Roe vt = 


ff ® eee oeoveeee eserves see oceoeeeeeeeseraeoaeea eee 6 e8 8 Fo v 


nN 
—— (NP G0 DI PakO) PAW OD LOIN ad 2 O)5) 








FLAGG 











Presented to 
The Library 
of the 
University of Toronto 
by 


Yof-t Marrone Ts 


Digitized by the Internet Archive 
in 2008 with funding from 
Microsoft Corporation 


https://archive.org/details/writerofatticproO0O0flaguoft 


OAL 


i 1h) ih nee 





A 


WRITER OF ATTIC PROSE 


MODELS FROM XENOPHON 
EXERCISES AND GUIDE 
A VOCABULARY OF ATTIC PROSE USAGE 


BY 





ISAAC FLAGG 


‘ 
PROFESSOR IN THE UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA 


NEW YORK.-:-CINCINNATI-:- CHICAGO 
BMERICAN BOOK COMPANY 


COPYRIGHT, 1902, BY 


ISAAC FLAGG. 


ENTERED AT STATIONERS’ Hatt, Lonpon. 


ATTIC PROSE. 
Wieteaiek 


PREACH 

e 

THE intention and purpose of the present work are indi- 
cated in the first few paragraphs under the head of Writer’s 
Guide, and explicitly stated at the end of the same section 
in Directions for Using the Book, p. 103. The Guide is 
not meant to offer an exhaustive treatment of any of the 
topics which it touches: supplementary matter can be 
found by such readers as may desire it in Outlenes of the 
Temporal and Modal Principles of Attic Prose, published 
by the University of California, copyright, 1893; an Intro- 
duction to the Lives of Cornelius Nepos, on the Rapid 
Reading of Latin and the Art of Translation; The Trans- 
lation Habit, University of California Magazine, April, 
1808. 


iii 


; 
a 





CONTENTS 


PAGE 

MODELS FROM XENOPHON . : : : . : : . I-63 
Cyrus the Great: his Lineage and Native Qualities (107) I 
The Boy Cyrus at the Court of Media (107) . : : : I 


At Dinner (109) . 3 
The Court in its Cups (110) . 5 : 4 
Cyrus decides to remain with his Grandfather (111 ) 5 
A Lesson in Justice (112) . : ; : : ; : 6 
Winning Ways of Cyrus (112) 7 
Hunting (113) : 3 8 
A Grand Hunting Party (116). : : ; : 2, ho 


Cyrus returns Home (118) . : ; ; : : of Vale 
He resumes the Persian Discipline (119). : ' a? “ee 
Designs of the King of the Assyrians (119) . : : om it 
Cyrus takes Command of a Persian Army (120) . ‘ aU (i 
He marches to Media (121) . : : ; : : tt? ANI 
Capture of Sardis (122 ; : ; : 6 : s- MG 
Cyrus and Croesus (123) 5 : ; : ‘ ; | 
Ty@6t ceavrov (124). 2 ¢ ‘ . : : oh nS 
Evdaipovia (127) . : : : ; ; : : a Upae 
The Taking of Babylon (128) : : A : : eT 
Cyrus’ Dower (133) . : , : : : ‘ An ene 

The Charge of Cambyses (134) . ; : : : 2" 26 
Length and Breadth of the Empire (135). : ; =» 20 
Svoxevalov, ® Kipe (136). ! ‘ ‘ ; E 20 
Last Words of Cyrus the Great (137) . : : : AD sie) 


The Death of Cyrus the Younger (138) : : ‘ Pens 


Nf 


vi CONTENTS 


PAGE 
Traits of the younger Cyrus (141) : : . . 37 
Kadoxayabia (143) : é ; . : . Oe Fae UG 
Ischomachus’ Instructions to his Wife (145) = : stetat 
Learning Homer (152) : : , : : “ 3, a6 
Beauty of Socrates (153) . : : : : a toe eee 
Xanthippe, his Wife (154) . ; : - : : Pane: 
Filial Gratitude (155) . : : : - . 7 se) 9 
Agesilaus in Asia (158) : . : - ° : ip he 


Recalled to, Hellas (16r)""..  .)  (& 3.' 4%. Se 
Battle of Coronea (162) ‘ é ; 5 - : yp age 


Panhellenic Patriotism (165) : : : : ES) 
Spartan Simplicity (165) —. j < : : -, | 60 
Hunting as Part of a Liberal Education (166) - : =i 260 
EXERCISES AND GUIDE. : : : : : - 65-169 
Intuition and Imitation : 2 : : : . CesO5 
Rhetorical Articulation ; 2 : : : : enon 
Lesser Rhetorical Masses. : : ; ‘ ; paz 
Larger Rhetorical Masses. : : - : é 5 Os 
Responsiveness of the Greek Language - 2 : 2/7368 
The Greek Order . : : : : : : : Se.) 
First come, First served ; , : : . : 170 
The Group as Unit : : : . : - : Ae 
Period, Antithesis, Chiasmus : : : , 5 - 7a. 
Euphony . : , : ‘ é - - : s "270 
Rhetoric and Grammar . : z : : : ~ 76 
Grammatical Terminology . . : A - ; ee7 7. 
Temporal and Modal Expression . . ‘ - : TA (2 
Pure Conditional Clauses. : . : : 79-82 
Real Condition . - : ~ . : . ‘ i 4S) 
Circumstantial Condition . . j : . Z - 81 


Vague Condition : : : : : : ‘ = Aor 


CONTENTS Vil 


PAGE 

Relative Indefinite : : : : . . 82 
Original and Secondary Constructions . ; : . J ag 
Scheme of Subordinate Clauses . : : - : 2. WSs 
The Past Phase . 2 : - - - . : - 88) 
Objective Conditional . : , : - : : are) 
Subjective Conditional . : ; : - : : -, © 196 
Final of Expectation . P : : : : : = gt 
Cautions regarding Idiom. ; 3 z : - 92-100 
The Connective Particle . : : - : : oy) Se 
Parataxis of peéev : ; ; ; : : : na 
Aorist and Imperfect ; : : : : ‘ es 
ihe Perfect.Stem) .. ; ‘ 3 ; : 7 2g 
Infinitive and Participle_ . . ; : : ; : ' 5 
pavat, eiveiv and Acyew , : ; : , . 96 
oiec Oat, Soxetv, yycioOa, vouilew fa : . 96 
yvovac : , , , ‘ : : « _ 66 
datverOat, axovew ; : : : , ; oF 
Adjuncts of Infinitive or Participle_ . : : : - 97 
Personal and Impersonal . : : : : : . 1 96 
Temporal Relations . ; ; : : ; : - 98 
Simplicity . ; : ‘ : : : : : . 100 
Directions for Using the Book 103 


Exercises for Writing . : : . . : . 107-169 
ABBREVIATIONS . : : : . 


VOCABULARY . “ 2 : . - . - ; «. AZ 





mite PROSE 


Cyrus the Great: his Lineage and Native Qualities 


Ilarpos prev 57) 6 Ktpos déyerar yevésrOar Kap- 
, ~ 7 ‘ A ¢ A 
Bicew Hepoav Bacihéws, pytpds Sé€ dpodoyetrar 
Mavddyns yeverOar: 7» 5€ Mavdavyn avrn ’Aotud- 
> ig Lal : 4 , 4 
yous nv Ovydrnp tod Mydav yevonevov Baciréws. 
A Aue A , alee ¥ \ a 
5 puvar d€ 6 Kupos déeyetar kai aderar Ere kal vov 
tm tav BapBapar, cidos pev Kahhiotos Wyn Se 
prravOpwrdratos Kat diiowabéaratos Kat didotipd- 
TATOS, WOTE TaVTA pev TOVvoY avaT\nvat TavTa dé 
KivOuvov Umopewar Tov éemawecOar evexa. dvow 
\ ‘\ “a A \ a A , ¥ 
10 pev OF THS pophys Kal THs WuyNs TovadTny eyov S1a- 
pvynpoveverar: evardevOn ye pv ev Tlepo@y vopmoss. 


The Boy Cyrus at the Court of Media 


Kv 0 \ , \ PS) Ms) 7: A x PVE d A“ 
pos yap méeype ev O@deKa éTaV 7 OAIyw Thetov 
4 “~ fi 3 4 ‘ , “ e 4 
TAUTH TH Tavdeia eTardevIny, Kal TavTwy TaV HALKoV 
, > , \ > Xx x , a # 
diah€pwv éfaivero Kal eis TO Tayd pavOavew & Séor 
‘ > ‘\ A ‘\ 6) s Y A > \ 
I5 Kal €ls TO Kah@s Kal avdpEiws Exacta Tove. éKx de 
TOUTOV TOV ypovov peTeTEeuaro AaTuayns THY éav- 
~ 7 ‘\ ~ “a > “A me > oe ‘ > , 
Tov Bvyatépa Kai Tov Taida adrns: Welw yap emeBU- 
¥ a 
PEL, OTL NKovEV avTOV Kaov Kayabdy Elva. EpyeTat 
> > , e , \ 5 lA ‘\ ‘\ lo 
& avty te 7 Mavdavy mpos Tov TaTepa Kal Tov Kupov 
20 TOV ULOY EXoUTA. 
ATTIC PROSE—I I 


10 


15 


20 


25 


ATTIC PROSE 


\ a 
‘Os 5€ adixero TadxioTa, Kal eyvw 6 Kdpos tov 
> , A \ , » >QX a N 
Aotuayyny THS pnTpos watépa ovta, evOds ota dy 
A , , x > , , SN 
mats dvoe diidctopyos wv nomaleTd TE avTov 
@oTEep av el TIS TAAL ovVTEApappevos Kal mahat 
diiov aomalouro, Kat dpav dn avTov KeKoopNmevov 
\ 3 “Aw ¢ ™ \ , 3 ie. 
kat dd0apav vroypapyn Kat ypaparos evTpiber 
\ / Ig a \ 2 > > / 
Kal Kopais mpoobéros, & O1 vopwima Hv ev Mydas 
—Tadta yap TavTa Mnyoduxd €ort, Kal ot topdupot 
lol \ 
XiT@vES Kal ol KavdVES Kal Ob OTpETTOL ot TeEpt 
La , \ \ / x x “A ie 3 
™ S€pn Kat ta Wedia Ta mEpt Tats yepol, ev 
IIlgpoaus d€ Tots olkou Kat vov €7t TOAD Kal exOATES 
/ \ 4 > , c “A \ 
dhavrdrepar Kat Stata, evteh€orepar — dpav dy 
N , A , > , La ey 
TOV KOGMOY TOU TamTOV, EuBEeTaV av’T@ EdeEyer, 
> A e dod e , > te \ 
Q pytep, as Kahds pou 0 Tammos. Eepwraans Se 
3 ‘\ “A ‘ is , 3 ~ lal 
avTov THs pyTpos WMoTEpos KadXiwvy av’T@ Soxet 
> x eo » lo 
eval, 0 TATHP Y OUTOS, amEKpivato apa 6 Kupos, 
"Q prep, epoav fev mod KaddwoTos 6 eds 
/ / , Y CZ. 3. ON N38 ts) 
maTyp, Mydav pévtor Cowv Ewpaka éya Kal év Tats 
€ ca] SY 5.oN “~ v A a c Brae SK , 
Odols Kal emt Tats OUpais TOAD ObTOS 6 Eds TaTTOS 
KaANLOTOS. 
> - \ c /, > oN N \ 
Avractalopevos 6€ 6 mammros avToV Kal oTOAHV 
XN bee XN A \ / 2 Je ~ 
Kahynv evédvae Kal oTpemTots Kat Wedious eTia Kal 
3 / \ ¥ 2) , aps -S. , 
EKOo MEL, Kal EL Tov eLehavvoL, ef imToV ypuToxaNt- 
you TEpinyev, WoTEP Kal avTos Elofer Topever Bat. 
6 d€ Kdpos ate tats av Kal diddKkados Kat diioTyLos 
nOoeTo TH OTOAH, Kal immevew pavOdvor wrepeyarper * 
> /, x \ XN XN > ‘\ vd 
év Ilépoais yap dua TO yaherov elvar Kal Tpéepew 
9 » A 
immous Kal immevew €v dpewyn ovon TH Xopa Kar 
lal “4 
idety Ummov omdviov. 





10 


20 


25 


CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 3 


At Dinner 


A \ a7 2. , ‘ ~ \ \ Lal 
Aevav € 6 Aotudyns atv TH Ovyatpi Kat T@ 
\ aw e yY ~ 
Kip, Boviopevos tov matda as noveTa deurvew, 
9 @ ¥ 7 
va ATTOV Ta olKade TOOOin, TpooHyayev aiT@ Kat 
, ‘\ \ 3 , XN ei 
mapoyidas Kal TavTodaTa euBaymara kal Bpomara. 
Tov d€ Ktpov éefacav héyew, "QO mame, do 
mpaypata exes & TO Oeitvm, Ei aVadyKn ToL Ent 
mavTa Ta hekdpia TavTa Swateivew Tas YELpas Kat 
anoyever Oar tovtway Tov TavtodaTtav Bpwpatwr. 
Ti 8é, ddvar tov ’Aotudynv, od yap Todd cou SoKet 
> , , \ lal n 3 ei XN 
eivat Kad\\Lov TOOE TO SEtrVOV Tov ev Ilépoats; TOV 
\ , ‘\ Lal 5 / / A 
d€ Kvpov mpos tadra atokpwaobar A€éyerat, Our, 
> , > \ Vrs , \ > , 2 
@ mame: a\\a TOAD atAovaoTepa Kal evOuTEepa Tap 
if Lal e c > > \ \ 5 ~ xX > ¢ Aw 
Huw y 0dds e€otw emt 76 EuTrAnTOHvaL 7) Tap VLD. 
Tap Huw pev yap apTos Kal Kpéa els TOUTO ayeL* 
€ Lng \ > \ XN Ee a a) , X , 
bets S€é els pev TO avTd july oredoerE, TOANOUS OE 
ce ‘\ » »," , 4 / 
Twas €Atypovs avw Kal KaTw mAavapevor modus 
aduxvetobe Orror Hers TAAL HKOMED. 

"ANN, @ tat, davar Tov ’AoTuayny, ovK ax Oopevor 
na , / \ \ 4, »” 
ravTa mepitravapela: yevdpevos S€ Kal ov, Edn, 
lA Y AOE b) v2 > dra \ , , \ 
yore or ndéa éotiv. “AAG Kal oe, Pavar Tov 
Kipov, 6p0, ® Tamme, pvoaTTopevov TadTa Ta Bpa- 

\ ‘\ > yd 5 , @ \ 4 67, 
para. Kal Tov “Aotvdyny émeperfar, Kar tie on 
\ , > a , Y , 
ov TEeKualpomevos, @ Tat, héyers; “OTe oe, Pavan, 
6p, Grav pev Tod aptov ayy, eis ovdev THY XELpa 

> , Y Cag be, \ , SN 
drodépevov: dtav S€ TovTwv TiVvds Diyyns, eds azro- 
a , 
kabaipe. THY yElpa eis TA XELPOWAKTPA, WS TavU 
dyOdpuevos btu mhéa cor am adtav éyéveTo. Tpds 
~ \ > 4 > Lal > , y , 
Tavta dé Tov Aotudyyy eiety, Et Towvy ovTw yryve- 


Io 


ty 
ire 


ATTIC PROSE 


> 7 > x nee > a ¢ , 
oxes, @ wat, a\\a Kpéa ye evwyov, Wa veavias 
oixade aweAGns. aya dé tav7a €yovTa ToNa aiT@ 
mwapadepew Kai Onocia Kal TOY NuEpwr. 

Kai rov Kupor, éwei Epa wok\a ta xpéa, ceive, 
a -— - > / 7 -~ * . 
*H xa Sides, davat, & waawEe, TavTa TavTa por Ta 
Kpéz 0 7t BovAouar avrois ypnolar; Ny Ata, davat, 
@® wat, €ywyé cor. evtavfa 87 Tov Kupov \aS8ovra 
tev Kpeav Siadidovar trois audi roy wawzov Oepa- 
weuTais emt€yovra éxds7w@, Lot pév TovTO, O7t Tpo- 
’ < sa A ’ ‘ * J x 
Pipes pe inmevew biddoxes- cot dé, o7t wor wadrov 
~ . ~ >: > . ’ A ‘ 
€Owxas, vuv yap tour éyw- oot dé, drt pou TH 
, ~ ~ > 7 a 8 83 id = 
pytépa Tyas. ToLavTa Ezola ews Oucdid0v Tav7a a 
7 s 
eAaBe Kpea. 
The Court in its Cups 
~ ~ >: ~ 
Kat 7ov Kupov cizety, *2 Saxa, awod@das- éxBare 
oe Ex THS TULNS* Ta TE yap adXa, davat, cov Kadduov 
> , x > > , > x > e > 
OlvOXONTW, Kal OVK EKTI2U“AL AUTOS TOY O!VOY. ot 9B 
> - s > , : Ss 8 ~ x 
apa tev Bacrléwy oivoydo:, éxadav S:d@04 THY 
G@idhyny, aovoavres Gz aizys To Kuabe eis THY 
apisrepay xeipa éyyeduevor Katappodovcr, tov dy 
A ~ -~ 
€t Odpuaxa eyyéovey wy AvTiTEAEw avTois. 
> s i  S , > , % =f 
Ex rovrov 8) 6 “Aotudyns émtoxeatev, Kai ti 
, > ~ = 
87, €dn, @ Kipe, 7ad\a pipotpevos tov Saxav, ovK 
azepp6dn Tas Tov otvov ; “Ort, edr, vy Aia eScdoixew 
ae - - s ‘ ‘ 
pt) <v Te Kparnpt dappaxa peutypéva cin. Kal yap 
al e 7 7 ‘ , > ~ * 
ore €ld7iagas av sous dirovs & ois yereOXiots, 
cadas Katéuafov ddpyaxa piv avrov éyyxéavza. 
‘ ~ % x -~ a 73 
Kai was 87 ov tovr0, edn, xaréywos; “Ore vy At 
e ”~ e . ~ -~ 
vpas €wpwy Kal 7als yrv@pais Kai Tols Topact 





ee 


_ ————— 


hit ea ii ee 


Io 


15 


CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 5 


, - ‘ , Ga > esi tae ee 
adahopevous. ampeTov peyv yap, a ovK €aTe Has 
TOUS TALOAS TOLELY, TAVTA aVTOL ETOLEITE. TaVTES pe 

a 4 3 s > 4 . > s > , 
yap apa éxexpiyere, €uavbavere Se ovdey aGddxjhwv, 
> 4A 7, * Ss >] rd 5 -_ 
ndere d€ para yedoiws, ovK axpowpevor 5€ Tov 
> > , >» >» a 4 v 
adovTos @prveTe aptoTa ade: héywr 5€ Exaczos 
bpav THY E€avTov pon, EvaAT el avactain7e Opy7- 

, 4 7 > ode >] e ~ > > s7vs 
TouEVol, LN OTWS 6pxeio Far ev pvope, add avd 
6pBove Ga cOwacb:. émehédnabe 6€ wavrazact, ov 

> . > > » > \. 
Te ort Brottevs 7TG9a ot ze GAOL OTL GV apxor. 
Tore yap 8 €ywye Kal zpaTov Kazéualoy or TOUT 
>» > > e > 7 a e ~ ,? > ~ J 7 
ap Hv n lonyopia O vets TOT EzoOLELTE. ovo€emorTeE 
your €olwaare. 
4A > ce 5 = 

Kat 6 “Aoruayns héye, “O 5€ ods wazHp, Edn, 
> ” ; 
® Tat, wivev ov pebvcxerar; Ov pa Al’, €dn. “AdAa 
mas wout; Aujav zaverat, addo 5é Kaxodv ovoe 


, » > > , , -~ 3 A 
TATXEL* OV Yap Oiwal, @ TaT7E, Laxas avTw@ OlvoXoEL. 


Cyrus decides to remain with his Grandfather 


> \ fy ~ 
Evei &€  Mavdavn zapeoxevalero ws amuwvea 
4 . 4 > > 7 > - e > , 
mwadw mpos Tov avdpa, édciro avTns 6 AoTvayns 
= ‘ a . > , s , 
Katahimav tov Kipov. 7 8& amexpivato, o7t Bov- 
4 ~ ty > 
Aoiro pev amavra To TaTpi xapilecOa, axovra 
4 x Aa A > ’y ~ 
pevro. Tov maida yadevor civat vopilew KaTahivew. 
> = 
Eva 89 6 “Aortvayns Aé€yer zpos zov Kupor, 
ra) -~ sa fd 2 3 , ~ X , cas ee 
Q wat, qv perns Tap Eepol, TP@TOV peEV L7TOLS TOLS 
> “ , x > c , 2 , x 
€uots xpyoe Kal addows Gazdcors av Bovdn, Kat 
c , > , »¥ > a s i. A 3 , al 
OmdTav azins, Exar azet ovs Gy av7os EHEANS. ExeiTa 
7 ~ , ~ ¥ 
dé &v 7@ Scizvw ext 7d peTpiws cor Soxovw Exew 


> 


c ? , ~ 
Omotay Bovder Oddy Topevoe. EwEITA Ta TE VO & 


ur 


Io 


15 


20 


25 


ATTIC PROSE 


TO Tapadeiaw Onpia didwpi oor kat adda Tavrodara 
VON Ve a a , > 8 ‘\ , c / Aa 
oviheEw, & ov, ETEevdav TaxLoTa inmEevew jays, 

4 \ /, \ > 4 Lal ly 
did€er, Kai Tokevwv Kat axovTilwv KataBadeis womep 
e OX ¥ 5 \\ to PS) ld ) \ , 
ol peyddou avopes. Kat matdas O€ cou ya oupTral- 
oTopas mapéfw, Kat adda omdca av BovdAn déywv 
TpOS EME OVK ATUXHTELS. 
"Evel tavra eimey 6 “Aotva ) LHTNP SiNpa 
vdyys, } pATnp Smpara 
‘ lal , , - xX 3 4 a \ 
Tov Kvpov modrepov Bovdotto pevew 7} amievar. 0 € 
ovk e“ehdAnoer, A\AG TAY Elmev OTL pévetv Bovdouro. 
3 ‘\ \ VA ¢€ ‘ A ‘\ A , 3 Le) 
erepwTnfels S€ Tadw bro THS pHTpPds Oia Ti, Eire 
g yy la la 
héyerau, “Ore otkou pev TOV HALKwY Kal Eipt Kal doKo 
KPATLOTOS EivaL, @ MHNTEP, Kal aKovTilwy Kal TOCEVwWDY, 
3 las \ SQ? So e , 4 StEeN la e 7 
évtav0a S€ 010 OTL immEevwy HTTwWY Eipt TOV YArLKwY. 
\ A > 7 a na x 7] 3 oN , a kN 
Kat TovTo ev tof, @ pnTEp, Epy, OTL EME TAaVU aria. 
ED , , > LO \ qa ¢c , y 
ny O€ pe katadinys evOade kat palo immevev, orav 
pev ev Ilépoais @, olwat cou exeivous Tovs ayallous 
Ta TELiKa padiws riknoew: ora S cis Mydous EDe, 
evade Teipdoomat T@ TaTTH, ayabav imTéwv Kpa- 
c t 


¥ N A A 
TLOTOS WV, LITTEVS TUUPAXEW AUTH. 


A Lesson in Justice 


Tv 6€ ducavociynv, @ Tat, Tas pabyoa EevOdde, 
5 aA » lal , \ . an 
€KeL OVT@Y GOL TaV SioacKdd\wY; Kal TOY Kupov 
ddvat, ANN ® pATep, akpiBO TadTd ye HOy. las 
ov oicAa; tiv Mavddvnv cine. "Orr, pavar, 6 

/ / e YY 3 le) ‘\ , 
duddoKads pe, @s NON aKpLBovrTa THY SiKaLocvrHY, 

\ + , / \ / 7, me NS 
kat ahdous Kafiorn duxalew: Kat Towvy, davar, Et 

las / \ ¥ ¢ > > A 
pia mote Oikn amdnyas €daBov ws ovK dpfas 
dukaoas. 


10 


15 


20 


25 


CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 7 


Ss \ ec , , a , \ » 
Hy 6€ 7 diKn TowadTn. Tats peyas piKpov exwv 
XiTava Tatda puKpov péyav €xovTa xiTaVa, Exdvoas 
ree: \ \ e€ a > i > , SS Eee) , 
avTov, TOV Lev EavTOU Exewov Hudiewe, TOV SD ExElvou 
ewe eS eye, > x > 4 / ” , 
avTos évédv. €yw ovv TovTo.s dukalwv eyvev BédATLOV 
Elvat aupoTépors TOV ApmOTTOVTA EKATEPOY yLTwVA 
»~ > \ 4, 4 4 is , 
eyew. ev O€ TOUTH pe ETaLoEV 6 didacKaos, é~as, 
9 = » 9 
OTL OTOTE [eV TOU APHLOTTOVTOS ElNV KPLTHS, OUTW SéoL 
wn “~ y 
Touw* OmoTe O€ KpLvat Sor TOTEpoV O yLT@V Ely, 
Tour epyn oKemtéov elvat, Tis KTHoLS SiKaia €oTi, 
re ‘ , > , x x ‘\ , 
ToTEepa TOV Bia aehopevov EXELY 7 TOV TOLNTamEVOV 


X va 
7) mpudpevov KexTno Oar. 


Winning Ways of Cyrus 


Tovadra pev 57 mo\d\a éhdder 6 Kdpos: reédos dé 
e x , 3 A 0 aa be / \ 5) A 
n pev pntTnp amndOe, Kipos d€ Katéueve Kal avTov 
eTpEPETO. KAL TAXY [LEV TOLS NALKLOTALS TUVEKEKPATO 
@OTE oiKElws SiaKetcPar: Tayd Se Tovs maTépas 

tA eee) \ \ » 3d Y r) , 
AUT@V AVHPTHTO, TPOTLWY Kal EvONAOS OV OTL HoTA- 
Cero avT@y TOUS vies, WaTE, EL TL TOU Bactéws 

, x nw 5 4 aA if) nw 
d€owTo, Tovs Tatoas eKéXevoy Tod Kupov Setcbar 
diarpagacbat odiow. 6 d€ Kdpos, ei déowr7o avtov 
ol matdes, Oia THY hiiavOpwriav Kal dirotiniav mept 
TavTos €mrovetTo SuaTparrec Oa. 

Kat 6 “Aatudyns, 6 Tt d€oiTo avtov 6 Kupos, ovdev 
> /, > la \ > / \ ‘\ > 
eOvVATO avTexe fu) OV yapilerAar. Kat yap aobe- 

7 ) La! 5 4 > / XN , » | \ 
VHTAVTOS AVTOV, OVSETOTE ATEAELTE TOV TATTOV OVE 

, Cae , : \ A > A Y e 
KAdwv ToTé Eravero, ANA OHAOS Hv TAC OTL UITEpE- 

A 7 exe lh > /, A \ 3 \ 
poBetro wy ol 6 TamToSs aTofavy: Kal yap EK VUKTOS 

¥ , > , nw 5 , n 
El Tivos SéoLTO Aotuadyns, tpatos noOavero Kupos 


10 


15 


20 


25 


ATTIC PROSE 


\ , > , > , c , 9 
Kal mavTwv aoKVoTaTa aveTyOa VaINpEeTHoOwY O TL 
oloiro yapietoOar, WoTE TaVTaTAacW avEKTYOATO TOV 
*AoTuayyp. 

Hunting 

FEN ‘ A > \ » > , A Ve “ a 

Kal tayvd pev els TO toov adixeto TH tmrmuKH Tots 
nd ‘ \ / \ es a Y*¥ \ 
mrEt, TAXY SE Tapyer did TO Epay Tov Epyov, TaYDd 

\ oS a , , > , , \ 
dé Ta €v TH Tapadeiow Onpia avyroxe Sudkwv Kal 

, \ 4 v c > 4 > ae 
Bad\wv Kat KaTtakaivwr, wate 0 “Aotudyns ovKeT 
eiyev adT@ ovddéyew Onpia. Kat 6 Kupos, aiaGo- 
pevos ott Bovdopevos ov dvvaiTd ot CavTa moda 

, ad \ > ent Ss / / A 
mapeyew, eXeye mpos avtov, “2 mame, Ti oe det 
, lal , a? oy. > SSN De AY , 
Onpia Cnrovvta mpayywar exew ; add’ €av ewe Exirep- 
SnaN , \ A , ak 4 ay , 
ms émt Onpav crv T@ Oeiw, voutd, 60a av tow Onpia, 
euol Tavta tpéperOar. émiuuady dé opddpa e€révar 
ae ® ‘\ , > 4fy? ¢€ 7 a 3 4 Ad 
emt THY Onpav, ovKel’ dpoiws imapew edvvato worrep 
la ¥ > zie / f, > \ / 
Tats wy, add’ OKyNpoTEpov TpoTHEL* ov yap mpooyHEL 
» 
el 47) LOot Ed KaLpOS ELD. 

"Enel 8° otv eyvw 6 *Aatudyns ofddpa avrov 
> “a” + A” > 7 5 XN ‘\ aA t2 
émiOupovvra e€w Onpar, exméutrer abtov ovv TO Delw 

‘\ , , 37? y / 

Kal dvv\akas oupTEeuter eb imrwv mpeoButépous, 
4 > XN lal a 4 > XN \ > 
OTws aTo TOY SvTXapiov PuddTTOLY avTOV Kal El 
TOV ayplov TL pavein Onpiwv. 6 ovv Ktpos Tav €7o- 
pevav tpolvpas emuvOdvero, motors ob xpy Onpious 
/ \ a \ a / a ? 
medale Kal mota ypy Oappovvta didKew. ot 6 
¥ y ” \ »¥ , 
Ekeyov OTL apkTo. Te ToAdOds YON TANoLacavTas 

/ \ , ld ‘\ / 
SuepOepay Kat Kadmpou Kat NéovTes Kal Tapdahes, 

e Muy. XN , \ ec + 3 a ¢c 
at dé Ehadou Kal SopKades Kal ol aypiot oles Kal OL 
»” cy > “ > » \ ‘ ea 
Ovol Ol aypior dowels ciow. Edeyov 6€ Kal TOUTO, 


Tas Suvoywpias Oru Séou hurdrrerOar ovdev Hrrov 7 


10 


15 


20 


25 


\y 
CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 9 


‘ , . \ »” 5 lal r Y 
Ta Onpia: modovs yap NON avTOLS Tols UTTOLS KaTa- 
Kpnpvic Ojva. 
\ c =~ , ~ 5 , , 
Kat 6 Kupos mavra tavta éuavOave Tpobvpas: 
5 ¥” 
ws d€ eldev EXadhov exmndjoacay, TavTwV émLdafo- 
ae » 280 > \ »” ¢ A a y 
pevos av ykovsev ediwKker, ovdev ao Opav 7) OmOL 
» 4 “A > ~” e y , > 
epevye. Kal TwWS SuaTynd@v avT@ 6 tmmos TinTe Ets 
yovata kal puKpov KaKewor eferpayyduoev. ov pHV 
> ie , c “ , etd > 7 
add’ ereuewev 0 Kupos polis Tws Kat wos e€aveorn. 
ws S€ Eis TO TEdLov NAOEV, akovTicas KaTaBalre THY 
¥ ~ , 
Ehadov, kahdv Te XpHua Kat peya. 
Via A: 
Kai 6 pev 51 vrepéxaipev ot d€ pvhakes tpoce- 
>” a 
Adcavtes éhovddpou avrov Kai Edeyov eis oboy KUW- 
¥ ae A > na ¢ > ra 
Suvov €\Oou Kat ehacav KaTEpely avTov. Oo ovv Kupos 
eloTy KEL KaTAaBEBNKaS Kal AkKOVY TAUTA AVLATO. WS 
¥ A y ry 
&° nodeto kpavyns, aveTnonoey ETL TOV LTTOV WaTTEp 
évOovoiav, Kal ws Eldev EK TOU aVTIOU KAT POV TpoO- 
hepomevor, avtios ehavver Kal SiaTEewapevos eVaTOXMS 
BadXex eis 75 pérwrov Kal KaTéoye TOV KaTpoV. 
A ¥ a A A 
"Evtav0a pévtor non Kat 6 Oetos abt@ €dowdopetro, 
DY 4 c “ aA > > “~ 4 
Tv OpacityTa opav. Oo 6° avtov owWopoupevou 
7 3 rf 9 Sa% 4 ~ bias > re 
OMws E€d€lTO, OTA avTOS EAaBeE, TAVTA EATaL ELOKOpI- 
cavta Sovvar TO TaTTH. Tov O€ Hetov Eire dacw, 
"ANN Fv aicOyrar oti édlwKes, 0} col pdvov ho.do- 
, > \ \ > Loe, » Fe, ty eC , 
pyoerat, ahha Kat Emol, ort oe evwv. Kau nv Bov- 
Anta, pavar avTov, pactiywodTw, émedav ye eyo 
nan > “A XN , > , ¥” oy Co 
60 avT@. Kal ov ye, el Bove, Epy, @ Dele, Tipwpy- 
Gapevos TATA, Ouws YaApioai mor. Kal Oo Kva€apys 
, an > , Y , \ N 
peo. TedevT@v etre, Iloier omws PBovder: ov yap 
al an A > = 
vouv ye nav eorxas Baowdevs €ivat. 


IO ATTIC PROSE 


wn 


Io 


r5 


20 


25 


9 \ cal , 
Ovtw 5) 6 Kipos eickouioas ra Onpia edidov 
nw ¥ ty a 

TET@ TaTTH Kal Edeyey OTL adTds TadTa OnpdceLer 

> , \ ‘ > , > , \ ¥ 4 
EKEWM. KAaL TA AkKOVTLA EEdElKVY fev Ov, KaTeOnkE 
\ c , 9 ¥” \ , »” c \ 
€ 7aTwpeva orov wero Tov madmrov opera. 6 dé 
> A , » 5 PAX > a Py la \ 
Aaruayns apa elmer, , @ Tat, d€xomar pev 

¥» c , 9 \ , > , , 4 
eywye nd€ws doa od Sidws, ob pévTor Séomal ye 

9 \ “~ 
TOUTwY OvdEVOS WOTE GE KWdUVEvEW. Kal 6 Kvpos 
¥ > 4 ‘A \ / e 4 > , 5 ‘ 
ef, Et rowuy py od dée, ixeredw, & waare, enor 
9 A an > 
d0s al’Td, OTws ToLs HAuKLdTaLS éya dado. *AAN, 
® tat, eon 6 Aotudyns, Kat radTa haBav SiadidSov 

oTw od Bovde Kal Tov addAwv drdca Hédes. 


A Grand Hunting Party 


Kai 6 Kipos \aBav édidou re dpas rots mauot Kal 
7 ¥ 9S la ec » > Lan y \ 
ana eheyev, °O, waides, as dpa ébr\vapovper bre Ta 
&v T@ Tapadelow Onpia eOnpduev: dpovov Eovye 
A > ar » , an , 
doxet elvar oldvrep el tis SeSeucva faa Onpon. 
lal \ \ “A / > ‘\ 
TPWTOV [LEV Yap EV [LLKP@ Ywpiw Av, emerta emTa 
\ , \ XN \ ee \ io \ ‘ 
Kat Wopahea, Kal TO perv aiTav yodov hv 7d Se 
/ \ > =) lal ad sf lal , 
kohoBov: ta d €v Tots dpeou Kat eydou Onpia, 
e \ \ c \ /, e \ bs 3 / 
as me Kala os O€ peydha as Sé hurapa édaivero. 
\ ¢ \ ¥ 4 ‘\ 4 \ ‘\ 
Kal at pev elahou womTEep mrnVval 4AovTO T™pOs TOV 
> , c \ , WA ‘\ + \ 
ovpavov, ot O€ KdmpoL, waTEP ToS avdpas dact 
\ > 5) 4 c Ie > / cn \ A , 
Tovs avopEeLous, Oo“oce Eh€povTo: v7d dé THS mAaTv- 
> wl e lal 4) > 4 3 lal , va 
THTOS OVSE duapTely ody 7 Av abtav. Kaddia On, 
ep, Euouye Soxet Kal teOvnkdra evar Tadra 4 Covra 
EKEWG TA TEPLWKOOOLNLEVA. 
"ANN dpa dv, éby, adetey kai tuas ot TATEPES 
emt Oypav; Kai padi av, ep i “Aorud 
mt Onpavr ; L pgolws y av, epacay, el Aotuayns 


wat 


20 


25 


CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON rt 


Kehevor. Kal 0 Kupos etme, Tis ody dv uty Aotudye. 
prnolen; Tis yap av, épavar, cov ye ikavdtepos 
metoar; “Adda pra Tov Ata, edn, éy@ pev ovK otd° 
dotis avOpwros yeyévnuar: ov5é yap olds T eipi 
héyew eywye, ov0 avaBdérev mpds Tov TamTov éK 
nw ¥ » , xX \ la > nw 
Tov toov eT. Ovvapat. Hv d€ ToToUTOY é€7LdLO00, 
dédorKa, eby, py) Tavtdmacr BraE tis Kat HdLAvos 
me - , X ¥ / oy EY a 
yévopar’ madapiov dé wv, Sewdtatos hadetv ddKouv 
eval. Kal ol Tatdes etmov, Ilovypdv héyers TO Tpaypa, 
> Nia elo 2% G la x , , , > 2 
El unde UTEP Nav, av TL O€n, SuVHTEL Tpatrew, ad 
y XN \ RX Nye: , y¥ A e fal 
adXov Twos TO ETL GE avayKy EoTaL eto Oar Has. 
‘Akovoas d€ tavta 6 Kutpos édyyOn, Kai ovyh 
$ POS eo oy 
aTehOav, duakehevodpevos EavT@ Torpar, eiondOer, 
o) 4 4 x b) , , aA XN N 
emtPovhevoas Omws av ahumdtata Elmo. Tpdos TOV 
TamTOV Kal OvraTpakeevy AUT@ TE Kal TOs TaLolY oP 
390 7 » > a m2? , ¥ > , 
éd€ovto. npEaTo ovv Ode. Eimé pou, édy, © wane, 
y be) a lal > ~ ‘ 4 3 / / 
nv Tis amoopa oe Ta oiKeTav Kal haByns avdrov, TL 
aiT@ xpynoe; Ti adddo, edn, ) SHoas epydlerbar 
> ets x \ SaaS; , + A , 
avayKaow; “Hy dé adrouaros tahw €hOn, Tas Touy- 
, /, Y > \ , 4 \ dO J 
oes; Ti d€, edn, i py) pactrydoas ye, Wa py avis 
la lan 3 b) an , y » YY ¢ 
TovTO Tron, Ef apyns xpyHoopar; “Apa av, epn 6 
A N , » Y , 
Kupos, cot tapackevalecOar ein, OTH paotiye@cets 
¢ , 4 9 b) ww \ ‘\ 
pe, ws Bovievopat ye dmws oe atodp@ haBav Tovs 
A ¥ 
nucidtas emt Oypav. Kat 6 Aatuayys, Kadds, ey, 
) 7 v2 » , ¥ = , 
eroingas mpoeTtov’ evdolev yap, edn, atayopetw 
A y 
co. wy KWweisIar. yapiev yap, edn, el Evexa Kpea- 
, ~ x \ a ’ Ze 
diwv TH Ovyarpi tov Talda droBovKolno a. 
> , an ¢ an 3 , \ Ny 
Akovoas tavrTa 6 Kupos, émeifeto ev Kal Eewer, 
al la , 
aviapos S€ Kal okvOpwmds dv ciwTy Sijyev. 6 pevToe 


I2 


Io 


5 


20 


=3 


ATTIC PROSE 


’ , oeaN es Se SCS ERN , > A 
Aotudyns, €mel eyvw avrov AvTovpevov toxupas, 
, > Lal / 5 z 5 \ 4 ‘\ 
Bovhopevos ait@ yapilerOar e€ayer emit Oypav, Kat 
‘ ‘ \ c 4 4 ‘\ x 
melovs moAXovs Kal imméas ovvartioas Kal Tovs 
Tatas, Kal ouvehdoas eis Ta tmmdowa ywpia Ta 
Onpia €rotnoe peyahynv Oypav. 
\ “ \ ‘\ > / > / , 
Kat Baoitxas 6) tapav adres, amnyopeve pndeva 
Badrdew rpiv Kvpos éumdnobein Onpav. 6 dé Kipos 
ovk ela Kwdvew, add’, Et Bovra, edn, @ marTe, 
e , la) »” ‘\ > 93 \ , , 
nodews pe Onpav, aes Todvs KaT ewe TavTas SidKew 
kal duaywvilerOar omws ekaotos Kpatiota S¥vairo. 
5 way Nw GD , > 7 : \ \ “2.4 
evrav0a 5) 6 ’Aotudyns adinot, Kat aoras eOearo 
e , 3 A \ / ‘\ “ ‘\ 
authiouevous ert Ta Onpia Kat didoverkovvTas Kat 
7 \ 2) P ‘ ra 7 5 
SuKovtas Kal akovtilovras, kat Kvpw ndeto ov 
, ig ve. \ “A e A b) > 7 , 
Swapeva oiyav vrd THS OovAS, GAN womep cKVaKL 
la 2 ip ce if , 4 ‘\ 
yevvatw davakddalovte omdre mAnovdlor Onpio, Kat 
an \ la \ 
TapakahovyTe dvopagTl EKacTOV. Kal TOD Mev KaTa- 
la CN c Las b) 7 ‘\ be \ 
yehavta abroy dpav evppatveto, Tov O€ TWA Kat 
> La! 5 \ > , ~) bes “ A 
emawovvta avrov yoOdvero odd OrwaT.ovy POovepas. 
, > > \ pre iy Gav) , 3 rs 
téhos 5 ovv wo\ha Onpia Exov o “Aotvayns amen. 
Kai 70 Xourdv ov noOn tH TOTE Onpa, woTE 
ai TO NotTov ovTws noOn TH TOTE Bypa, woTE. 
D4 Pca , a/ > y / Led , \ tAX 
Gel, OTOTE OlOV T Ein, TUVEEHEL TO KUpq@, Kat addovs 
X A 
te To\Novs wapedapBave Kal Tods Tatdas Kvpou 
4 ‘ \ \ io / Y PS) A 
evexa. Tov pev Oy TAELaTOY ypovoyv oUTW dLNyeEV 
A lal A aA , 
6 Kipos, tacw ndovns pev Kal wyafov Twos ouvai- 


» aA Ov AS , 
TLOS WY, KAKOU de OUVOEVOS. 


Cyrus returns Home 


KauBvaons S¢ 6 tod Kupou tratnp ndeTo pev truv- 
Pavouevos tadra, ere 8 nKovoev epya avdpds non 


CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 13 


, \ aA i > , , 9 ‘\ 3 
Suaxerpiloprevov Tov Kupov, amexahet oy, OTWS TA EV 
Tépoais emiywpia eritedoin. Kat 6 Kupos d€ évtav0a 
héyerau eiwety ore amévat Bov\o.T0, wy O TaTHp TU 
»¥ \ e / ia ‘\ eS) 4 
axOouwro Kai 4 TOS péndouTo. Kal T@ “AoTUaye 

5 O€ ESdKer EvaL avayKatoy atoTéuTev avroyv. evOa 
\ 4 > ax \ ra SSN > 7 A 
67 trmovs TE avT@ Sovs OVS avTOSs EmeDVmer haBeww 
Kal dANa ovcKEvacas TOANG eTEUTE, Kal Oia TO udev 
SEN \ ¢& > , »” , 3 Cre. »” 
avrov Kal dua é\ridas e€yov peyddas év abto, avdpa 
A e x XN , > Re be | \ b) A 
exec ban ixavov Kai hirous apedew Kat €xPpous aviar. 
> 4 \ ‘\ A , 4 \ 
10 Amudvta d€ Tov Kupov mpovmeutov amavtes Kat 
aD \ 4 ‘s ‘\ » XN , > bi AZZ 
TaLses Kal WALKES Kal avopEs Kal yépovTes Eh UTTMV 
S49 , Ses \ 2a7 ¥ Y > 3 
Kat “Agtuadyns avTos, Kat ovdéva epacav ovtw ov 
4 + eee 2 4 \ wn \ > ‘\ , 
SaxpvorT amoatpéperbar. Kat Kopov d€ avrov héeye- 
> A 4 > Las \ \ 
Tat avy modhots Saxpvots admoxwpnaa. moda Se 
an an , ye a e , eo 
15 bapa Siadovvat dagw avtov Tots yAiKwwTats av 
> , > “~ 3 4 / \ ‘\ A iy 
Aotudyns atta ededeéxer, TéXos O€ Kal qv ElyE 
\ a oN ~ ty 
aTo\ny THY Myduxny exdvvTa Sovvai Twi, SyrA@V OTL 
Tovrov padiota noTalero. 
\ la 
Tovs petro aBovtas Kat Se€apevovs Ta Sopa 
20 héyera “Aorudye ameveyKetv, “Aotudynv dé de€a- 

4 > rp XN \ , 3 7 
pevov Kipw amomepyar, Tov d€ mahw Te aroTréupar 
eis Myjdovs Kal eizew, Et Boviea, @ mamTe, Ewe Kat 
D0 Eble e€ NS \ > , A ¥y ¥ ~ 
adOus iva. @s oe py aloyuvopevor, ea Exe EL TH 

=) Ss 45) > , de lal > , 
Tu €yw dedwKa* “Aotvayny O€ TavTAa aKkovoavTa 
25 Toncar waomep Kupos énéoredev. 


He resumes the Persian Discipline 


‘O pev 87 Kipos ovtws ae Oav év Tlépoais éviav- 
A \ 
Tov héyerau Ev TOls TaLoW ETL yever Oar. Kat TO meV 


14 


Io 


15 


20 


25 


ATTIC PROSE 


~ e A » “ny € c a > 
Mp@Tov ol Taioes EaKwWTTOV av’TOV, ws NOvTabety év 

4 \ cd > \ \ \ on , p pee 
Mydors pepabynkas HKou eel O€ Kal €oPlovra avTov 
Edpav w@oTEP Kal avTol Hows Kai TivovTa, Kal Et 

> > ¢ ~ b) / , b) / lal 
ToT €v €opTH Evwxia yevoiTo, emLdLOdvTa paddov 
avTov TOU EavTOD pépous HaVavoVTO 7) TpoTdEdpeEVOr, 
Kal mpos Tovrois d€ TaANa KpaTioTevovTa avToV 
Edpov éavTav, evtav0a O17 mdhw varémTnTTOY av’T@ 
ot 7AuKes. 

"Eel 6€ SueAOav tHv madelav TavTyV Hy eiondOev 
5 x 5 / > 4 > > / fe 
els Tovs epy ous, ev TovToLs ad eddKEL KpaTLaTEvELY 
Kal pelerov & ypHnv Kal KapTepav Kal aldovpevos 

4 lal >” 

Tovs mpeoButépous Kat mrefdpevos Tots apxovor. 


Designs of the King of the Assyrians 


IIpoudvros d€ Tov xpovou 6 pev “AoTudyns ev Tots 
Mydous avofvycker, 6 6€ Kva€dpys 6 Tod “Aatudyous 
Tats, THS d€ Kudpov pytpos adeddpds, THY Bacrdreiay 
¥ \ , 
exye THY Mydwr. 

‘O 6€ tav ’Acovpiov Bactheds KaTtaoTpepapevos 

\ , , la 4, e 4 \ 
pev mavtas Xvpous, prov Taprodv, vayKoov Se 

/ \ > , , ¢ if de 
TeTonmevos Tov “ApaBiwv Bacid€a, vanKoovs O€ 
aod eS) X\ ¢ , r nw be \ 

Eywv dn Kal Tpkaviouvs, mohvopKov d€ Kal Bak- 
“ 3 , > ‘ / » la if 
tpiovs, evouilev, ei Tos Mydovs acbeveis Towjoese, 
TavTwv ye Tov TépLE padiws apEew: iaxupdratov 
my A 5 \ , nr 286 > id on 
yap Tov eyyvs PvAwy ToUTO edoKE ElvaL. OVTW ON 
Suaméumer mpos TE TOUS Um av’Tov mdvTas Kal mpos 
Kpotoov tov Avoav Baoitéa Kat mpds Tov Kama- 

8 a \ x , > / \ SS 
oKaV Kal TpOS Ppvyas audotéepovs Kat zpos IlapAa- 

, A ts ‘ bs X al \ , a 

yovas Kal “Ivdods Kai mpos Kapas kat Kiduxas. ot 


5 


20 


25 


CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 15 


pev 0 Tots oyous TELGopevor OUppaxtay avT@ éo- 
oUVTO, ot O€ Kal SWpots Kal ypyHpacw avartre.OopevoL’ 
TOAAG Yap Kal TOLAVTA HY AUTO. 


Cyrus takes Command of a Persian Army 


, we aa / i > A nag ae! , 
Kvagapns d€ 6 Tov “Aotudyous tats mel yoOavero 
\ \ \ lal 
Tv T eTuBovdnVY Kal THY TAapAacKEUHY TOV TUYLOTG- 
7, 3 3) Fe 4 b) , >) , 4 =} Ve > 
peor ed éeavTdv, avtos Te eVOEws Coa edvVaTO avTI- 
TmaperkevaleTo, Kat els Ilépoas erenme mpds TE TO 
N \ \ = , \ \ 3 \ ¥ 
Kowdv Kal mpos KapBvonv tov tHv adehdyy exovTa 
‘\ Be > Ta 
kat Baovrevovta ev Ilépoats. 
» \ ‘ XN a /, > lal 
Emeute S€ kat mpds Kupov, dedpuevos avrod met- 
pacha apxyovta éeOey tov avdpar, et Twas TEUTOL 
oTpatiotas TO Hepoa@y Kowdv. on yap kat 6 Kdpos, 
\ \ E) A Spha7 , ¥ > A 
duateTeAeKw@s Ta ev Tols epHBos Séka ern, ev Tors 
= 9 a 
TedElois avdpdow Hv. ovTw 57 deEapevov Tov Kvpou 
ot Bovdevortes yepaitepor aipovvTar avtov apyxovTa 
™s els Mydous otparias. 


He marches to Media 


lal c 
Kipos d€ mpocevEdpevos Eotia matpeqa Kat Av 
A y A Ta \ 
TaTp@w Kal Tols addous Beots wppato emt THY OTpa- 
Telav, OuuTpovTEeuTE S€ avTOY Kal O TaTHP. €7ELdy 
dé €€w THS olklas eyevovTo, h€yovTat doTpaTral Kat 
Bpovtat aire ator yeréobar. tovtwv d& pavérvtwy 
3 ON » ¥ > , 3 , e 207 
ovdev ado ETL oiwrlopevor emopevovTo, ws ovdeva 
Ajoovta 7a TOV peylotov Heov onpeta. 
a lal , 

Kat adixovto pév péexpe TOV Opiwy THs Tepatdos : 
> x > > A > A 5 \ \ A 
met © avtots deTos Seis havets TponyetTo, Tpocev- 


16 


Io 


=, 


20 


25 


ATTIC PROSE 


, lal pd a , a , 

Eduevor Beois kat npwor tots Ilepoida ynv Katéyou- 
Y \ > “ , “A Y , 
ow tdews Kal edpevets TEUTEW OAs, oUTW d1é8awor 

, ¢ > \ \ , , > 
Ta Opia. Emeidy dé SieLBnoav, TpornvdyxovTo avbis 
Beots tots Mydiav ynv Karéyovow thews Kal evpevels 
déyeaIar adrovs. Tavra d€ Toijyoavtes, doTAcd- 

b) , Wr 4 > / c ‘ LN , > 
pevor aA\AnAOUS WOTEP, ELKOS, O EY TaTHP, TAadW Els 
Tow ame, Kopos dé eis Mydous zpos Kvaédpnv 
ETOPEVETO. 

"Eel 5€ adixero 6 Ktpos eis Mydous mpos tov 
Kvaéapnv, mpatov pév woTep ElKOS HoTACaVTO 
a\dyAous, ererta S€ Hpero TOV Kupov 6 Kva€apns, 

, »¥ XV / a \ »v 4 
TOTFOV ayo. TO oTpaTevpa. 6 dé Edy, Tpropupious 

4 aA \ 7 5 / X\ e A 
pe ye, oc kat mpdcbev Ehoitwy mpds vas puoOo- 
dopo. addou O€ Kal TOY ovdémote €€eOdvTwv poo” 


EpxXovTar TOV OMOTiLaV. 
@e 


Capture of Sardis 


K ‘S , \ > A M 45 ¥ X , 
vafapns pev ovv Tov Mydwv eywv 76 TpiTov 
, / e de \ ” ¥ ¥ e de 
pépos KaTeuevev, WS NOE TA OlKOL Epnua Ely. 6 O€ 
Kipos émopeveto ws HdvvaTo TdyLOTA. 
eS tA ~ ‘\ +) \ ig y b ~ 
Kpotoos pevtor evods eri Ydpdewy Efevye adv TO 
, \ >» A Y 30 7 
oTparevpate: Ta O ada Pvda oor Ed¥vaTO TPOTw- 
TATw €V TH VUKTL THS €@ OlKOY Od0U EKacTOS ame 
4 > oy de € / Seek AD Sra , 5 
xope. e7edn O€ Nuépa eyevero, evOus emt Lapdets 
hye Ktpos. ws 0 éyévero mpos T@ Teixer TO EV 
ys , 8 / \ = , e€ “A x 
Lapdect, Tas TE wNYavas avioTn ws TpoT Bahay TpOsS 
cal a“ \ 
Td Telyos Kal KNipaKkas TaperKkevalero. Tavra Oe 
TOLOV KATA TA ATOTOLaTAaTAa SoKoUYTA EivaL TOU Lap- 


ep b] , ”~ 3 4 XN b) , 
Siavav épvjatos THs émiovans vuKtos avaBu.Baler 


10 


5 


20 


5 


CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON £7 


Xaddalovs re kat H€poas. ayjoato 8 avrots avyp 
, la rd nw lal 
Ilépons, Sodhos yeyernuévos tav ev TH akpordhe 
~ \ 
TWOs Ppovpov Kat KaTapenabnkas katadBaow eis 
TOV ToTapov Kal avaBaow THY avTHy. 
‘0 8 > / A ond 9 x a \ »¥ 
s 0 é€y€vero TovTO Oy dov, OTL ELyeTO TA aKpa, 
, Ni ¥ ec ‘\ 5 ‘ lol an ¢ 
mavtes On Epevyov of Avdol amd TeV TELYoY OTOL 
5 , 4 la , ral \ 7 A 
édvvato exaaTos THS Toews. Kidpos dé aya Ty 
nuepa elone els THY TOW Kal Tapyyyeey ex THS 
4 7 A ¢ \ ” 
tagews pndeva kweicOa. 6 dé Kpotoos Karaxkhet- 
oapevos €v Tots Bacrrelors, Kvpov €Bda- 6 dé Kupos 
lal A , , , oS \ 
Tov pev Kpoicov dvdakas xatéhivev, avdtos b€ Kata- 
OTpatoTedevoas Tovs EavTov O7oU eddKEL TO EmtTY- 
devoTarov civar THS Toews, pevew emt Tots mots 
\ A 
TApyyyeie Kal aproroTro.eta Bar. 


Cyrus and Croesus 3 


Tavra d€ diampatauevos ayayew éxélevoe avTo 
peels tad f 
Ss A c ‘ ~ oles lol 
Tov Kpotcoy. 6 d€ Kpotaos ws ide tov Kipor, 
Xaipe, @ Sé€orota, Efy* TovTO yap 7H TUyYN Kal éyew 
Pe? ore D face Sid RKP a 
‘\ > ‘\ an aN X\ ‘ b) \ , 
TO a7O ToVde Sidwor col Kal éuol Tpoo~ayopeveuv. 
\ , » > A 5 7 »¥ 4 , 
Kat ov ye, én, ® Kpotoe, éreitep avOpwroi ye 
> > , ee ¥ > a a> > » , 
€opev auporepo. arap, epyn, ® Kpoice, ap’ av Ti 
pot Cehyjoas TupBovrevoar; Kat Bovdoipyny y’ a, 
Y > A > , , OR Ge, an x a 
epn, @ Kipe, ayafoy ti cou evpew: TovTo yap av 
oimar ayaloy Kapot yevérOa. 
¥ , ¥” > A SAS ‘ A ee 
Axovaov Toivur, egy, @ Kpotice: éyo yap dpav 
TOUS OTpaTi@tas TOANA TeTOVYNKOTAS Kal TONG KE 
KivOuveuKoTas Kal vuv vouilovras mohkw éyew THY 
movolptaryy &v 7 “Acia pera BaBviava, a&@ 


ATTIC PROSE— 2 


18 


uw 


Io 


20 


25 


ATTIC PROSE 


> ~ ‘ 7 , , » 
ehenOjva Tovs oTpaTidtas. yryvooKw yap, Edy, 
Oru et py Twa Kaprov AjovTat TV Téver, ov SuV7- 
gopuat avtovs Toddy ypdvov TELMopevous Exew. Siap- 

, ‘ > > als A \ , > , 
Taoal ev ovv avtors edeivar THY OLY OV BovAopat: 
, ‘ / 4 > 8 A ~ » ~ 
Thy Te yap Tow vouilw ay diadGapynva, & TE TH 
apmayn €0 oid O67 ol movnpdorato. meoveKTy- 
oelay ay. 

"Akovoas Tavta 6 Kpotoos ehe€ev, “ANN Eu, edn, 
éacov é€ar mpds ods ay éyw Avdav €fédw, ort 
Siavémpaypar Tapa cov mH TonTa apTayny pnde 
7 A A A , 
eacar ddan Onvar watdas Kat yuvatkas, VrecxXounv 
6€ cour avti tovTwv, 7 phy wap éxdvtay Avdav 
= a ” ‘ > , > > , 
éxeobar wav 6 Tt Kadov Kayabdv éotw & Lapdecw. 
hv yap TavTa akovowow, o10 ore H&E wor TAY O TU 
> ‘ > 4 A ~ Ca A A , \ 
éotiv &vOdde Kahdv KTHwa avdpt Kal yuvaLKl* Kal 
ec , > /, “” \ lal , 
Gpolws els véewra Tokhk@v Kat Katov mahkw cot 

, c , ¥ FY \ , \ ¢ 
amdypns 7 modus eotar: Hv dé Siaprdoys, Kai at 
réxvar Gol, as mnyds dact TaV Kahav elvar, dvepOap- 
, ¥ Ss 7 , > , ‘ > , 
péevar ecovtar. e€é€atar d€ aor iddvt. Ta €Oovta, 
er. Kal wept THS apmayns Boviedcacba. mpaTov 
dé, edn, emi Tods euods Onoavpods wéumE Kal Trapa- 
hapBavérwoay ot got dvAakes Tapa TaY enor 
duidKov. 

Tatra pev d9) amavta ovTw cuvyvere ToLvew O 
Kupos, womep edeEev 6 Kpoioos. 


Tvs. ceavtév 


Tade 6€ por Tavtws, edn, Kpotoe, h€€ov, Tas cot 
5 , ‘ 5 ~ 5 ~ , ‘A 
amoBéBnke 7a €x Tou ev AedXdhots xpnaTypiov: got 


Wn 


Io 


aS 


20 


25 


CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 19 


yap Sn héyerar wavy ye TeHeparevacbar 6 “A7o\AwY 
Kal o€ TavTa exetvw TELPouevov mparreL,. 
"EBovddpnv ovv, edn, & Kupe, ov7ws exew* vor 6€ 
mavra Tavavtia edOds €€ apyns TpatTTwy Tpoonvex Onv 
to “Amod\Aw. las 5€; &fn 6 Kupos: didacke: 
, X , 4 9 an , ¥ 
mavu yap mapadokéa eyes. “Ott mpa@Tov per, edn. 
> , > iis x , ¥ > , > , 
Gpetnoas epwrav Tov Gedy, et Te ededunv, aTEeTELpO- 
> A > , > , ~ , ¥ \ 
pnv avtov ei Svvaito adyOevew. Tovro dé, edn, pH 
ort Beds, dMAA Kai avOpwror Kahol Kayaboi, éredav 
yroow amioTovpevot, ov diiovar Tovs aTiaToOUVTAS. 
€mel pevTo. eyvw Kat pada atoTa €0v ToLovvTOS 
\ , a Sir 3 Y \ , \ 
Kal mpdaw Aedhav az€xortos, ovtw 67 TéuTw Tept 
, a , x \ a >Q:> > , 
maldwv. 6 dé por 70 wey Tpa@TOV ovd azEKpWwaTo: 
> ‘ = ae Der. X \ , > , 7 
emai 0 ey Toda pev TéuTev avalypata ypvoa 
mo\\a 8 apyupa, maymod\da d€ Ovar, é&itacdunv 
TOTe avTOV, ws €dOKOUY, TOTE SH fol aAToKpiveTaL 
epwravte Ti av por Toujoav7e Taldes yévowTo: 6 Sé 
> = »¥ ‘ > id , NOe ‘ NOE 
€imev OTL EGOWTO. Kal eyevovTo MEV, OVOE yap ovdE 
ai > / , \ caNB! ¥ aA ‘ 
TovTo éWevaato, yevopevor S€ ovdev @rvngay. 6 pe 
‘ ‘ x / a \ 4 , > 
yap Kwdds dv Sdieré\a, 6 SE apiotos yerouevos ev 
akpn tov Biov amdXezo. 
TlueLopevos Sé€ tais epi tovs twaidas cupudopats 
Tahw TéuTw Kal émepwr@ Tov Oeov, Ti av ToLwy TOV 
Aowrov Blov evdaipovérrara Siarede€oayi: 6 S€ pow 


> , 
ameKpivaro, 
Savrov yryveockxwy evdaipwv, Kpoice, repacets. 


> ‘ ,\ 3 , x , 4 > , ‘ 
Ey 8€ dxovoas Thy pavteiay Hany: Evourlov yap 
70 pag7dév por avtov stpoora€arvTa THY evdatpoviav 


20 ATTIC PROSE 


Io 


a5 


20 


25 


, » \ \ , nN A ar 
diddvat. addovs pev yap yryvdoKew, Tos pev otdv 
> > \ ihe, c \ , 9 > , , \ 
T evar Tovs © ov éavTov d€ OoTIS oT, TaYTA TL_Va 
aa »” > 7 ‘ \ \ las \ 
evouilov avOpwrov eidévar. Kal TOv peta TavTa Oy 
Kpovor, Ews pev Elyov Novyiav, ovdev Evexadovy peTa 
7 an ‘\ , A“ 4 3 \ ») > 
Tov TOD Tatoos Oavatov Tats TUXaLS* EmrELON O€ aveE- 
, eX n°? , Supa De, as , 
metcOnv bro Tov Acoupiov eh vas otpateverBar, 
> / 4 > > / , > ‘\ 
eis TavtTa Kivdvvoy HAOov: é€cwOnv pévtor ovdéev 
Kkaxov haBav. ovK aiti@par dé ovde Tade TOY Oedv. 
eel yap €yvev euavroyv py iKkavoy vuiv payeorOat, 
> na A las n~ 5 ~ ‘\ 96% ‘\ ec 
acparas ovv T@ Oe@ amnhOov Kat avTos Kat ot 
ouv €0l. 
Now 8 av wahw v70 te trovToV TOU TapovToS 
diabpuTToj.evos Kal UO TOV Seopévwy ov TpooTaTHv 
, \ cient a 8 , pe 2618 , \ 
yevécbar Kai vrd Tov Sépwv Gy €didoddy por Kal 
e > 3 4 9 4 ¥ ¢ "3 3 \ 
vm avOparav, ot pe KohakevovTes eAeyov ws El eyw 
> , »” /, x 3 ‘\ / ‘ 4 
Sa Fe GIR 2) me\MowTo Kal pe 
yiotos av einv avOpdrwv, b7d ToLodTwy Sé Adywv 
dvagvodpevos, @s ethovTd pe TavTes ot KUKA@ Bact 
Mets TpooTaryyv TOV Tod€nov, UTEdeEdpyy THY OTpa- 
x an 
THnyliav, ws iKkavos wy péytoTtos yeréoBal, ayvoar 
\ lal ¥ > 
dpa €“avTov, OTL Tol avTiTOAEMEW LKaVOS wENY EivaL, 
rn \ > wn , ¥ \ ‘ /, 
Tpatov ev €x Deay yeyovdrt, emeita 6€ d1a Baoii€éwy 
Tehvkorl, Emerta O ek TALOOS ApETHVY aoKOUVTL’ TOV 
6 éuayv Tpoyovev akovw Tov TpaTov BacievoavTa 
4 /, aN 4, , a 3 > 
dua Te Baciréa kat €XevOepov yevéer bar. Tadr ovv 
> 4 / ¥ ¥ \ 4 
dyvojaas, dikaiws, edn, exw THY Sixny. 
—~ ¥ > A 
"AX viv 57, Eby, & Kdpe, yeyvookw pev emavTov: 
ov 8, edn, Soxets ert adnfevoew Tov AOA, ws 
5 al 
eVOaiwv ecouat yuyydcKkav ewavtov; oe 8 EpaT@ 





Io 


15 


20 


25 


CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 21 


5 = A y » >» § A > 2 A 3 

La TOUTO, OTL apLtaT av por SoKels ElKaoaL TOUTO ev 
Re , \ \ A 

T® TapovTL’ Kal yap OvvacaL TOLnCAL. 


Evéatpovia 


\ e 7A > re ‘\ 

Kat 6 Ktpos eize, Bovdjy pou dds mept rovrou, 
@ Kpoice: é€yw yap cov évvoay tiv tpdcbev eddar- 
, b A nn 
poviay, OiKTEipw TE OE Kal ATOOLOwpL HON yuvatka TE 

»” A > \ > 
Exe iv elves Kal Tas Ovyarépas, dkovw yap cot eivat, 
\ \ , \ ‘\ , >, P, ‘ 
Kal Tous didovs Kal Tovs Oepatovras kal tparelav ovv 
9 169) 2 , PS) , ‘ » , > A 
olamep eLnTe* payas 0€ Gor Kal Toh€“ovs adaipa. 
Ma Ata pndev roivuv, en 6 Kpotoos, od euot ért 
Bovdevouv aroxpivacbar wept THs ens evdatpovias : 
5] \ \ nO , a na , , aA , 
eyo yap non cot Ey, HY TAUTA Lot TOLNONS a Eyes, 
9 a ¥ , ais, Fi =F \ 
oTt HV addou TE prakapLwrarny evoutlov elvar BroTnv 
Kal €ya ouveyiyvwokov avtots, TavTnY Kal eya voy 
e 


€ywr Oud&w. Kal 6 Kupos eize, Tis 57 6 €yxwv Tavrnv 


TY pakapiav BioTnv; “H é€uy yuv7y, € 


> 7 ‘ “~ ‘\ 5 “ \ “A Lal A 
EKEW7) Y2p TMV [LEV ayabav KQAL TMV padaKk@v KQ@L 


> 


imev, @ Kupe: 


> A A > , oN Y A , 
evppocvvay Tacav e“ol 7d Loov peretye, HpovTidwv 
an XN 
6€ Omws TadTa eotar Kal wodguov Kal payyns ov 
A A 9 Ny A 
perny avTn. ovrw 81) Kal od doxeis eué KaTacKeva- 
9 3 erat.) 3 , 7, ) , Y 
Cew, wo7ep eyo Hv efihouvv patiota avOpdzav, wate 
qn » A 
7@ Ato\Nwrt aX pot SOKO YapioTHpLa Odernoew. 
> , a A ‘ , > “A > , 
Axovaas €€ 6 Kipus Tods \dyous avrov, EBatvpace 
N X 5 7 aS \ * is 9 ‘\ aoa 
pev THY evOvpiav, Hye 5é 7d NouTdv OTOL Kal adTds 
TOpevolzo. 
The Taking of Babylon 
Ipotav d5é tHv ést BaBvi@vos Kateotpéaro pev 
v 3" > o” , , , \ 
Dpvyas Tovs €v TH peyadyn Ppvyia, kaTeoTpearo Sé 


22 


s fe) 


15 


20 


=) 


ATTIC PROSE 


Karaddxas, broxepiovs 5 éeroujoato *ApaBious. 
3 , \ > XN , 4 lal ‘\ c la 
efém\yoe S€ amd mavTwv TovTav Tepoa@v pev imméas 
lal 9 “ 
ov petov TeTPaKLapUpiovs, TohAOVs dé tmmToUS TOV 
alypwahdTwr Kal TAaTL TOLS TULpayols SLedwKE* Kal 
mpos BaBvieva adixero mapmo\Novs pev tmTéas 
»” / \ , ~ 3 , 
Exov, TauTO\ovs 6€ TokdTas Kal akovTiaTds, oer- 
Sovytas Sé dvapiOunrovs. émel S€ tpds BaBvdave 
nv 0 Kdpos, TepieoTnoe pev Tay TO OTPaTEvpa TEpt 
‘\ / ¥ > ‘ la \ / ‘ 
Thy TOW, ETELTA aVTOS TEpLyavvE THY TOAW GY 
Tois didous TE Kal EmKaLpioLs TOV TUppayoV, Kat 
katafeardmevos TA TEX ATHYAyE THY OTpaTLaY ard 
THS TOEWS. 
) \ \ 4 4 e 
Evet O€ kateotpatomedevoavto, ocvvexddecev 6 
a N ¥ 
Ktpos tovs émukatpiovs Kat ehe€ev, “Avdpes ovppa- 
, \ , \ , eee Pi, Gh, ‘ 
xo, TMedpefa ev KVKAwW THY TOL: eya SE, OTWS 
» ty 
fev ay TLS TELYN OUTS iaYUPA Kal Tipya TpoTpLAyX6- 
pevos €hot, ovK evopay pot SoK@: daw Sé Téoves 
»” An 
avOpwro. €v TH TOdEL Eloi, ereitEp od payorTaL 
> 4 , x FS a > \ e A 
eEidvtes, TooovTw av Oarrov hyw@ avrovs ryoupat 
e\ a ) , Sm y , ¥ , 
ah@vat. el wy TL ovv addov Tpomov EveTE hEyeL, 
, * , . 4 \ » 5 
TOUT@ ToALOpKyTEovs dypt Elvar TOUS avdpas. 
> a 
Kat 6 Xpvodvras etrev, “O d€ Trotapds, epy, ovTOs 
5 x v4 A , can , » Lal PY 
od dia pé€ons THS TOAEWS Pel TAdTos Exwy Tetov 7 
~ 
emt dvo orddia; Nai pa Ai’, edn 6 TwBpvas, Kat 
, ec 203 4 , » ec & aN A 
Babos ye as ovd av dvo avdpes 6 ETEpos emt TOU 
ETEPOV ETTNKAS TOV VOATOS UTEPEXOLEY* WOTE TH TOTA- 
A , lol 7 
L@ ETL iayupoTépa eaTiv 7H TOS 7) TOUS TELYETL. Kat 
€ lal n , yy > , . ia 9 
o Kupos, Tavta per, epy, ® XpvoavtTa, Ewer, 07a 
KpeitTw é€oTl THS HueTépas Suvdpews* SiapeTpyoa- 


Io 


r5 


20 


25 


CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON a 


pevous d€ Xp) WS TAXLOTA TO MLEpOS EKATTOV HMaV 
Cory , e , \ , y 
dpuTTEW Tappov ws mAaTUTATHY Kat Babutaryy, OTws 
4 3 2 e = las ne Ye PS) , 
ort ELaxioTwy Hiv TOV pviaKwy O€7. 

yY x , lA \ XN A b} 

Ovrw 5) KUKhw Siaperpyoas TEpl TO TELXOS, aTo- 
hura@v ooov rupert peyahous amo TOU ToTapLov, 
@puttev evbev Kat évOev tod Gers eee uae pr 
peyeOn Kat nye ynv ae Tp0s €avTovs. Kal 
TPWTOV Pev TUPYOUS ETL TH TOTAL GKOSoMEL, OTWS 
OTL paduora €oikot ToALopKyncew TapacKevaloneva. 
Jeers \ Ny, \ , SN lal b) 
aviatn € Kat ahdous TohAOVs TUpyous Et THS apmBo- 
Addos yns, O7ws OTL TAELaTA PuaKTYHpLa ELy. 

a \ \ A393 3 , ¢ a A , 

Ot peév 61) Tavr’ eroiovv: of & & t@ Telyxe Kate 

, A , e ¥ eS , , 
yehwv THS TovopKias, ws EXOVTES TA ETTHSELA TEOV 
elkoow €Tav. akovoas d€ TadTa 6 Kupos 76 otpa- 
Teva KaTe&vEpe OMOEKA EPH, WS HVA TOD EviavTOV 
exacTov pépos puddfov. ot 8 av BaBvddriot axov- 
@avres TavTa Tov ett paddov TovTwY KaTeyédav, 
évvoovpevor et ohas Ppvyes Kal Avool kat "Apa Bror 
kal Karmaddéxar duddfouev, ods odiow evourlov 
TavTas evpevertepous elvar 7 Wépoaus. 

Kat at pev tadpor non d6pwpvypevar Hoav. 6 Oe 
Kupos émeidy éoptnyv év 7) BaBvd@ve nKovcer eivat, 
b) ® , fe! bd A , 4 \ 
év 7 Tavtes BaBvr@vior O\nv THY VUKTA TivovaL Kat 
Kwopacovo, év TAUTH, ETELON TAYLOTA TUVETKOTACE, 
haBav moddovs avOpadrovus averTouwce TAs TAPpous 
Tpos Tov ToTapov. ws O€ TOTO eyeveTo, TO VOWP 

x \ / 5 te 3 a / ¢ \ ‘ “A 
KaTa Tas Tappous Exoper ev TH VvUKTI, H S€ Sia THS 

, e€ XN 4 > , > 7 c | 
TOEWS OO0S TOpEVaimos avOparrots eylyveTo. ws dé 
TO TOV ToOTapov OVTWS ETOPaVETO, TapHnyyvnoE O 


24 ATTIC PROSE 


Io 


% 


20 


25 


\ “ \ > 
Kvpos Ilépoais yiuhidpyous Kat meCOv Kat imméwr els 
»¥ “A ié ‘\ 
dvo ayovtas THY YL\LOGTUY TapElvaL TPOS avTOV, TOUS 
> ¥ ? > > ‘\ , 4 
& addd\ovs cuppadyouvs Kar ovpay tovtav emer Oat 
e , 0 la aA ‘\ o7, “A aA de 
nmep mpoabev TeTaymEevous. ot ev On TapHnaav: 6 de 
lal ~ 4 
kataBiBdoas eis TO Enpodv TOV ToTApLoOVU TOVs UINpETas 
\ \ AL , 5 , , > 
Kat melovs Kal imméeas, exehevoe oKesaoOar El Topev- 
TLLoOV Ely TO Edados TOU TOTAMLOD. 
Ee ‘\ de > , \ A / »” 5 vO 
Tel O€ aTHYyELAav OTL TOpEvoLmoV Eln, EvTAVOa 
A a 
57) €ropevovTo: Tv O€ ATavTaVTwY ot pEev aTreOvyTKoY 
, aA > ¥ , »¥ aA > S / e 
TaLomevol, ol O Epevyov Tadrw Elow, ot 5 EBdwv: ot 
> > ‘\ x 4 , > “A e SY 
dS audit tov TwaBpvav cuveBdwy advrots, as KopacTat 
»” \ > 7 Nee om gia se72 , che IN 
ovTes Kal avTol: Kal idvTes H COUVaVTO TaXLOTA Ertl 
ts Bactdetous éyev Lot wev ovv T® Tw8pva 
Tots Bacdelous €yevovTo. Kal Ol MeV OUP TE pve 
, INS 
kal Tadara teraypevou Kexhecopevas evploKovor TAs 
awn , fd 
mUAas TOU Bacidelov: ot O emt Tovs dvAakas TayOe- 
TES ETELOTIMTOVTLW avToLS TivovoL TPOS Pas TON, 
Kal evOvs ws ToAEmloLs EXparToO. 
¢ \ \ ss) , Jared > , ¢€ 
Qs 5é Kpavyy Kat KTUTOS eylyveTo, aicOduevor ot 
evdov Tov BopvBov, Kekevoavtos Tov Bacitéws oKe- 
4 ¥ ‘\ “ 3 , 4 > - 
Wacbar Ti etn TO Tpayya, exPoval TwWeEs avoi€arTeEs 
tas mUAas. of 0 apdt tov Taddray ws eldov tas 
/ 7 bs 4 \ a” 7, , 
mUAas Yahooas, ELomTiTTOVOL, Kal TOLS TAAL PEevyou- 
ow clow efperopevot Kat TalovTes adikvouyTaL pds 
\ , Xo ey ¢ / Ew Nope , 
Tov Baciéa: Kal non éoty<dTa avTov Kal éeoTacpe 
vov Ov €lyey GkWAKNY EPLTKOVTL. Kal TOUTOV MEV 
lal x 
ot ovy Taddra Kat TwS8pva toddol éxepodvto: Kat 
L ov avtm Oe arb O pLev Baddomevos Tt 
ol ov avT@ € aréOvyoKor, 6 péev TPOBarhomeEvos TL, 
0 6€ devywr, 6 O€ ye Kal auvydmevos OTw edvvaToO 
yor, y L GLUVOMLEVOS OTE ‘ 


e 


\ a , N an ¢ , , \ \ 
8) dé Kupos Ove ETE TAS TWY LITTEWV Tafeus KATA Tas 


soe 


10 


15 


20 


25 


CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 25 


e ‘ \ “a ra \ ¥y fa , 
6d0Us Kal Tpoetrev ods pev Ew hap Pavoey KaTaKal- 
vew, Tos 8 év Tats oikiaus KypvTTew Tovs Lupiott 
¥ 

émiatapevous evoov pevew: ei b€ Tis ew AypOetn, 
ott Pavata@coiro. 

Ot pév Oy Tava emoiovy. Tadaras b€ kat TwBpvas 
a Ny An 
HKov: Kal Beovs pey Tp@Tov TpoceKvvovy, OTL TETI- 
popnpevo. Hoav Tov avdc.ov Baciréa, eeita Se 
Kvpov katedidovy kal yetpas Kat modas, Tohha Sa- 
KpVOVTES Awa apa Kal evVppatvdpevor. Emel OE NEpa 
eyeveto Kat yoOorTo ol Tas akpas ExovTES Eadwxvtav 

‘\ / \ XN 7, / , 

Te THY TOAW Kal TOV Baciiéa TeOVHKOTA, Tapadiddact 
\ \ » e \ A ‘ \ »” 5 \ 
kal Tas axpas. 6 d€ Kupos tas pev axpas evos 

, \ , i \ > 
TapedapBave Kat ppovpapyous TE Kal Ppoupovs els 
x b) - ‘\ \ / , 5 ~ 
TavTas avéreume, TOUS O€ TeOvyKdTas Oamrew EdyKe 

TOlS TpPoTHKOVOL. 
Cyrus’ Dower 
3 ‘ \ , / \ ‘\ / 
Evel d€ mopevdpevor ylyvovtay kata THY MydiKyp, 
vA ¢ | aa ‘\ , > \ \ ’ 4 
Tpemetat o Kupos zpos Kvatédpynv. ere b€ nona- 
> , An \ \ e SA > an 
gavto a\\yXous, mp@Tov pev 57) 6 Kupos etme To 
Kvagdpn ore oixos avr@ e€npymeévos etn év BaBudave 
kal apxeta, OTws Eyn Kal OTav exetoe EOy Ets olKEta 
, ¥ \ Af Ey. A »” > “~ 
katayer Oar. emeta O€ Kal dda Sapa edaxev ait@ 
moh\X\a Kal Kaha. 

‘O d€ Kvagéapns tatra pev ed€yeTo, Tpoc repre 
d€ aita tHv Ovyatépa orépavdy TE ypvooty Kal 
, / x ‘\ XN XN \ 
Weria dépovoav kal orpemTov Kal oTodnv Mnduxny 

e \ , Ne \ x ~~ > , 

ws Suvarov KadNiatnv. Kal 7 ev 87 Tats EoTepavov 
tov Kidpov, 6 dé Kuakdpys cite, Aida 5€ cor, Edy, 
@ Kipe, cal adriy tavryy yuvaika, unv odcav Ovya- 


26 ATTIC PROSE 


un 


10 


20 


=) 


4 sl, ‘ \ \ ¥ ‘\ aA 8 lal A 
Tépa* Kal 6 ds O€ TAaTHP EyNME THY TOD E“ov TATpPOS 
a A 
Ouyarépa, e€ Hs aod eyévov: avtn S€ éorw Hv ov 
, a ¥ 9 Si. Oe SeN > > , 
To\aKis Tats wv, OTe Tap Huly noOa, erLOnvyTa: 
lal + 9 
Kal OTOTE TLS Epwran adTHV Tive yapotro, EXEeyev OTL 
/ > / \ > “A > \ \ ‘\ hs 
Kipo: émdidom d€ airy eyo kal hepviv Mydiav 
THY TAacap. 
a 9 > la) > 
‘O peév ovras etmev’ 6 6€ Kipos amexpivarto, AX’, 
ay 4 , 4 > la \ \ a ‘ \ 
@® Kva&dpn, To Te yevos éraw® Kat THY Talda Kal TO 
A / Id A ‘ au la} ‘\ ie 
ddpa* Bovropau dé, eby, adv TH TOV TaTpos yvopun 
Kal TH THS PNTPOS TadTa Gor vvawéeoal. EiTE [EV 
> YY c Ta! 7 Q A \ , 5 id 
obv ovtws 6 Kipos, ouws dé TH mardl mavra €dwpy- 
¥ a la \ 
gato é7dca weto Kvakdpyn yapeioOar. Tatra oe 
Toujoas els Ilépoas eropevero. 


The Charge of Cambyses 


> \ > SN A lal c (A > id . , 
Emel 6° é€mt tots Iepoav opious eyeévero topevd- 
Levos, TO ev ALO OTPAaTEVWA av’TOV KaTéhuTEV, AVTOS 
Ww \ Lal a > x / 5 , c Lal A 
d€ avy Tots Ptdous Els THY TOL ETrOpEvETO, LEpEta [LEV 
dyov as Tact Hepoas ixava Ovew Te Kat EoTiacOau* 
Sapa dé Hyev, ota prev ETpETE TH TaTpl Kal TH MyTPL 
\ A » , @ > » > A \ 
Kal Tots adAvs Ptdous, ola O° empemev apyats Kat 
yepaitépois Kal Tois opoTipois TagWw: edwKe OE Kat 
macu époas kat Tlepoicw ooamep Kat vov ere 
/ 74 b) 4 ‘\ > 4 > 
didwow, oTavTep apikyntar Bactdevs els Tlépoas. ek 
\ , , = , \ , 
dé tovTov ouvédeEe KapBvons Ttovs yeparépous 
Hepoa@v Kat Tas apyads, olmep TOV peyiaTwy KvpLot 
elou Tapexddece O€ Kal Ktpov, kal ede€e Toudde. 
"Avopes Hépoau kat ov, @ Kipe, eya apdorépous 
bw cixdTas Evvous Ecipl' vuav pev yap Bacreva, 


i fe) 


25 


CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 27 


A 8 , io A mN Sn 5S) } fd > 2} 4 
ov O¢, & Kupe, wats euos el. Olkavos ovv Elpt, Ooo 
yiyvockev Sod ayala appotépo.s, TavTa Els TO 
pécov héyew. Ta pev yap TapeMovTa vets per 

A » 

Ktpov nvéyoate oTparevpia Odvtes Kal apxovTa Tov- 
Tov KaTacTHoavTes, KUpos 5€ yyovpevos TovTOV ovY 
A > A \ cae “Dy , > A > , 
Oeots, evkdeets ev Das, @ Hdpoa, év macw avOpa- 
> 4 3 , > 3 boda te g fa , a) \ 

mous erolnoev, evtipous 0 év TH Aoia Tadon: TaV OE 
TVvoeTpaTevoapevwn Tovs pev aplaTous Kal TETAOUTLKE, 

lal \ Lal ‘\ XA ~ 2 
Tots d€ modAots puoOov Kat Tpodyy TapecKevaxen * 
immukov d€ KataoTyoas Ilepowr, remoinke Uepoais 
KGL TEOLMV Eval eTOVaLAV. HY mev OvY Kal TO NovTOV 

y 4 lal Nip Ed “A yy b) 7 
ouTw yryvdoKnte, TOAAOY Kat ayabav aitior adAydoLS 
¥ = SN ES tol aie > \ a , 
écecbe: ci S€ H ov, & Kupe, éwapBels Tats Tapovoats 
TUYaLs, ErLyelpyoes Kal Hepoav apyew emt mheovegia 
Y XN la + Kf “A > A la 
woTEp Kal TOV AAwY, 7) VeELS, @ ToNtTaL, POovycav- 
TES TOUTW THS SuVapeEws, KaTahvew TEeLPdoEd He TOUTOV 

A b) ~ ee 4 y > \ b) , & \ 
THS APXNS, EV LaTE OTL EuTVOda@V AAAHAoLS TOAKOY Kal 
ayalav execbe. 

€ > N a , 5) \ > , > \ 

Qs oby py TavTa ylyvntar adda Tayabd, Euot 
doxkel, ey, Ovoavtas vas Kowyn Kat Deovs emiap- 
Tupapevous, cvvbécbar, oé péev, & Kupe, qv Tus em 
oTparevytar yopa Lepouds 7) Mepoay vopous diacmav 

a , \ , Cue i , 
meipartat, BonOyoew rarti oHéver* vuas dé, @ Ilépoat, 
nv Tus 7) apyns Kupov émyxepy Kataravew 7) adt- 
otacbai tis Tav vroyeplov, BonOyjoew Kal vw 
> cn \ , 2 aN a > , \ 
avrois Kat Kipw kal? o 71 Gy ovTos EmayyedAyn. Kat 

Y, \ x SS A = Leg , ¢€ > , 
ews pev av eyw la, eun ylyverar n ev Lepoars 
Bacrreia: orav dS éya TehevtHow, SHdov d7t Kvpov, 

2A A eee \ a . 7 > , 
eav Cn. Kal orav pev ovTos adixntar eis Ilepoas, 


28 


20 


25 


ATTIC PROSE 


c , * ey ¥ lal , oe ‘ e A e an 
Oglws av vu Exor TovTov Ovew Ta iepa brép bpaov 
9 al 5 . / o 5 a » > wn 
amep vov €yw Biw: drav S obtos Exdnpos 4, Kadh@s 
>» > et Sa A > 5 lal , a » Lage ER 
av Oipar Vly EXEW, EL EK TOD yevous, Os av SoKH dptv 
» ind ~~ w~ ~~ 
apLoTos €ivat, ovTOS TA TOY Dewy amroTEhoOtn. — 
Tatra elrovtos KapBicov ovvédofe Kipo te Kat 
tots Ilepo@v zékeou Kat ovvPéuevor Tada TOTE Kal 
Beovs Eripaptupapevol, ovTw Kal voy eT. Stapévovat 
TolouvTes pos addy dovs Ilépoau te kai Bacrdeds. 
, \ 4 > , e ra e > > ‘ 
Tovrav 6€ tpaxO&rtav amjer 6 Kipos. as 8 damiav 
a ak > / / “a \ ‘ “”~ \ 
eyevero ev Mydous, ovvddkav TO Tarp Kal TH PNTPL 
mage , , @ » Asie , 
yapet THv Kvagdpov Ouvyarépa, hs ete Kal viv Adyos 
/, 
@S TayKaAns yevouerys. 


Length and Breadth of the Empire 


> ‘ \ “~ e gi VA 7 a 
Eat 6é repindOev 6 eviavtds, cuvyyeipe oTpatiav 
eis BaBvudava, kal héyerar aiTw yevér Oar eis dHdeKa 
‘ c , , > 4 \ 4 
pev imméov pupidoas, els durytdua b€ appara Spema- 
, A \ > , c / > ." \ 
vnhopa, welav dé els pupiddas é€jKovta. eémel € 
TAUTA TVVETKEVATTO AUT, WPLLa ON TAUTHY THY OTPA- 
, > e , , , ‘\ »” 
Telav ev n N€yeTar KaTaoTpéeacBar Tavta Ta eOvy, 
° / 5 , ] Lal A b) “~ / 
ova Xupiav ékBavte oiket péypr epvOpas Oadarrns. 
peta O€ Tadta 7 eis AlyumTov orpareia héyerat 
, \ , ” 
yeverbar, kat Kkataotpéacbat Atyumrov. 
K Sia8 , \ b] \ 4 C See \ 9 \ 
al EK TOVTOV THY apxnVv wp.ilev avT@ TPOS EW [EV 
e 3 ‘ , ‘ + be ¢ At , 
7 €pvOpa Oadatra, mpos apktor dé 6 EvEewos rovros, 
\ c , \ , ‘ » a 
mpos €amrépav O€ Kumpos kat Alyumtos, mpos meonp- 
7 \ > , 7, \ ‘ / XN ‘ % 
Bpiav 6€ Aifioria. rtovtwv dé ta Tépata Ta prev dia 
Oddzos, 7a 5é dua wWoyos, Ta SE dia vVOwp, Ta dé 
> 5 / , 2 ‘\ > > 4 YA 
du avvdpiav Sucoixynta. avtos 8 év péow TovTwv 


10 


15 


20 


= 


CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON 29 


4 , F. 3 \ 5 A x A 
THY Siaitay Tonodmevos, Tov pev audt Tov YELdva 
, A > A ¢ \ A 7 \ 
xXpovov dunyev év BaBvhovi Extra pHvas: avtn yap 
») XN e 7 ‘\ x > ‘\ ~~ ¥ A “A > 
aheewn 7 xopa: Tov O€ apdi TO €ap Tpels pHvas év 
LYovoos, tHy d€ axuynyv tov Oépovs dvo pHvas &v 
> 7 y > -~ > \ , 5 
ExBardvo.s. ovtw 69 Tovovvta adrov déyovew év 
€apwo Oarre Kat Wye dudyev del. ovTw O€ dié- 
KETO TPOS avTOV ot avOpwror, ws TAaVv pev EOvos 
“a SQL > XN / , yY ‘\ 
pevoventety EddKer el poy Ktpw méprbevev 6 Te Kahov 
> “a > a , x , x , x : n 
avTois €v TH XOpA | voto 7 TpEhotTo 7 TEXV@TO, 
Lal \ / e / “ A Pret) , , 
masa d€ Tokis woatTws, Tas 5é ididtns TAOVGLOS 
x »” , Q ¥ Kv , ‘ \ \ ec 
av meto yevéobar ev Tr K¥pw yapioaito: Kat yap 6 
A s Seats a > , > 
Kvpos \auBavev tap’ éExdotov dv adfoviay eixov 
e , b] 42 e , 5 \ 
ot d.dortes, avTedisov dv oazavilovtas avrovs 
aigOavoiro. 
Luokevdtov, & Kipe 
Otrw Sé Tov ai@vos TmpoKkeywpyKdros, pada Oh 
, a e rr. ) an > , XV 
mpeo Burns @v o Kupos adixveitar eis Ilépoas 70 
EBdomov emt THS avTod adpyns. Kal 6 pev TaTHp Kal 
n pyTnp Tadar 87 womep Eikds éreTeMeUTH KET AY 
> OR ¢ de Ko “A \ fo ¢ , ‘\ a 
auT@* 0 d€ Kupos efuce Ta vourCoueva iepa, Kat TOD 
Xopov nynoato Ilépoais Kata Ta TaTpia, Kal TA 
Sapa Tact duddwKey worep €idOe. 
Koundets S ev 7@ Baorreiw dvap cide Toidvde. 
»¥ 3 an \ , x \ + 
edofev ad’T@ mpocehOav Kpeittwy Tis  KaTa avOpe- 
> A , > A ¥ \ > \ 
Tov elrew, LvoKevalov, @ Kipe: dn yap eis Deovs 
¥ ~ \ 3 \ ‘ »” 3 , \ ‘\ 
amet. ToUTo dé idwy Td avap e€nyépOn, Kal oyeddov 
3 , ~ , yy nr , e Q 4 > AX 
eddKet eld€var OTL TOD Biov 7 TeNevTH) TapeEin. EvOds 
ovv haBav tepeta eOve Avi Te TaTpew Kal “Hriw Kal 
~ » ~ 3 QA nw »” e 4 4 
Tots addows Oeots emt TOY akpwr, ws Hdpaa Povocw, 


15 


20 


25 


30 ATTIC PROSE 


e A A i le ‘ 
@oe erevyomevos: Zed matpme Kat “"Hdue kal waves 
Beoi, Séxer Ve TaAde Kai TeNeoTH PLA TOMAOY Kal KAO 
mpakewy Kal YapLoTHpLA, OTL EONUAVATE fro. Kal év 
a ‘\ lal 
lepols Kal Ev OUPaVlo”Ls ONMELOLS Kal EV OlwVOs Kal 
> , Ae oe) aA i Noa > > A \ 
ev dyna aT EXPHV TOLELY KAaL A OVK EXPHV. TOAA 
5 vw xapis, ote Kayo eyiyvwoKov THY vpeTépav 
eTysehecav Kal ovder@moTe Eml Tals EvTVYlaLs UTEP 
»¥ > / > la) 3 1¢ Lal lal \ 
avOpwrov éppovnoa. aitotpar 0 vas Sovvar Kal 
A \ \ \ ‘\ ‘\ , ‘\ / 
vov Tail pev Kal yuvorkt Kat didous Kal marpidu 
> , > \ , ped am , , 
evoayoviay, e“ot d€, oidvmep aiwva Sedw@KarTe, ToLav- 
Tnv Kal TeXeuvTHY Oovvat. 


Last Words of Cyrus the Great 


Lal > \ \ 4, e ld 4 3 ‘ 
Ilaides €0t Kat mavres ot mapdvtes didot, enor 
\ a / XN / = , > la) 
pev tov Biov 7d Téhos HOn Tdpectw: ex ToddOv 
TOUTO Gapas yryvorKkw: vas O€ ypyH, OTav TEdEv- 
THTW, WS TEpl EVOatwovos e“ov Kal héyew Kal Tove 
TavTa. Kal vov KaTaelirw pey uas, @ Tatoes, 
Cavras, ovamep eOomdy pou ot Oot yevéeoOar, Kata- 
Meirw O€ Tarpida Kal didous evdaiovovvtTas: waTE 
- 
TOS OUK ay eyo Sukaiws pakapilomevos TOY del ypdvov 
, , lo A ‘\ \ , 
pvypns Tuyyavount; det d€ kat THY Bacidrelay cady- 
vioavTa KaTahuTew, ws av py apdidoyos yevouern 
TpayLaTa viv TAapAacyy. 


> 


Kat od perv, & KapBvon, tTHv Bacrrelar exe, Dear 
/ \ ] A“ y 3 3 4 x , > 
Te SLOdVTWY Kal E“ov, door ev euot: aol dé, @ Tavao- 
, , > , , war) , 
Edpn, catparny civar didmpe Mydwr Te kal ’Appevior 
‘\ 4 ra nw , \ 4 
Kat Tpitwv Kadovoiav: tavtra dé cou d.d0vs vopila 


b) \ \ , \ ¥ wn p A 
apxnv pe petlw kat Tovvowa THS Bacirelas TO 


Io 


20 


25 


CYROPAEDIA OF XENOPHON at 


, La) > az ss ‘\ 3 
mpeoButépw katadimeiv, evddayoviay d€ oot aumo- 
’ 

Tépav. omoias pev yap avlpwrivns eippoovrys 
B ~ A > Sj lat ~) ‘\ z aa} lal 
EMUOENS EEL, OVY OPO, AAA TavTa ToL TA SoKOdVTA 
avOparovs edppaive tapéota. olcba pev ovv Kat 
ov, ® KapBvon, ote od T6d€ TO ypvoody aoKHTTpOV 
x \ 7 “A iA b] v=) > e XN 
To THv Baoireiav Siac@lov €oti, GAN ot TLOTOL 
dio. oxnmtpov Bacievow ahyPeotatov Kat acda- 
Aéoratov. ot d€ amo TOV avTOUV oTEppaTos PwvTES 
Kal UTO THS AUVTHS MYTPOS TpaEevTes Kal Ev TH adTH 
olkia av&yOetes Kat UO TOY avTaY yovéwy ayaTa- 
pevou Kal THY avTHY pHTépa Kal TOY avTOV TaTEépa 
TPOTAYOpEVOVTES, TAS OV TAVTWV OUTOL OLKELOTATOL TE 
KQL TLOTOTATOL ; 

"Aa pds Gedy TaTpdwv, @ Tatdes, TYLATE AN2- 
Nous, el Te Kal epot yapilerOar péder buy: ov yap 
, lal , lal eS =. ie e > , > 
Symov TovTO ye wadas SoxetTe Eidévar, ws OvED Ei 

> \ A 3 \ lal > tA - os 
eye eri, ereoav TOV avOpwrivov Biov TedevTHTw* 
5 A \ lal DZ; > 3 \ x e nw b) > 
ovee yap vov Tor THY y eunv Wuxynv Eewpare, addr 
ois Suerparrero, TovToLs avTHY ws oOvcAaY KaTEpwpaTe. 
oUToL e€ywye, @ Taldes, OVE TOUTO TaTOTE ereic On, 
e ¢ , 4 \ 3 > A , 5 A 9 
ws 7 huyy, ews pev ay ev OvynT@ copare 7, Cn, oTav 
d€ TovTov aTah\ayn, TEO - Suadvopevov O€ avOpa- 
é TovTou aTahhayn, TEOvnKkev: dualvopevor O€ avOpa 
A , > 4 b) / ~ \ e / 
mov On\ad e€oTLW EKATTA ATLOVTA TPOS TO OModuAoV 
Tryv THs Wuyns, avtTn S€ pdvyn ovTE Tapovaa ovTE 
dmudaa oparar. éevvonoate O€, epy, OTL eyyvTEpov 
\ ”~ > , , OE] 3 4 ¢ de 
pev Tov avOpativav Oavarw ovdév €oTw vavou: 7 O€ 
lal > , XN / , , , 
tov avOpamov wuxn TéTe SyHTOV Gevordtn Katadai- 
XN lé lal , A , , 
veTal Kal TOTE TL TOY pEhhovT@Y TPOOPA* TOTE yap, 
, la) 
@s €ouKe, pahvota ehevOepovran. 


32 


Io 


15 


20 


25 


ATTIC PROSE 


> \ > Y ¥ A Y EN 
Et pev ovv ovTws EXEL TAUTA, WOTEP EY oLopal, 
‘\ ¢ X\ / ‘\ A“ \ \ 3 ‘ ‘\ 
Kal 9 Wyn KaTadelEel TO THOMA, Kal THY Eunv Wuynv 
a aA 4 
KaTaoovpevor TrovetTe & yw Séoprar: ei S€ 7) OUTS, 
aha pev 7 Wuxyy) ev TO OO vaTroOvn o KE 
béevoveta 1 Wy) EV TH THOLaTL GvvaTObvynTKEL, 
> \ , ‘ SEX » A , > 3 A 
aha Oeovs ye Tovs ael OvTas Kal TavT EepopayTas 
~ / , A \ 4 ‘ “ 7 
kal mavra Svvapevous, ot Kal THVdE THY TaV OwY 
a 58 / > “a \ 5 , \ 5 , 
Taw ouveéxovol arpiByH Kal aynpaTov Kal avayap- 
\ c XV , ‘\ , b) 7 4 
TynTov Kal UTd Ka\NOUS Kal peyeDous adiAyNTOV, Tov- 
, , 5: Noose \ dead 2 
tous hoBovpevor pytoT aoeBes pndev pyde avdcrov 
PTE ToLNoNTE pyTE BovAevonTE. 
\ / , \ = , XN “A ‘A bY 
Mera pevtou Geovs, kat avOpdtwv To Tav yevos TO 
del emuytyvomevoy aidetobe. ov yap ev oKdTwH Das 
c \ bs , > > > ~ “A > , 
of Beot amoxpvarovrat, aN’ eudavn macw avayKn 
Dow a NY sche / ¥ a \ NX \ »¥ 
det Cyv ta vudrepa epya: & Hv pev Kabapa Kal e&w 
Tov adikwv dawyrat, duvatovds buas ev TAacW avOpa- 
Tous avadei feu et dé els ANAHAOUS AdLKOV TL Ppovncere, 
3 , 3 , x eS , > > A 
éx Tavtev avOparav 76 a€idmioror eivar aToBahetre. 
> ‘\ \ >» Ss a , cok >Q> > 
ovdels yap av emt miaTedvoat SvvatTO wp, ovd et 
, A 208 3 , \ , 
mavu mpolvmotro, idov adikovpevov Tov padioTa 
, 7 
pitta TpoonKovTa. 
> . 5S 3 ‘\ 4 nw e A , YY \ 
Ei pev oty éye® tpas ikavds diddoKw otovs yp 
XN 2 7 > > \ a ‘\ \ “A 
mpos addy#\ous elvat,—ei d€ pH, Kal Tapa Tov 
mpoyeyernnevav pavOavere: avtn yap apiotn dida- 
/ ¢ \ \ XN , / A 
okaNia. ot pev yap TodXol Siayeyevnvrar pidou pev 
A qn y 
yovets tarot, dior dé adedfol adedpois: dyn SE 
4 \ 5 7 2 4 » ec 4 
Twes TOUTwY Kal évavtia addyots empakav. dmoTe 
pols av ovr aicbavynobe ta tpaxbevta ovveveyKorta, 
w“~ X\ ¢ , > ~ x 4 
Tavra 7 aipovpevor 6p0as av Bovdevo.r Oe. 
\ 4 \ ¥ ¥ 7 X tee te a 
Kal rovrwy pev tows non alis. TO 5 euov copa, 


un 


10 


15 


20 


25 


ANABASIS OF XENOPHON 33 


er 


© matoes, OTav TeleuTHTW, LTE Ev ypvT@ OnTE prjTeE 
o B) , , > ” » 5 /, ir \ a a e 
év apyvpo pyte ev ahiw pnoevi, alia TH yn ws 
, X\ A 
TAXLTTA aTOOOTE. TL yap TOVTOV LakapLwTEpoY, TOU 
Lal A aA 7 \ ‘ ‘ / \ = X\ 
yn pixOjvar, ) mavtTa pév Ta Kaha wavTa de Tayaba 
¥ 
dver Te Kal Tpéper; eyw dé Kal ahrws hriavOpwzos 
eyevonny, Kal viv nd€ws av por d0KO KowwrvyAcat Tov 
evepyetouvros avOpurous. 

"AN\a yap On, edn, exheimew por ghaiverar 7 
Wux7, HevTEep, ws EorKe, TATW apxXeTar aTro\EiTOVc 4. 
> lat x “~ / ~ nn 9 
El Tis Ov Dpav 7 SeEvas BovreTar THs Enns apacBar, 

; eed Sy \ an y+ 8 a 2Hé / 
7 Oppa Toumoy Cavros Ett Tpoovoev EHeheL, TPOTITH* 
9 3 5 xX 3 4 <<) lal rd A > an 
drav © eyw éeyxaltiiwpar, aiTovpar vas, @ Taldes, 
PS) \ VL3IA 59 / > ‘\ on > , S > \ 
pnoets er avipdtov Totpov copa td€éTa, yd avTot 
vues. IUdpoas pévtou wavtas Kal Tovs Tuupayous 
én TO VHA ToULOY TapakadetTe TUVHTOnTOLEVOUS 
’ Pi, > n° a» ¥ e Vo EK ¥ 
€wol, ore ev TO dohahet Hoy ETopat, ws wydev av Ere 
al DN al 
Kakov Tabet, pyTe HY peta Tov Oeiov yevwpar pyTE 
x de » => € tA S x eA ae. > 
nv pyndoev ett @* O7dcor O av EhOwor, TovTOUS €v 
7 e , 5 > 5 XN 5 , oF 
ToiyoavTes OTdca em avdpt evdaiporr vopmileTat, 
b) , \ tal ¥ , , 
atoméumete. Kal TouTo, edn, peuvnoGé pov Tedev- 
Tatov, Tovs dirous EevepyeToUVTES Kal TOUS eyOpovs 
Suryocece Kohdlew. Kal yaipete, © pidor Taides, 
Kal TH pyTpl amayyeAdeTE WS Tap ew“ov* Kal TaVTES 
\ e / \ e BI / 7 t. 
d€ ol TapovTEs Kal ot amrovTes hidor xatpere. 
Tat? cima Kal ravras Se€twodpevos evexahvato 


‘ 7 3 “e 
KQL OUTWS ETEAEUTYCED. 


The Death of Cyrus the Younger 


Kai dn te Hv apt ayopav mxfovoay Kat 


ATTIC PROSE — 3 


34 ATTIC PROSE 


Ww 


ty 
wm 


TAnolov Hv 6 atabuds evOa eweddre katadveuw, Hvika 
, > ‘\ , A BI \ rf A 
Harnyvas, avnp Ilépons, tov audit Ktpov morar, 
mpopatverat €Lavvwy ava KpaTos iSpovvTt T@ iT: 
\ 7A\ A ® > , 207 \ 
kat evdds wacw ois éevervyyavev €Bda kai BapBapr 
aA oo A ’ \ \ , 
K@s Kal EdAnviKds, ore Baciievs avy oTpatedpare 
TOA TPOTEpYXeETaL wS Els WaYNY TapEeTKEvAacpEVOS. 
v \ \ , pe a: 8 \ 20 7 
€v0a 8) Todds Tdpayos ey&eTo: avdtixa yap édoKouv 
eg? 2 4 4 > 4 , 5 
ot “E\Anves, kal mavtes S€é, ataxtows odiow émume- 
cetaGar* Kupdés te xatarndyoas amd Tod appatos 
‘ , > , ‘ > \ - ‘\ 9 ‘ ‘ 
Tov Odpaka évedv Kal avaBas emt Tov irmov Ta TadTa 
> ‘ a“ ¥ wn“ ¥ “~ 4 
els Tas Xelpas EhaBe, Tots TE aANOLS TAaGL TapHyyed- 
Lev efomriler Oar kai kabioracbar eis THY éavTov 
Ta€w exactov. eva 8) odvv TOA omovdy Kabl- 
r , XN x > % a , »” 
aravto, Ki\éapxos pev Ta Sefia Tod Képatos eywv 
X Le > , -” , S43 , c 
mpos T@ Etdhpatyn Ttotau@, Updkevos 5é éydpmevos, ot 
> ¥ ‘\ ~ é rd \ ‘ ‘\ , ‘ 
& ad\ou pera TodTov’ Mévav S€ kai 75 oTparevpa Td 
> SP 4 ¥ ae ~ A A 
eveovunov Képas exxye TOV E\\nuikov. Tod dé Bap- 
nA e “ A , > , X 
Bapixov immets pev Tladdaydves els yidiovs Tapa 
K\éapyov eotnoav ev Ta de&i@ Kal 7d “Envoy 
4, > \ ” > 4 > a? e 4 
Te\TATTLUKOY, €v 5€ TO EVwVYpw Apratds Te 6 Kpou 
y ‘\ S. ¥ / 
UTapyos Kat TO ako BapBapikor. 
i Ss , e 4 \ + A 
Kai 75n te Hv pécov jhuépas Kal ovtw Katadavets 
> ¢ , e 'd A / 3 4 3 , 
noav ot moh€utor’ Hvixa dé Sethyn eylyveto, ebayn 
\ 7 , , , \ SF 
KoviopTos wamep vedédAn evky, ypdvm dé cuxv@ 
y y , > ae , FN , 
VaoTEpov Gomep peravia Tis ev TO TEdiw emi Todd. 
9 \ 3 , Sy ek , ‘ ‘\ / 
Ore O€ eyytrTepov éeyiyvovto, Tdya 51 Kal yadkds TIS 
HoTpanTe Kat ai Noyyau Kat ai Tafers KaTadaveis 
ay OF ‘\ ra , +) IN ‘ , 
€ytyvovto. Kat Kupos wapeXavvwv autos ovr Itypyre 
TOE t Kat ahd iv 7) TéeTTApat, TO Keapyw 
@ EPUNVEL KAL AAAOLS TPLOLY 7 TETTAPOL, TO PX 


ANABASIS OF XENOPHON 35 


3 , » . , A , . ~ 
éBoa ayew 70 oTparevpa KaTa pécov TO THY TOhE- 
, 9 > an ‘ ep 2 a 3 » lal 
piv, o7e exer 6 Bacrdeds Eln* Kay TOUT, EpN, VLKG- 
pev, Tavl” Huw TeToinTa. 
K \ 3 , nied “a =e ‘ B ‘ Ps , 
al év TOUT@ T@ Katp@ 70 prev BapBapixoy o7pa- 
c “~ , ‘ A ¢ F » 5 ~ 
5 Teva Oparas pone, TO dé “EhAnvikov, Ere &Y TO 
avT@ pévov, TVVETATTETO EK TOV ETL TPOTLOVTWY. Kal 
6 Kdpos tapehatver od 7avu Tpos atT@ TH OTpaTEv- 
par. Katefeato, éxatépwoe aroBdémwv Eis TE TOUS 
7 ‘ ‘ 4 5 A A > \ > A ~ 
moheutous Kal Tovs didous. dav S€ avtov amo Tov 
10 ‘EhAnvixod Zevodav ’APnvatos, v7ekaoas ws ouvay- 
THOAL, NpETO el TL TapayyéAAou* 6 8 EmiaTHoas eize 
' 4 > 4 “~ 9 A X e€ . A 4 
Kal héyew €xéhevoe TATW, OTL Kal TA Lepa Kaha Kal 
7a odbayia Kahd. tavra dé héywr GopvBov jKovce 
QA lal , >7 X ¥ 7 e , » 
Sia tav Ta€ewv idvTos, Kal HpeTo Tis 6 GopuBos EL7. 
e A , > 9 . , , 

15 6 6€ KXéapyos eivey Ore 70 otvOnwa TapepyeTat 
, ze ‘a > , , / 
devTepov On. Kal Os CHavpace Tis TapayyéeddeL, 
eee 7 ¥ . , a = 5 , ” 
Kal pero 6 TL ein 70 oUVOnpa. 6 S dmeKpivaTo OTL 
.Zevs Lwrnp kat Niky. 6 dé Ktpos axovcas, “A\Aa 
, , » ‘ ~ ¥ A > BI ‘ > 
Séxopat Te, Eby, Kal TOUTO €aTw. Tadra Sd Eizwy els 

20 THY EavTOU xapav aTyavve. 
\ > 4 7 a 4 , , A 
Kat ovxér. tpia ® Térrapa ao7ddia Sueryernv TH 
dadrayye aw addAjdor, qvika éraranifdv ze ot “EAy- 
ves Kal TpoypxovTo avrion i€var ToLs TOELOLS. ws 
A , 5 4 , “~ , ‘ e 
dé wopevopevay eLexvpawe 7. THS Padayyos, TO UTO- 
» A 
2s NerTOpevov NpEato Spopw Oey" Kai apa ébbeyEar70 
, a x 3 , 5) / ‘ , 
mavTes olovTep T® Evvadiw €dedi{ovor, Kal mavrTes 
A »¥ , , e » lan) 5 4 A 
Sé€ EBeov. éyovar b€ TwWes ws Kal Tals doTion TpPOS 
‘ / > , /, lal A 9 
Ta Sdpata edovrnaav, PdBov ovovvTEs Tots iTTOLS. 
A ~ 
mp de T6€evpa eEixveio Gar, exkdivovew ot BapBapor 


36 


Io 


15 


20 


ATTIC PROSE 


‘ 4 \ > woe ‘ 2Q7 A ‘ 
kat devyovor. Kal evtavla db) ediwxov pév Kata 
4 eg > , b Wee 4 ‘\ “~ , 
Kpartos oi “E\Anves, €Bdwr Sé addy dors x7) Oetv Spopo, 

> , 9 9 
aN’ év ta€eu EwerAar. 7a 8 apyara ta Sperary- 
, > , ‘ ‘\ > > “A “ / ‘ 
dopa éd€povto ta pev du’ avtav Tov TodELlwr, TA 
\ ‘ x a“ ec 7 ‘ e , a > 3 x 
dé Kat dua Tov “EXAjvev Kea Hridxov. ot 8 ézet 
mpotooer, Suiotavto: eat 8 oats Kal KarehndhOn 
@oTEep ev immodpouw exmdayels: Kal ovdey pévTor 
ial A ¥ A 
ovsé TovTov wabety edacar, 00d’ ad\dos 5é TaV “EXXH- 
> , “ , + > ‘ > ld ‘\ > ee 
vov & TavTn 7H MaXN ETAaDe ovdeis OSE, TAHY Ext 
T@ EVaVYLw ToSevOnvai Tis E\€yeTo. 
Ktpos & é6pav tovs "EX\\nvas vikorvtas TO Kal? 
p p 7 
avrovs Kai SudKovTas, HSdpmevos Kal TpOTKUVOUpLEVOS 
» A 
79n ws Baoireds U7d Tov apd’ adrdv, odd’ as CEnYOy 
Sidxew, adda cuveotepaperny exov THY TOV odV 
e ~ e , e , , > ~ 9 
€aut@ é€akooiwy inméwy Taéiv, érepedetro 6 Te Tol 
, 4 ‘\ ‘ ¥ 5 \ 9 , »” 
noe Bacireds. Kal yap oer adrov Tt pécov Exot 
Tov Ilepo.xov orpatevuaros. Kal mavtes 8 ot TaV 
BapBdpwry apyovres pécov exovTes TO avTa@v YyoUp- 
= x 
Tal, vouilovTes ovTw Kal év aadaeataTw civar, Hv 
1 loxvs adtav Exatépwler, Kal et TL Tapayyetdat 
, LS a , > , \ , 
xpylouv, quice av ypdovw aicBaverfar 76 o7pa- 
Teva. Kat Baotreds 67 TOTE pécov Exwv THS avTov 
a7Tparias, Ouws e€w éeyévero Tov Kvpov evwvipou 
7 > \ \ 5 ‘ 5 ~ 5] , 5 ~ > 7 
Ké€patos. eel € ovdels aiT@ eudyeTo EK TOV avTioVv 
ovdé Tois avTov TeTaypévois euTpoo er, éréxapmTev 
@s els KUKwoW. 
» — 
Ev@a 67 Kipos, Seioas ph omicbe yevopevos 
KaTakoun 70 E\nvixov, éhavver avtios* Kal éuBahav 
4A ~ ~ 
guy ols €€aKxoclo viKa TOs TPO Bacidéws TeETAYy- 


oe pera e 


wn 


10 


a5 


20 


25 


OECONOMICUS OF XENOPHON 37 


td ‘\ > A A ‘ e /, A 
pevous kal cis duyny erpafe Tovs EEaxroxudLovs, Kal 
Groxrewat héyeTar avTos TH EavTov xELpi ApTayéep- 

» ~ 
anv Tov apyovta avTav. as O 7H Tpom7 éyeévero, dia- 
, ‘ e , c 7 > ‘ , 
omeipovrat Kat ot Kupou éfaxdarot, eis 70 didKew 
ec , = ‘ , 5 a > > 5 ‘ , 
oppnoavres’ ANY wavy Otyo. apd avrov Karehet- 
hOnoav, cyedov ot duorpamelor Kahovpevor. ov 

4 A > - 4 \ ‘ > > 5 “ 
tovros 6€ av Kafopa Baorréa Kat 70 apd €xetvov 

~ A 5 ‘ 5 > , 5 > > "4 ‘ 
otihos: Kat evs ovK yvéoyxeTo, ad’ etz@v, Tov 
» e a 4 3.63 - a \ “a ‘ x , 
avdopa Ope, teTo €w avTOv Kal TaleL KATA TO OTEPVOV 

‘ , x A , id + , ec 
Kal TiTpdcKer Oia TOV Papaxos, ws dnar Kryolas o 
iarpos, Kal iacOar avros 70 Tpavpa dyot. walovta 

> - | = , ~ c 7 ‘ 5 ‘\ 
8 avrov axovrile. Tis wa\t@ v7 Tov d6dfadpov 

F ‘\ 5 lod , \ ‘ XV 
Biatws: Kal evradfa paydpevor kat Baorrevs Kat 

a \ e > > b) ‘ e X e ? e , 
Kupos, Kat ol a avToUs UTEP EKATEPOV, OTOTOL 

POs; b ; 

A “ > \ , 5 7 , , 
pev Tov audi Baca avébvynoKov Kryotas héye: 

yn , \ > A \ a we \ 
map éxelvw yap yv* Kipos d€ abzds ze avefave Kat 


b] ‘ A ~ \ >> » - ie 5 ~ 
OKTW OU aplaToe TWV TEPL QUTOV EKELVYTO ETF au7TW. 
Traits of the younger Cyrus 


Paci S€ twes, dtav SHpa 8180 6 Bacihevds. TPaTOv 
A > “ A , 5 A , ° 
pev eioxaew Tovs TohEL@ ayafous yeyovotas, o7t 
ovdév ddedtos TOANA apodr, Et p17) Eley Ot apyfovTEs” 
SevTEpoV S€ Tovs KaTacKevalovTas Tas Yapas apiora 
x x o , 9 303 3 c 7» 

Kal évepyous wovovvTas, A€yovTa ort ovo Gv ol adkwor 
, A > \ 4 © 3 , , \ 
dvvawto Myv, et py eiev ot epyalopevor. éyerau d¢ 
‘\ aa , 9g Ss , A ‘ 
Kat Kupos move, oo7ep evsoxiysatatos 67 Bacideds 
yeyevnrat, cimew Tots emt Ta Sapa KEKANMEVOLS, OTL 
avros av Sixaiws Ta apudorépwv Sapa AapBavor- 

s s 7a dudorépov Sapa dap 
‘ » > \ 
KatagKevalew TE yap apiotos eivat Edn YOpav Kal 


38 


Io 


ES 


ATTIC PROSE 


apyyew Tots KaTecKEvacpevols. emnydddeTo Toivur 
ovdev ArTov emt TM Ywpas evepyovs Tole Kal KaTa- 
oxevalew 7 emt TO ToNEmLKOS Elvat. 
aa > ato ¥ A 
Kai Kupos ye, «i €Biwoev, apuotos Gv Soxet apywr 
4 »" , , ¥ ‘ la 
yevérOat, kat TovTov Texunpia ada Te ToANA Tape 
‘ e , € € ‘ A B X , “A LO nN “~ 
OXYNTAL, Kal o7OoTE wept THS Bacidrelas TH adEeAd@ 
ETOPEVETO MAXOULEVOS, Tapa ev KUpou ovdels eye 
> A ‘ , ‘ \ 7 
Tat avToxodnoa mpos Baorihéa, Tapa 5é€ Baciréws 
\ “4 Bs -~ 5 ‘ \ ‘\ “ e la 
mo\\al pupiddes Tpos Kipov. éyw d€ kal todTo Wyod- 
par péya TEKUApLoY apyovTos apeTs Elvar, @ Gv 
Exovtes TeOwrTar Kal év Tots Sewots Tapapevew ebE- 
hwow. exeivw S€ ot dior Cavti te TuveudyovTo 
kat amoGavev7, cwamebavor, TavTes TEpl TOV vEeKpov 
, \ > , > A 3. 32% A 
paxouevor tyv “Aptatov: “Apiatos 8 eruxe él TO 
EVWVUL@ KEPATL TETAYMEVOS. 

Otros totvuy 6 Ktpos éyerar Avodvipa, ore HAO 
dyov avT@ Ta Tapa TOV cUppdywv Sapa, adda TE 
diriogpoveta bar, ws adtos Eby 6 Avoavdpos Ew tore 

3 , 8 , ‘ X > , 
tTwe ev Meyapo.s dinyovmevos, Kat Tov & Lapdeor 
4, 3 4 > ‘ ¥ > \ x. > 4 
Tapaderoov emiderkvivar avtov edn. met S€ eOar- 

ars c , 8 e \ \ x , 
palev adtov 6 Avoavdpos, as Kaha pev ta dévdpa 

» > ¥ \ ‘ /, > ‘\ \ e 4 

ein, Su’ toov S€ Ta TEeduTevpéva, dpHoi S€ ot arixor 
A , > , \ , a ¥ > ‘ \ 
tav dévdpor, evydvia S€ wavta Kahas ein, dopat de 
mohhal kal deta cvuTapopapTotey avdrots mepiTa- 
Toval, Kat TavTa Bavyalwy eizev, "ANN eyo ToL, @ 
Kupe, 7a. ev TadTa Oavpalw éxi To Kar hd 
Dpe, TavTa pev TadvTa Oavpalw emi T@ Kaddev, TOAD 
d€ padov ayapar Tov KaTapeTpnoavTds oo Kal 
Ouatagavtos €kaoTa TovTwyY. aKkovoavTa S€ TavTa 
‘ la e ‘a / \ > A A , > 
tov Kipov jobnvai ze Kat ciety, Tadra tow, & 


* OECONOMICUS OF XENOPHON 39 
A 
Avoavope, eyo TavTa Kal OueweTpyoa Kat dueraéa, 
» 5 > ~ , a ‘ ) , 5 , 
~ é€oTt © avTav, davat, & Kal Ep’TEVvTG AUTOS. 
Kai 6 Avoavipos édbn, advoBéWas cis abtov Kat 
iSav Tov TE iwatiov Td Ka\os Ov Eiye Kal THS OTMNS 
5 aigAouevos Kal TaY OTpETTOV Kat Tov Wediwv 70 
, \ na » , a F 3 oN , 
Ka\Xos Kal Tov adNov KOTpOoV ov ElxeV, EiveEV, TL 
héyets, davat, @ Kupe; h yap ov Talis oats Xepot 
, 5 , be XV aa 5 , 
ToUTwy TL edvTevoas ; Kal Tov Kupov amokpivac Gat, 
Oavpalers TovTO, py, @ A¥oavdpe; Ouvupt Gor TOV 
10 MiOpyv, dravaep byaive, pnwarore Seumvjoa TpwW 
LOpacal, 7) TOY TOMEMLKOY TL 7) TOV yewpyLKav Epywv 
pedeTar, f TOLOVT@V ye TL diAOTYLOVPEVOS. 
Kat abdros pévtor en 6 Avoavdpos axovcas TavTa 
, 7 5 XV ‘ > “ , ~ 
ScEidcacbal Te abrov Kat eizety, Atkaiws pot Soxets, 
¥ ~ > , > > \ \ a “pe 
15 ebn, @ Kupe, evoaipev evar: ayalos yap wv avnp 
= eVOaypovets. 
Kaoxdaya8ia 
pe me ¥ 3 > A , e , 
Tc obv, nv cou €€ apyns Sinyjcopat, ws cuveyevo- 
re avoo. dc é Lt €06 > ee Re ae 
pny more avdpt Os Euot eddKe Eivat Tw OVTL TOVTwY 
A > al ee e ~ \ » , 3 ‘ a 
Tav avdpav ep ois TovTO TO OvopLa OuKalws eaTlv O 
Led , 5 . 5 7 
20 Kahetrau Kahds Te Kayabds avyp ; 
, , c . 3 ah, \ , > A 
Aé€o towvv was Kat AAOov ext THY oKew avToOv. 
XN \ 7 5 X A , 5 , 
Tous pev yap ayafovs TéxTovas, yahkeas ayallous, 
4 5 4 5 , \ . »¥ 
Cwypadouvs ayabods, avdpiavroTo.ovs, Kal Ta adda 
Ta To.avra, wavy diyos por Kpovos eyeveTo iKaVOS 
e A A \ , \ 
25 iKava@s mepiehfety TE Kal fedcacbar Ta SedoKyac- 
, ‘\ » 5 - > yg A . . ‘ 
pea Kaha epya avrots eivat. o7ws d€ 67) Kal TOUS 
€yovtas 70 GEpvov Gvopa TOdTO, TO Kahds TE Kayabos, 
> / A > 5 , ”~ > 5 ~ 
emioKkeainyv, Ti mot epyalouevor TOUT a€.owvTo 


40 ATTIC PROSE / 


ul 


£5 


20 


= 


Lal / c ‘\ b] 4 > ~ 
karelrOar, wavy pov » Wuyy éereOiper abtav Twi 
ovyyever Oar. 

r lal 9 a 

Kat wp@rov pév, ote mpooéxeito TO Kads TO 
aya0@, ovrwa Woy Kaddv, TovTw Tpooyev Kal 
eTeipounv KatapavOaverv, et ov oie mpoonpTT- 

, fal a \ > , > > > »” “ep y 
pévov TM KAA@ TO ayabov. aN ovK apa Eixer OvUTWS, 
> esa 207 , A A \ 
aN’ éviovs eddxovv KatapavOdvew tTav Kad@v Tas 

sN , Q \ ” \ , “5 
foppas mavu pmoxOnpovs ovras Tas Wuyds. edo€ev 
ovv pro, adewevov THS KadHs OWews er av’TaY Tia 
> “a lal id Lal > a 5 \ i 
eMfew Tay kahoupevav Kah@v Te kayabav. met odv 
Tov “IoxopaXxov nKkovoy mpds TavTwY Kal avdpav Kal 
yuvakav Kat E€vwv Kal aor@v Kadov TE Kayabov 
erovomalopevov, €d0f€ por Ttoitm Teipabnvar avy- 
yever Bau. 

[dav ovv tore abrov ev TH TOV Atos TOD "EXevOepiov 

“ xD na 
arog KaOypEvor, Erel ror doe TXohalew, tpoaHdOov 
avT@ Kat Taparabilopmevos eirov, Ti, ® loyopaye, 

5 la > \ , , 3 \ , 
ov pddra elwOas cyoralev, KadOnoa; enel Ta ve 
mhetaTa 7) TPATTOVTA TL OP@ GE H OV TavY oKXOdG- 
C > a ae Ovsee cis € VuUV 0) 51 , 
ovTa ev TH ayopa. Ovde av ye viv, Eby 6 Ioydpaxos, 
> \ , XN , > 7 3 / 9 
ei py E€vous Twas cuveHéuny avapevew evOdde. “Orav 
dé 47) TPATTYS TL TOLOvTOY, Tpds TaV Dear, Env ey, 
Tod duaTpiBes Kat Ti moveis; ey@ ydp Tor wavy 
Bovopat cov mvbécba, Ti ToTE TpadTTwY Kahds TE 

> \ , > \ > » / SQA 
Kayalos Kéxdnoat, €ret ovK Evdov ye SiaTpiBeus, ovde 
ToLavTyn cov 7 Eis TOU Tapatos Katadatveran. 

Kat 6 ‘Ioydpayos, yehkaoas emi 7@ Ti Tor@y Kahds 

> XN , ‘\ e / hd > 5 \ ” 
Kayalos Kéxd\ynoa, Kat nobeis, ws y euot edo€er, 
> > S25 , 7 , Seas A 
eivev, AN ei pév, Orav cor diahéywvTat tepl pod 


wm 


20 


25 


OECONOMICUS OF XENOPHON AI 


TWes, KaNOVTL LE TOUTO TO OVOMA, OVK Olda. ov yap 

dyn, orav yé pe eis avTidoow Kah@vTar Tpinpapxias 

x 4 b} ig » an \ , > 

7 Xopnyias, ovdeis, efy, Cntet Tov Kaddv Te Kaya- 
/ > \ Le) »” > 4 7 3 , 

Oov, add\dka cados, epy, dvoualovres pe “Iayouayov 
matpd0e mpookadovTar. eyo pev Tolvur, Eby, @ 
4 o > , > “A ~~ ip 
LaKpares, 0 pe emHpov, ovdauas evdov d.iaTpiBo. 
\ ‘ 8 4 ~ , > ~ > ie VA ‘\ 
Kal yap On, ein, TA ye EV TH OLKLG Lov TaVU Kal 

auTn W yuvy €or ikavy SuoLKkety. 


Ischomachus’ Instructions to his Wife 


"AXNX\a \ la eh ¥ w > | , , 
a Kal TOUTO, Epyy, Eywye, @ “loyopaye, Tavu 
av ndéws cov TUOoiuny, TOTEpAa aUTOS Ov eTaLdeVTAS 
THY yuvatka, WaTE Elvat Olav Sel, 7) ETLTTapEvny €aBes 
Tapa TOD TaTpoS Kal THS pHTPOS SioiKkely TA TPOT7H- 
KovTa avTn. Kat ri av, epn, ® LOKpates, EmraTapLevny 
auTny TapedaBor, 7) TN ev OUTH TEVTEKALOEKa yeyo- 
Pe £y x SA X >» , » SN 
vuca WADE pos Ep, Tov O euTpoad bev ypovov ely b7d 
nw b , iv ec 3 / x »” = / 
ToANns ETLedetas OTWS WS EAaXLOTA [EV OYoLTO, Eha- 

QI 3 , 3 , cape / > ‘ tL 
XtoTa 0 aKovcolTo, Ekdyiota O° €poln; ov yap ayamy- 
TOV Gol SoKel Elvat, ci provov HOEY emicTapeay Epa 

na e€ 7, > A \ ¢ A e 
TmapahaBovoa tuatiov aodetEat, Kal Ewpakuia ws 
/ > > 
epya Tahao.a Jepatraivars diooTtar; Tad ah\a, edyv 
Sy 3 / s 

€yo, @ ‘loxouaye, avros emaidevras THY yuvaica, 
@OTE ikavny evar VY mpoonKer éeTyredetcOar; Od 
SA 43 + C3: , 5 /, Sy: ‘\ 
pa At’, efy 0 Ioyouayxos, ov rpiv ye kat COvoa Kat 
evEdunv eué Te Tvyyavew Sid0doKovta Kat éxeivyy 
pavbavovoay ta BédriaTa ayporepors Huty. TIpds 

deav, edynv eyo, ® “laxo L Tp@ Ovod 
» epyv eyo, @ Ioxouaye, Ti TpaTOV SiOdoKeWw 

»” > ?, 8 A e 5) \ A 3. HX 4 , 
NPXOV avtTyv, Oinyov pou ws Eyw TavT ay HOLdY Gov 


42 


wm 


Io 


15 


20 


tN 
On 


ATTIC PROSE 


4 ood 
Sinyounevov akovoyst, 7) €l Lol yupiKoy % tmmuKdv 
ayava Tov Ka\\oTov Sunyoto. 
Kai 6 ‘loyduayos amexpivato, Ti 8, ébn, & La- 
¥ > 
Kpates, evel On por YeLponOns Hv Kal ereriPacevTo 
wate SiaréyerOat, jnpopny adtynv, edn, &d€ ws: 
> > ¥ 
Eiv€ pou, ® ydvat, dpa dn KaTevonoas Tivos Tote 
bd > , » See . e ‘\ A ¥ , 
eveka €yw Te oE EXaBov Kal ol Gol yovets Edoaay Ge 
> , , \ ‘ ¥ e \ > A \ e 
€uot; Bovdevdpevos pev yap eywye UTEep eE“ov Kal ob 
ol yovels vmép gov, Ti” av Kowwvov BéAtiaTOV 
¥ ‘ , 4 , DF \ — r € , 
OLKou TE Kal TEexVoV NaBoer, eyo Te TE EEeheEapnr, 
Kal Ol Gol yovels, ws eoikacw, ek Tov SuvaTav epe. 
A \ \ > ene , > se \ 
viv d€.d7 otkos nuty Ode KoWwds eoTW. eyd TE yap 
7 
Oo moL EoTW aTarTa Eis TO KOWOY aTOdaivw, aU TE 
9 ‘ 
Oca HvEéyKw TavTa els TO KoWdv KaTéOynKas. Kal 
> A A , , »¥ b) ” , 
ov TovTo Set oyilerOar, TOTEpoS apa apiOu@ meio 
A - A > 9 
cupBeBytar nuorv, add’ éxetvo Set ed eid&var, ort 
e , >» e A , \ = ae ‘ 
oT0Tepos av nuav BedTiwy KoWwvds 4, OUTOS TA 
» 
telovos afta ovpPadXerau. 
> , , > , N A e 
Amexpivato 5€ pot, @ YHKpares, TPOs TavTa 7 
yuryn, Ti & av éyd cou, dy, Svvaipny cvprpaka ; 
4 \ e > ‘ 4 > a oe \ , 5 Poe > ‘\ 
tis O€ 7 eur Svvapis; GAN ev Gol wavta éotiv’ enov 
> ¥ e , » = A ‘ \ 
& edynoew 7 pyTnp epyov eivat cwdpovelv. Nai pa 
>» ee eee , \ \ Ry ary ate , 
At’, ednv é€yo, © ylval, Kal yap Kal e“ot Oo TaTHp. 
> \ /, 7 3 \ 3 % \ / 
ahha cwdpovev tol éott, Kal avdpos Kal yuva.Kos, 
9 a 9 , »¥ e , g ‘ 
OUTwWS ToLElY OTwS TA TE OTA ws BéATLOTA EEE Kal 
A lal wn \ , 
G\\a ore mAetaTa é€k Tov Kadod Te Kal SiKalouv 
, er, , , ¥ ere € , 9 
mpooyenoera. Kal ti dé, edn, dpas, 4 yuvy, oO 
~ > \ 
T. av é€ya To.ovca ouvavfount Tov oikov; Nat 
, g » a 4, 
pa At’, edyy eye, a te of Deol Edvody oe SvvacAau 


un 


10 


aS 


20 


= 


OECONOMICUS OF XENOPHON 43 


Kal .6 VOMOS TUVETALWElL, TaUTA TELP@ ws BéATLOTA 
qTOLELV. 

Kat ti 69 ratvrTa éorw; edn exeivyn. Oitpar pev 
¥ ¥ > as , ¥ > , , \ 
(ywye, Epnv, ov Ta EhaxiaTov aia, Ei wy TEp ye Kal 
e > “~ 4 ce XN 4 5 > 5 , 5 4 
NY T2 opyHve nyenav petra ew e€axiorou a€ious 
+ 5 7 5 . 4 + , A e 
Epyois epeoTnKkev. €ol yap ToL, Edn havat, Kal ol 
Geol, & ytvar, Sokovar Todd SierKenpevos padiota 
A ~ nw 7 aA A ~ A 
TO Cevyos tovTo ovvTeferkevar 6 Kadetrar Ondv Kal 
¥ 7] 9 By 7, oy e A > \ 

AappeEV, OTWS OTL WHEALLWTATOV H a’TW Els THY KOWW- 
, > > , 5 ‘\ Y e , 
viav. Kat THY dvaow evOds Taperkevagery 6 Oeds, 

er 33 \ Ary \ a \ aah eet. 8 ¥ 
@S €.0l OOKEL, THY LEV THS yuvarkds emt TA EvOov Epya. 
AL 4 \ \ a 3 X = lata \ Y» ¥ 
Kal eTednpata, THY S€ TOD avOpos emt Ta e&w Epya. 
\ > , ev \ \ \ , N 
Kal emiehnpata. plyn pev yap Kat Oddrn kat 
ddouTopias Kat oTpareias Tod avdpos TO capa Kat 
TH Wuxyny paddov dvvacOar KapTepely KaTecKevace* 
9 . EE “) , & 5) “ ¥ ‘ “~ be A 
woTe Ta €€w eméeTagey avTw epya’ 7H Oe yuvaikt 
ATTov TO capa Suvarov mpds TavTa dvaas, Ta Evdov 
¥ 5 nw , ¥ 4 See ~ , 
Epya auTn, davar Eby, Tpoota€ar por Soke 6 Oeds. 
X XA ‘ \ , \ ‘ 7 5 . > 4 
dua 5€ TO THY ovow LN TPOS TavTA TAVTA ap.porépav 
ev mepukevat, dua TovTO Kal SéovTar waddov addA7jAwv 
2. \ ~ 5 7 ¢ wn , a A 
Kal TO Cevyos a@pedy@TEpoy EavT@ yeyeyTal, a TO 
9 5 , ‘ yy , nw , 
eTepov eAXeElTETAL TO ETEPOV Suvapevov. tavta é, 
¥ Pm» igi A > 4, > , a ¢ , e A 
edyv, Set Nuas, @ yUvat, EiddTas, & EKATEPW TUL@V 
, e \ A A A oe e , 
Tpooréraktat v7T0 Tov Oeov, Tepacbar Oras ws BEA- 
TLOTA TA TPOTHKOVTA EKATEpOY Huav SiaTpatrec bar. 
nw , Yy A XA £ , > , 
Luvevawet dé, efyn ddvar, Kal 6 vopos adra, 
\ » \ A \ x \ = ¢ 
oulevyyds avodpa Kai yuvatka* kal kaha dé eivar 6 
, 5 , aA e >. ¥ e 7 ~ 
vowos amodeikvucw & 6 Heds Eduoev ExaTepov waddov 
, yi a \ \ \ , ¥ , 
dvvacBar. TH meV yap yuvaxt Kadd\ov evdov péevew 


44 


Io 


a5 


20 


5 


ATTIC PROSE 


» O Netvy, TO OE avdpl aloy.ov évdov pévew 7 
i) Ovpavdeiv, 74 pi aicxiov évSov pévew 7) 
Tov e&w emieretrOar. ei d€ Tis map’ a 6 Oeds Efvoe 
~ »¥ \ > na \ \ > / \ 
TOLEL, LOWS TL Kal ATAKT@V TOs Deovs ov AVAEL, Kal 
dikny dSidwow apehav TOV Epywy TOV EavTOU 7) TpaT- 
a \ » A ‘\ 
Tov Ta THS yuvatkds Eepya. Soxel dé por, env, Kat 
TOV pENTTOY YyYE“@V ToLAvTA Epya vo TOV Deod 
mpooreraypeva Suatroveto Pan. 
\ A > » Cpe; ¥ ¥ e aA 
Kat ota 5, &byn éxeivn, epya exovoa 1 TOV 
na na lal e \ 
pedutToV Hyenav eEoporovTar Tots Epyous ots eue Set 
4 ; "0 ” > 7 b] / > A , 
mparrew ; Ort, ebyv eyo, exewn TE EV TO OLNHvEL 
, >) he n! \ \ Wh > mA, aA 
fevovea ovK €a apyovs Tas pehitras cival, AAA’ as 


pev det €€w epyaler Oar exméurrer Eml TO Epyov, Kal a 


4 


x 7, 7A ¢ , > tA BQO 7 \ 4 
av avtav exaotTn elapépy oid€ Te Kal déyeTat, Kal 
4 a »” > x 5 / a a b) Loa de € 
odle tavTa est av O€n ypnoba. emedav dé 7 
@pa Tov ypnoba HKyn, diavewer Td Sikaroy ExaoTy. 
Ay 3 ‘\ a“ ¥ - sane | 7 4 5 , 
Kat émt Tots evdov 0 eEvpawopevors Knplois Ef€aTHKEV, 
@s Kah@s Kal Tayéws VpaivyTaL, Kal TOV yryVvdevov 
, > a e > / ee} \ An ie) 
TOKOV ETULENELTAL WS EKTPEPYTaL’ ErreLdav Oe ExTPAdH 
Kal a€voepyot ol veoTTol yévwvTat, atrouKiler avTOUS 
CVV TOV ETOMEVWY TWL NYELOVL. 
> AN \ > A a 
H Kat €ue ovr, eby n yurvy, Seqoe: TavTa Tove ; 
, , »” by , Y 4 ‘ e 
Aeyoe: pevtor oe, Epnyv eye, EvOov TE weve, Kal ots 
x > 2 S las lal 
pev av €€w TO Epyov H TaY OiKETaY, TOUTOUS TUVEK- 
La} a eK 
méuTrev, ots 8 av evdov épyov épyactéov, TovTwr 
\ 

COL ETLOTATHTEOV’ Kal TA TE LahEepopeva ATOOEKTEOY, 
ur at. \ x b) La , A \ , 
Kat &@ pev Gy avtay déy Satavav, col diaveuntéor, 
aA aS 4 4 i ‘ , 
a@ So ay tepittevew Sén, Tpovontéov Kal dudaKTéov 
OTWS PY Els TOV EviavTOYV KELevn SaTavy els TOV 


pynva daravata. Kal oray épia eloevexOn oot, em 


fe) 


a5 


20 


25 


OECONOMICUS OF XENOPHON 45 


, Y ey Oe , , We) \ 
pedynréov ows ots Set iudria yiyyytar. Kat oye Enpos 
OtTOS OTS KAAS ECOHdipLOS ylyvyTal, ETLWEHTEoV. EV 
petro. TOY cor TpoTHKdyTaV, Ebyy Eyo, ETLEANMG- 

~ > , / s yY aA 3 , 
Twv laws ayapioTorepoy Sd€e civar, OTL Os ay Kay 
lot > A , 4 
TOV OLKET@Y, TOUT@Y GOL ETLYLEANTEOY TAYT@V OTS 
, \ 9 » ¢ , > , 
Oeparevntar. Ny At’, ehy n yuryn, €mtxapiT@ratov 
\ > a , 4 ¢ ” JA 
pev ovv, nv péd\r\wot ye ot Kalas Oeparevbevtes 
, + \ 5 4, xX , ¥ 
xdpw eloecOar Kai evvotartepor 7) mpdcbev Exec Han. 
\ > - + Cite 3, 7 5 \ >] lex! XN 
Kai eyo, edn 6 “loyduaxos, ayaobets avtns THY 
amoKpiow, eimov’ “Apa ye, @ yivar, dia Tovavras 
Twas Tpovolas Kal THS EY TO Tver YyEHOvos at 
péditrae ovtw diatifevta, pds avTyVY wWaoTE, OTAV 
3 / > / =) , ” Qn lal > 
éxewn ekimyn, ovdeuta oleTar TOV pediTT@V aZO- 
> > 9 a 
Newrtéov eivat, GAN ErovTa, TAT aL; KAL T yuVy) joe 
, Plas ae 
b) , , 3 »” A > Ni X\ A 
amekpivato' Oavualoywr av, epyn, €l pn TpOS GE 
paddrov Teor Ta TOU YyE“ovos Epya 7 TpOS EME. 
e Xx > A ‘\ La) y” XN ‘\ 7 
n yap uy pvdraky Tov evoov Kal dravoyy yedota Tus 
aa > , > A 4 3 A 9 » 
av, otal, patvouto, eb pr ov ye émuysedoto Oras efa- 
, > , , > Ly, see, e) a) aN 
6& tu eiodépoito. Tedoia 3 ad, epny eyo, 1 enn 
3 ‘ 4 3 + > \ ~ 9 N > f Aé; 
eladopa aivoir av, el 7 Ely OoTLS Ta ELoevexOeEvTA 
, > e aA »” 5 7, ¢€ > XN , 
c@lor. ovx opas, epynv eya, ol Els TOV TETPYUEVOV 
nw Ly, , 
miOov-dvrdeiv heyopevor ws olKTElpovTaL, OTL MAaTHV 
Lo aA X ie) »” e , \ X 
movey Sokovor; Ny Ai’, edn  yuvy, Kal yap 
T\HMOvES ELOLY, EL TOUTS Ye TrOLOVOW. 
»” a > 
Ahhau dé Tou, env eye, ldrar Erys€erat, @ ovat, 
e nw vA 
noelat vou ylyvovral, 6mdTav aveTLaTHMoVaA TAhacLas 
haBotoa emuctypova Torjons Kat ditAaclov gor 
\ 
aia yévyntat, kal d7déTay daveTLOTHMOVa TApLlEetas KaL 


lal SY 
dtakovias mapahaBotoa, emotHuova Kal ToT) 


46 ATTIC PROSE 


wm 


10 


15 


20 


25 


‘\ 8 ‘ , \ 3 , ¥ A 
KQl OLAKOVLKHY ToLnTapLEern TavTos a€iay eyns, Kal 
OmoTay TOUS pev THPpovds TE Kal @pedt DoW 

SB Pp OR Te 
¥ > A > A 3 , ‘\ , 
olK@ EM ToL Ed TORT AL, Edy O€ TLs TOVNPds aivnrat, 
pore , r \ \ , 72 34 , 
€&M vou ko\doa’ 70 S€ TavTwy NdicTov, éav Bedtiov 
Emov davys Kal ewe cov Oeparovta Toujoyn, Kal py 
8 , A 0 ‘\ ee 4 A < / > 
ey ve GoPetobar, pn mpoiovons THs HruKias aTio- 

, > um ~ ¥ 4 iAX ‘ , 9 a 

TEpa ev TH OLKY Yery, ala TLDTEVONS OTL TPE BuTEpa 
9 Xd A \ 
ylyvouern, 07w GY Kal e“ol KOLVwYOS Kal TaLoLY OiKOU 

4 > 4 _t x n~ 

pvrag apeivor ylyvyn, TooovTw Kal Tywrépa év TO 
¥ + ‘ ‘ X / > 0 , b] ‘ »” > 
OlKM EGE. Ta yap Kaha TE Kayala, eyw ednv, ov 
PS) \ ‘\ e 4 = tAAQ 8 ‘\ ». > \ > X\ 

lad Tas wpaoTnTas, adda Oia Tas apeTas eis Tov 
Biov rows avOpadros emav€erar. 


Learning Homer 


"Ex tovrov d€ Tahu eirev 6 SwKparns, OdK ato-ypov 
, > » 5 - ye , , 5 lal 
67, @ avOpes, ei nd Eriyeipjyoomev ovvovtes @hehew 
Ti} evppatvey ahdAyjdous ; évTevev cizov TodXol, Sd 
Tow Huw e€nyov, Tolwy Aéywv amTopevor paar 
3 A A > \ \ , ¥ Y 3.x 
av Tav7a Towipev. “Eyo pev tolvur, edn, nde av 
avoha Bout Tapa KadXtov tiv vrocxeow. edn yap 
dynTov, el cuvdertvotmer, e7idElEew THY avTod Godiar. 
Kat émideifm ye, edn, €av Kal vpels amavtes eis 
pécov hépnre 6 Tt ExacTos eriatacbe ayabov. >AAN’ 
> , ¥ > , N N > , 9 
ovoeis col, edn, avTiéyer TO py ov AeEew CO TL 
EKATOS HyElTaL TAELaTOU aLov éemictac Ba. 
> ‘ \ 4 ¥ e lé , e€ “A 3739 @ 
Eyo pev toivurv, edn 0 KadXtas, \éyw vuw ép @ 
~ > e > 
péytotov dpova. avOpadrrous yap oipat tkaves elvar 
Bedtiovs wroetv. everday Tolvuy Kal Hudv ExaoTos 


¥ y > , ¥ , Wee > , 
elm 0 TL @PEAWLOV EXEL, TOTE KaYw ov POovicw 


Io 


aS 


20 


2 


SYMPOSIUM OF XENOPHON 47 


> A ‘ / > Be io. = , b) ‘ 
eimety THY TéxVnV Su Hs TOvTO aTEpyaCopar. adda 
. > ¥ , > 7 , SPE / 3 / 
av av, epyn, eye, @ Nikynparte, emt Told ETLoTHLY 
, A er. > e \ > , 
peya ppovets. Kat os eizev, O warnp emipedovpevos 
dws avnp ayabods yevoluny, nvdyKac€é pe TavTa Ta 
c , ¥ A \ tal , BN > , 
Opyjpov enn pabety: Kal viv dvvatunv av “IMudda 
9 5 a | , > ‘\ / ] ~ 3 , > 
olnv Kat “Odvaoceayv a0 TTOMaTOS ElTELY. GKOVOLT 
x» > Rr <3 x i , x > \ a 
ay ovv Kai e€uov a €oecbe Bedtioves, HY Eu“ol ovv7TE. 
¥ \ , y Y ¢ , , 
lore yap Sy7ov o7t Ounpos 0 copeatatos Temoinke 
A = > 
oxedov TEept TavTwY ToV avOpwriver. oats av odv 
e a , x > X x 8 X x 
vpov BovrAnTar 7 olkovou.KOs 7 ONuNyopLKOs 7 
‘ /, x 9 b] nan a » 

OTPATHYLKOS yevér ar, 7) osoros “Ayiddet 7 Atavte 
» yt / Xx > 8 ~ 3 \ Q 4 3 \ X\ 
n Néoropt 7 Odvocet, ewe CepameveTw. eyw yap 
TavTa TavTa eTioTapar. 


Beauty of Socrates 


\ > 
‘O d6€ KadXlas edn, Sd S5é 54, & KpuroBovne, eis 
. \ A s 2 A \ s , 3 
TOV mept Tov KaAovs aywva Tpos LwKpaTyVv ovK 
avbiotaca ; ’AdN’ ovk avadvopat, edn, @ LHKpares’ 
¥ > la 
adda didacke, el TL ExELS TOPOY, WS KaXiwv Et Emov. 
povov, Eby, TOV hauTTNpa eyyUs TpoTEVEeyKaT. 
Eis avaxpirw Towvy oe, Eby 6 LwKparys, TPaTov 
A 4 ‘al 3 i 4 \ 4 3 , 
THs Oikyns Kadodpar: aN amoxKpivov. Xd dé ye épara. 
Ildrepov oty &v avépaTw povov vouiles 7o Kadov 
evar, Kal ev aw Twi; “Eye pev vat pa At’, edn, 
Ne Coin! \ 3. Xs 2)? A > 
kal é€v immw Kai Bot kal év didyous ToAdols. ida 
A > Ni? , \ \ 4 ‘\ Ms 
youv ovoav kal dorida Kalnv Kal Eidos Kat dSdpv. 
Kat was, edn, otdv Te TavTa, pydév Cpota ovTa 
adn dows, Tavra Kaha elvar; “Hv vy Ai’, édy, zpos 
Ta Epya Gv veka Exacta KkTdueHa ed eipyacpeva 7, 


48. 


ws 


10 


vv 
we 


ATTIC PROSE 


a 3 ‘ 7 
} <b weduxdra wpds @ Gy SewpcHa, kai tavr’, Edn 6 
KpircBovkos, xaka. 
~ y 

OicGa otv, Edn, 66Pakpav Tivos &vexa Sedpeba ; 

= > ° mee a 7 x id 7 c 
AjAor, Edn, o7t Tov Gpav. Ovrw pév totvvy dn oF 
> . >F x ’ > ~ 7 » ~ 
€uot 6dGahuot KadXloves Gv Tov Cov Etnoay. [las 

, > = . . x > > x ’ c ~ e 
Sy; “Ort of wey cot 70 Kar eh povor dpocw, oi 

‘ > ‘ . x > ‘d 8 x x > ’ > 
S€ uot Kat 70 ex wAaytov dia TO emi7woAaLor €ivat. 

, 7 ? > ”~ 
Aéyeas ov, €dn, xapxivoy evodGahpdrarov civat Tov 
— , , > 7 . x > . 
(ewv; Ilavrws Syzov, Edn: éxet Kat zpos ioyw 

x > = x » ! , il 
vous Odfahpovs apiora wEeduKoTas Exel. 

> ~ 7 

Eier, dn. Tov 5€ pwav woTépa KahXiov, 7 OF) 7 7 
a > . , > > ‘ > -~ 27 » a 
<P 5 eats pe, fd a ei ssi git ahaa 


pee yap got pemrapes eis yqY po ot d€ uot 
Gvanéntavrat, wate Tas waviolaw dopas wpoode 
xecGar. Tod dé 6) cindy THs pwds Tas Tov dpHov 
Kadhuov; “Ort, Edn, ovx avTidparze, add’ éa edOvs 
Tas oWas 6pay G@ av Bovhovtar- H 5é Wmr7 
@oTep éexnpealovoa SiaterelyiKe Ta Oppara. 

Tod ye pv oréparos, edn 6 KpizoBovdos, vdiepat. 
ei yap Tov dwosaxvey evexa TeTOinTal, TOAV Gv ov 


se = > s : , 
peccov 7) ey@ a7oodxots. 


Xanthippe. his Wife 
“ »¥ 

Kai 6 Sexparns eizev, "Ev zodXots, @ avopes, 
Snrov ort | yuvakeia dvois ovdev yEipwv THS TOV 
> 5 . 2 f. , Se x. > , 5 a 
avopos ovca Tvyxavel, yropns S€ Kal toxvos Setrat. 
@aTe ef 71s tay yuvaika Eye, Gappar SidacKérTa 
a s > 2 Et . Ed ris 
6 7t Bova’ av airy émtotapévn ypnoba. 


| 
| 


‘ 
CO ee 


_— 


== =" 


poe) 


15 


to 
un 


MEMORABILIA OF XENOPHON 49 


, - > =~ > 
Kai 6 *Avziofems, Las otv, €6n, & Léxpares, 
id 7, > % a 5 s = ait 
ovTw ylyv@oKer, ov Kai ov Taldevets Zarbinzanpy, 
~ ~ ~ > a 
ahha xXpq yuvaiki Te ovcer, oipar S€ Kai Tay yeyeE 
vnpevey Kai Tav écopevay, yahezw7taTn; “Ort, Edn, 
c = 4 x = ‘ , , > . 
Op®@ Kal Tous twatKovs BovdAopevous yerécBar ov Tovs 
4 - ’ 
evrefeotdrovs aka tous Gupoedeis tazous Krope 
a > 
vous. vopilovot yap, qv Tovs Towvrous Sivewras 
, « e , ~ al > , 
Katexeiv, padiws ois ye ado inmos ypjoerOat. 
kaya 67 Bovkopevos avOpazos ypnoar Kal durrew 
TavTnV KexTNpal, EY EldMS OTL, Ei TAUTHY UroITw, 
e 7 ~ > 7 > rs , 
padiws rots ye addows azacw avPpaézos ovvécopat. 
2 , -~ - 
Kai ovros pev 87 6 Adyos ovK azo TOV GKOTOD 
> = 
ed0€ev eipno bar. 
Filial Gratitude 
> 
_ Aio@opevos 5€ wore Aauzpoxhéa, tov zpecBi- 
~ 4 
TaTov viov av7ov, Tpos THY pyTépa yadezaivor7a, 
> , »¥ > a ca > A * = oa > A , > 
Eizé pot, edn, @ wat, oiofa twas avOpazovs aya- 
, , . , xy < , 
piavovs Kadovpevous; Kai pada, edn 6 veavioxos. 
’ > x , ae = 
Katapepadnxas ovv Tovs Ti TOLovYTas TO OvOpa TOUTO 
> A“ > yy . . > , 
adzoxahovow ; Eywye, €d4- Tovs yap ev zaforzas, 
oray Suvduevor yapw azodovvar pH azodacw, aya- 
, ~ > - 8 -~ , > -~ = , 
plorous kaXovow. Ovxovr doxovct cot & 70ls adixots 
”y ‘ > ’ >. vy, 
KatahoyileoGar zovs ayapiavovs; ‘“Euorye, €dn. 
7 8 82 St. = > 7 a ss > © , 
H6én d€ wor eoxebo, ci apa, worEp 70 avdpazodi- 
, +> S - . 
feofar rovs pev didovs adsxov eivar Soxet, tovs S€ 
Toemiovs Sixatov, Kat 70 ayapiorew pos per ToUs 
, *> , > x Se x ’ , 
didovs adixov €a7t, pds E€ TOUS TohEiovs Sixatov ; 
Kai pada, €dn- Kai Soxet pot, Ud ov ay 715 ed Tabar, 
» ? > , ‘ - , > ~~ 
eve @ihov are Twoheulov, mH TELpaTar yapw aTodr- 


ATTIC PROSE—4 


50 ATTIC PROSE 


10 


t5 


20 


25 


, ¥ > » ¥ Y ¥ A 
ddvar, adiKos etvar. OvxKovr, el ye ovTws EXEL TODTO, 
eihikpwys Tis av Ein adiKia  ayapioTia; CUvw- 
podoyet. 
» A 
OvKour, dow av Tis peilw ayala rabav py) atro- 
5 5 A , 4 LO , x » é , ‘ 
LO@ Xapw, TOTOUTW AOLKWTEPOS av Ein; TUvedn Kal 
A , > » (Wet , Y ey , 
Touro. Tivas ovr, ey, vd Tivwy evpoipev av peilo 
EvEpyEeTNEvoUs 7) TaLdas Vrd yovewy ; os ol yovets 
» / 3 lal 
€K [Lev OVK OVTwY ETOLNT AY ElvaL, TOoadTAa dé Kaha 
ide Kal TooovTwv ayalav petacyetv, ooa oi Deoi 
Tapéxovot Tors avOpamos: & Oy Kal ovTws Huw 
doKet TavTos aia €ivat, woTE TaVTES TO KaTaNLTELV 
.) ‘\ , / 4 ‘\ ¢ / 3 ‘\ 
avTa TavTwVY pariaTa pevyomevs Kal at modes ETL 
Tots peyiortois aduKynpact Cnplay Pdvatov memouy- 
€ > x , A / A LO , 
Kao, WS ovK av petlovos Kakov poBw THY adiKiay 
TAVOAVTES. , 
NS ae , \ , € a A , 
Kat 6 pév ye Tatnp THY TE EavTOD yuvatka Tpédet, 
ra ¥ 
Kat Tots wéANovow Ever Oar Tarot TpoTapacKevaler 
TaVTA OTA GY OlnTaL TUVOiGEW adTots mpods TOV Bior, 
A lal ¢ x 4 Lal] e x - A 
Kal TavTa ws av OvynTar TAELoTA. 1 SE pATNP odV 
A , A , N , ‘> 
TOAN@ TOVY TEKOVTA TPEeper TE TO Bpeos Kat Emipe- 
A > A ep 9° > , 2Q\ , 
Netrat, od yryvaokov bp’ OToV Ev TAT YEL, OVOE ONpal- 
, 9 oy =) > 5 ‘ , 
vew Ouvdmevov OTov Seitar: adN avTy oToyalonevn 
\ an 
Ta TE CUUhepovTa Kal KEYapLopeva TELpaTaL EKTAY- 
lal \ \ 
pour, Kat Tpéper TOAVY KPOVOY Kat NuEepas Kal VUKTOS 
“a 
UTomévovea Tovey, ovK Elduvta Tiva TovTwy yapw 
\ 
amo\ywerar. Kat ovK apKket Opéepar pdvov, adda Kal, 
> \ , € \ > ¢ A , 
erevoav dd€wow ikavol elvat ot matdes pavOdvew TL, 
a \ x > \ 54 ¢ =) > os sy ~ 
& pev av avTol €xwow ot yovets -ayala mpos Tov 
/ 8 5 , a S a y y+ € , 
Btov, dwWacKovaw: a4 0 ay olwrTat addov ikaveTEpov 


ae 


15 


20 


2 


MEMORABILIA OF XENOPHON 51 


> , , \ A A \ 
evar OvdaEar, TéwToveL Tpos TovTOY SaTavarTes, Kal 
ETULENODVTAL TAVTA TOLOUYTES OTWS OL TaLOES avTOLS 
, e ‘\ 4 
yeovta ws Suvarov BédticTou. 
A ¥ 
IIpos tavra 6 veavioxos edn, “AMAA Tor, Ei Kal 
, lal 7, Ny: 4 , 
TAVTA TAVTA TETOLNKE KaL AANA TOVTwWY TOA\AaTAGaOLA, 
-) ‘\ x , 3 “~ bd , \ , 
ovdets av OvvaiTo adTns dvacyér Oar THY YaeTOryTA. 
Nye , , Ae: ¥ , > , 
Kat 0 LwKparns, Idrepa dé, Edy, ote, Onpiov aypio- 
TyTa Svagopwrépar civar, 7) UnTpOs ; “Evo pev olpar, 
¥ A A y ~ 
EPN, THS MYTPOS, THS ye TovavTyns. “HOn waore obv 
7) Oakovoa KaKov TL wor €dOwKEeY 7) aKTicaca, ota 
vd Onpiwy 75n TodAot Erafov ; “AANA vy Ala, En, 
héyer a ovK ay Tis emt TO Biw Tavti BovAouTo aKkodoan. 
>) de , » cy , »” , \ A A 
v 0€ TOGG, EY O LwWKPATNS, oLEL TAVTN Kal TH Povyn 
Kal Tols Epyous €K TaLdiov dvcKo\aivey Kal nuepas 
Kal VUKTOS TpaymaTa Tapacyel, Toca Se AUTHOAL 
, > > p) , > 7 x ¥ > 
Kapvov; “ANN ovder@moTe avTyv, Epyn, ovT etre 
Ae RE) , 2Q\ STE vos > , 
ouT eToinoa ovdev ef @ yoyvvOn. 
, ~ ¥ ~ 
Ti dé; ola, edn, yarerarepov eval wou aKkovew 
av avtTn déyeL, 7) Tots UToKpLTals OTaV ev Tats Tpaye- 
diais aAAyWAovs TA Exyata héywow; *AAX’, oat, 
3 ‘\ 5 ~ Lal , A ‘ 5 4 
€TELON) OVK OloVvTaL TMV NEyovTwY OUTE TOV Eh€yyxoVTA 
aN 2 4 , + \ > la) Bb} A 
eheyxew wa Cnutwon, ovTe Tov amevdouvTa azrevhew 
9 , , e Yh , SS S > 
Wa KaKOV TL TOLHON, padias hepovot. Lv €U 
3 \ y a - e 7 b] , > \ \ 
eldw@s OTL & hé€yer WoL 7) LATYHP Ov pLovoY OVdSEeY KaKOP 
voovoa héyer, dha Kat Bovrdopéevyn cor ayaa civar 
4 0 \ + We x i? / 
ooa ovdert aldo, xadematvers; 7 vouilers KaKovouv 
‘ , 5 > A ¥ A , > 
THY pynTépa aor ewar; Ov dyTa, ehy, TOUTS ye OvK 
olopan. 
\ : A ¥ BY 
Kat 6 Lwxparys: OdKovv, efy, ad Tavryy, EvvovY 


52 ATTIC PROSE 


uw 


Io 


I5 


20 


25 


, > S \ > nN an c » ov 
TE TOL OVTAaY, Kat ETYLE\oMEr’HY WS parloTa SbvaTaL 
KG{LVOVTOS, OTS VyLalvns TE KAL OMS TOV emITNOELwY 
‘\ > ‘\ ¥ \ ~*~ 4 \ lal 
pndevds evdens eve, Kal mpdos Tov¥ToLs moda Tots 
Jeots ebyonevnv ayala wrép cov Kal evyas amo- 
d.d0vaar, yahemnv eivar pys; eyo pev oipar, el 
, 2% , , , > Yd =f 
TolavTnv fir) SWvaca Pépew pytépa, tayaba ce ov 
dvvac Oat déepew. ovK ola 6Tt Kat modus ahdns 
‘\ > , 5 “A > -~ > \ / 
pev ayapiotias ovdeuias emyredetrar ovde duKalen, 
> \ a \ > , , > > 
GAA TEpLopa Tovs ev TEeTOVOdTas yapLY OdK aTOdL- 
id 3N\ vA / \ 4 4 a 
Sdvtas, €av 5€ Tis yovéas py Oeparedy, tovTw Sixnv 
> / N > , > 2” >” 

Te €miTiOnor, Kat arodokyidlovaa ovK ea apyew 
A ¢ ¥ aN Nose \ > A , lees an 
TOUTOV, WS OUTE GY TA Lepa EVTEBOS Ovdpeva dTEp THS 
/ , 4 x ” -” \ yf 
TO\EwWS, TOUTOV O¥ovTos, ovTE dANO Kaos Kal diKaiws 
> s\ x vA 2, ‘\ ‘\ / ae lal 
ovdey av TovTov mpakavtos; Kal v7 Ata édv Tis TOV 
yovéwy TehevTHTdVTwY TOUS Tapous 1 KoTPLH, Kal 
tovto eferdla 7 TOkis & Tals TaY apyxovTwY SoKt- 

paciats. 
ee eS re a N \ ‘ 
Xd ody, @ Tal, av Gwpporys, Tovs pev Heodvs Tapai- 
> ” A 
THTEL TVYyVOmovas Got civar EL TL TAPNMWEANKAS THS 
LYTPOS, LH TE Kal OUTOL, VoMioarTEs AYapLoTOY Elvan, 
> > , 5 an \ ae > 0 , > 
ovk eOehycwow ed ToLlelv. Tovs Ce avOpaTovs ad 
14 , > , La) , 5 lal 
duragea, py ce alcOduevor Tov yovéwy apehovvTa 
TUVTES ATILATWOUW, EiTa ev Epnuia pilwv avadarys: 
el yap oe vrodkdPouevy pos TOvs yovelts aXApLOTOY 
” Yo Os 
eivar, ovdels Gv vomiceey ED GE TOLnoas Xap 
amodywer Pau. 
Agesilaus in Asia 
> , ¥ N , ny » A , 
Aynathaos €Tt ev véos wv Ervxe THS Baowreias: 
¥ A > Pines: &, 3 on > fA ‘ 
apt O€ ovTos avbrov év TH apyy, eEnyyéOn Bacreds 


unr 


Io 


20 


25 


AGESILAUS OF XENOPHON 53 


6 Mepodv abpoilwy Kat vavtikov Kat meLov mohv 
Y¢ e > \ X y , 
oTpdrevpa ws emt Tovs E\dnvas. Bovdevopevav 
Sé mept tovrov Aakedaoviov Kat TOV ouppayar, 
7A Xr ¢e , 2\ YA Cys Lo: , \ 
ynoihaos vréoTn, €av OOTW aVT@ TPLAKOVTA [EV 
an 7, \ , 2} 5 
Srapriarav, Siayidiovs Sé veodapades, eis Cake Xe- 
Movs 8 7O oWyTaypa TOV CUppdxar, SiaByoerIar 
cis THY ’Aciav Kal meipdoerOar eipHyyy Toinoat, 7, 
x tal / € , b) , > la 
av wohepety Bovidyntat 6 BapBapos, acxodav avT@ 

LG , STEN \ 4 
mapecew oTpatevew emt Tous KAAnvas. 
EvOobs ev obv moddol Tavu HydaOnoay avTo TOvTO 
‘\ 3 ”~ b] \ e 7, , > \ XN 
Td émOuunoar, érerdr) 6 Hépans tpdcbe ent tHv 
‘E\AdSda Su€Bn, av7SiaBjvar em’ adrov, To Te aipeto Oar 
éridvTa paddov 7) vTopevovTa payerOar avT@, Kab 
\ 3 7 “a 4 Las x \ Cae 
TO Takelvouv datravavta Bovr\ecOar waddov 7 TA TOY 
‘E\Myjvev Todenetv. Kad\uoTov O€ TavT@Y ExplveEToO, 
wry wept THs “EAddos adda TEpt THs “Actas Tov 
ayava Kabioravar. 
10) / lal >A , “ay , ae > , 
vy towvy tH Acia noe TpaTN Tpatis EyEveETo. 
Ticoadhépyys pev opocev ’Aynovdw, ei oretoaito 
EES E oul Ds 
4 A A , XN , > , 
éws €\Oorev ods Téeuere TpOs Baoirté€a ayyedous, 
Suatpakec Oar aia apeOjvar avtovdpous Tas ev TH 
ia ” ie i] 
> ¢ > , 
Agia modes “Ehdnvidas: “Aynoihaos 5€ avTadpoce 
\ Y oe , e€ , a , A 
omovdas afew ddd\ws, Gpirdpevos THS TPAakews TpEts 
la e \ \ , a + 7% 
pnvas. 6 per On Tisrcadépyys, & apooer, ebOvs 
épevoato* avTl yap Tod elpyrnv TpaTTew, oTpAaTevpLa 
x N , XN e , > 
To\v mapa Baoi€ws pos w mpoalev €iye [ETE 
Ze 3 7 , 7 b) , n 
néutero. “Aynatdaos ¢, kaimep atofopevos Tavta, 
Ouws evepeve Tals oTOVOats. 
> > a a A 
Epot obv tovro mpatov Kadov doxet duampagac ar, 


54 


a] 
un 


20 


iS) 
un 


ATTIC PROSE 


4 4, \ 3 / > 4 ¥ 
o7t Tisoadépryyy pev endhavioas étlopKov, amioTov 
Taow eroinoev: éavTov 8 avremideiEas mpatov pev 
Opkous euTedovwTa, ereita TvvOynKas py Wevdopevor, 
mavras emoinoe Kat “EXAnvas kat BapBapovs Oap- 
A , rf lal ¥ , 
povvtas ovvtiPer bar EavT@ et Tt BovdAorTo. 
> \ , “A “A 7 c > ~ 
Ex S€ rovrov mpoetme Tots aTpaTi@rats ws EvOds 
\ A 
WYYToOTO THY GuVTOMwTaTHY emL TA KPaTLOTA TIS 
xXaépas. 6 pévto. Ticoadhépyyns tatTa pév evdpice 
héyew avrov BovAopevoy eEatrarnoat, eis Kapiav dé 
nA » > A , > \ > , , 
T@ ovTr EuBarelv. 76 TE ovv welov eis Kapiav dieBi- 
‘\ X ¢ X\ > ‘\ , , - 
Bace kai 70 immikdy cis 76 Matavdpov srediov Kate- 
oTnoev. 6 dé Aynaihaos ovK ehevoaTo, add’, oTEp 
“ rAd > XX s 8 ‘\ , 5 4 
mpoeitev, evOvs eis TOV Lapdiavov TOToY ExwpyCE. 
Kal Tpets ev Nuéepas Ov epynutas Tohenlwy mropevo- 
~ ~ wr nw 
wevos, TOAAA Ta ETLTHOELA TH OTpaTLA TapElye* TH 
dé TeTapTn Hepa HKov ot TOV TOMELIwY UTTELS. 
Kai ot Hépoar avtimaperd€avto tapmdynbéor Tav 
4 4, ¥ X c > S , 
mréewv tTa€eow. eva b4 6 “Aynoidaos yryvdoKar 


2 on 


A \ a ¥ G 7. XN 4, 5 ‘al A 
OTL TOs pev TOELLOLS OVTH TapEln TO TELdV, avT@ SE 
ovdev amein TOV TapEeTKEvaT Lever, KaLpoV NYYTATO 
, , , > \ \ , 
Layny ovvarar. opayracapevos ovv THY pev Parayya 
evOds tyev emt Tods avtiteTaypévous imméas, ex dé 
Tov OTitav exédevoe TA Séxa ad Ans Hew oudce 
auTols, Tols O€ wed ts cite Spdpw vdynyetobar 
TOUS, TOLS Te\TaoTats eive Oponw vodny : 
, \ \ lal e lal 5 , e 5 “A 
Tapryyere O€ Kal Tots immedow euBadrew, ws avTov 
al ‘\ \ 
TE KAL TAVTOS TOV OTPAaTEVMATOS ETOMLEVOV. TOUS [EV 
\ e , > 4 e EA ‘\ “ ~ > \ 
51) imméas ed€Eavro of ayabol trav Tepoar: éevdy 
\ 9 , ‘ ~ ~ ee 3 , > 7 
6€ dua tavra Ta Sewa TapHy em avtovs, evéxhway, 


X A A b) A“ 5 \ 5 A a ra 
Kal ot pev avtav evfis &v T@ Tlaxtwko toTapw 


Io 


15 


20 


25 


AGESILAUS OF XENOPHON 55 


€mecor, ot O€ ahdou edevyov. ot dé “EAAnves Eqopevor 
aipovot Kal TO OTpaToTEOOY avTav. 
‘O dé “Aynaihaos evOds Hye emit Yapders, KaKet 
4 \ » ‘ 5 2 ‘\ ‘\ ‘\ + 7 A 
apa pev ekate kat e7OpHe Ta TEpt TO aoTV, apa Se 
\ , > /, ‘ \ > / 7 
kal knpvypate €Ojdov, Tovs pev ehevfepias Seopévovs 
@S TpOS TUppayoy avroy Tapetvar: et SE TWES THY 
"Aciav éavTa@v ToLovvTar, mpos Tovs edevHepodvTas 
Suakpwopevous €v oTois Tapelwar. rel LEVTOL OvOELS 
= 4 5 A \ 33 > X\ “af 3 , ‘ 53 
avTeEne, ddeas 57 76 a7d TOUTOV EoTpPaTEvETO, TOUS pev 
, n~ iA > , c n 
mpoobev mpockuve “EdAnvas avayKalomevous par 
, cys «a c , nN > > an \ 
TyLwpevous vd av VEpilovTo, Tors O aEvovvras Kal 
Tas Tov Gey TyLas KapTOvTOaL, TOVTOUS TOLWTAS Lyd 
avTiBérew Tots “EXAnor S¥vacbar: Kal THY pev TaV 
4 , > 4 4 \ \ “ / 
dhilav xépayv adyjwrov Tapéxwrv, THY S€ TaV TOELLOV 
oUTw KapTovpevos wate ev Svolv érow méov TeV 
éxatov Tadavtwv TO Hew év Aeddots Sexarnv drobicar. 
‘O pévto Tepoav Bacidreds, vonioas Tixoadépynv 
airiov evar Tov KaKas déperbar Ta EavTov, TiPpav- 
oTny KataTémbas amrérewev avtov TH Kehany. peta 
. lal ‘\ x la / » > / 5 , 
d€ TovTo Ta pev Tov BapBapwyr eri afvpdtepa eyevero, 
\ 2 , ‘\ > , > ‘\ , 

Ta d€ “Aynowddov Todd Eppwpeveotepa. a0 TaVTwY 
yap tav eOvav érpeaBevovto wept didias, wool Sé 
X > , \ > A > / ”~ > , 
Kal aploTavTo Tpos avTov Opeyouevat TNS EAEvGeEptas, 
@oTe ovKeTt “EXAyvev povov ata Kat BapBdapwv 
A c \ we , 
Todor nyewoav nv Aynotdaos. 


Recalled to Hellas 


"A€vov ye pay Kat evtevbev v7epBahdovTws ayarbau 
QUTOV, OTTIS apywv pey TauTO\AwY ev TH ATELp~ 


56 ATTIC PROSE 


Io 


15 


20 


ss 


, ¥ ‘ \ , sag \ Ny Q 
Tohewv, apywv O€ Kal vHow, érel Kal TO vavTLKoY 
Tpoonwev avT@ 1 TOS, avFavdmevos 5é Kal edKheia 

\ , Ss > > A Co \ > ey 
kat duvdpe, tapov 5 avt@ mohdots Kal adyabors 

A 4 > , \ x / XN , 
xpnobar 6 Te EBovdeTo, mpds dé TovTOLS TO péytoTOL, 
emivoav kat elmilwv Katavoew Hv emt THY “EX\ada 
OTpaTvovtav TpOTEpov apyyv, ows Var ovdEVdS 

4 > / A > > > \ aN > ~/ > ‘\ “A 
Tovtav expatyOn* add’ érevdy HAOEv adta ard TeV 

»¥ A A ral , > , a , 
otkot TeA\@v BonOety 7H Tatpidr, emeiHero TH TOdEL 

> \ / X 7-2 m3 4 + c \ 
ovdev diahepovTws 7) El Ev TH Ehopeiw ervYEV EaTNKwS 
povos Tapa Tovs TEVvTE, aha EVdyoy ToLaY ws OUK 
dv Tacav THY ynv SéEato avTl THs TaTpidos. 

Tav pev dy €v TH “Acia tpakewv TodTo TéAos éeyé- 

@v Lev OF ul fed oles 
c , ‘ 
veto. OiaBas dé tov “E\Ajomovtoy éropevetro dia 
rn > ro 5 ~ a c , lol an 
tTav avtav €Ovav avmep 6 Hépons T® tapmdy bet 
ito" Kal Hv éviavoiav 6ddv 6 BdpBapos ézour- 
oTo\w" Kal 7 ola | pBapos émon 
Caro, TAUTHY pEelov 7) eV pHi KaTHVUGE 6 ’Aynol 
haos. el 6€ eEapeipas Maxedoviay eis Oerradiav 
adixero, vrepBallov 7a “Ayaika THs POias opy 
> 7 > ‘\ “ 4 3 n ‘\ ~2 
émopevOn eis Ta BowwTav pia. évtadfa 81) avt- 
TeTaypévous evpwav OnBatovs *“APynvaiovs *Apyeious 
KopwO@iovs Atviavas EbBo€as kai Aoxpods audoté 
> \ > , 3 ce ) A“ lo > 
pous, ovdev eué\\ynoev, add’ ex Tod davepov QVvTLTaAp- 
ératte, Aakedaipovioy pev exov popav Kal jutov, 
~ > > / vA , Neo & 
Tov 0 aitédey cuppdyav Paxéas Kal "Opxopevious 
povous, TO T a\No oTpaTevpa STEP HydyeTO avTos. 


Battle of Coronea 
Kat 4 payn éyevero oiatep ovk adn Tav ed’ 
Nov. ouvyerav mev yap eis 76 Kata Kopwvreiav 


Io 


os 


20 


25 


AGESILAUS OF XENOPHON - 57 


Tediov ot pev adv Aynoildw amd ToU Knducod, ot 
d€ ody Tots OnBalors ad Tod “EXuK@vos. Ewpav Se 
Tas Te hadayyas adAjhov para tooudyous, cyedov 
d€ Kal ol inmels Hoav ExaTépwy icomAnfets. eiye 
\ ¢ > / Aw > ~ la) > e lal 
dé 6 “Aynoihaos péev 7d deidv Tov pe? Eavtod, 
> , \ yy ss 5 “ nw > 4 
Opyopemor S€ Exxyator Hoav av’T@ TOV EvwVvjov. 
c : > A > A 
ot 8 av OnBator adroit pev Se€vot Hoar, "Apyetou 0 
avTots 70 EVavUpor Eixor. 
= > 
Luvidvrav Sé, Téews prev ovyy OAM) Hv aw apdo- 
la ¢ , XN b) “ > 7 oo 4 
Tépwv* yvika dé ametyov ad\y\wv ooov otdd.or, 
ahahd€avres ot OnBator Spduw dudce Ef€povTo. as 
\ -~ ¥ /, > , » 5 , 
dé tprav ete TAM pwr ev pérw ovTwY, avTeEedpapov 
azo THs “Aynouldov fddhayyos av “Hpitmidas é&e- 
p e a ¥ im 
payer. ynoav © ovro. Tav Te €€ olKov at’T@ TvOTpA- 
, ‘\ an / , \ ¥ \ 
Tevoamevovy Kal Tov Kupeiwy tives, Kat Iwyves de 
\ 2) A Aye / > , ‘\ 4 
Kat Atodets Kat E\Anomovtion €yomevol. KaL TAVTES 
OUTOL TOV GuVEKOpapovTwY TE eyeévovTo Kal els Sdpu 
> / =) ve \ > c 4 > “a 
adikouevor erpebavto TO Kal’ éavtovs. “Apyetor 
pevto. ovk ed€€arvto tovs apd “Aynoidhaov, adN 
+ SEN \ ec va 
epuyov emt Tov Edtkova. 
lal nw »y 
Kavratéa ot pe twes Tov E€vwv extedavovv nd 
Tov *Aynotdaov, ayyéd\\er O€ Tis adt@ Ore OnBator 
MN > i / > NY /, 
Tovs “Opyopmevious SiakdwavTes ev ToLs TKEVvoPdpoLs 
> /, VA \ bs ) \ 5 4 A 7 > 5 > 
eioi. Kal 0 pev evOus e€ediEas THY darayya Hye er 
> , ¢€ o = a e > N , 
avtovs: ol 0 ad OnBator, ws cidov Tos TUUpayous 
mpos T® “Ehuxkave tedevydras, Suateceity Bovdpevor 
an la) ‘\ 
Tpos TOS EavTaV, Eyopouv eppopevas. EevTadOa oy 
> £ 3 ~ \ ” > nd b) / 
Aynoidaov avdpetov pev e€cotw eimew avaupidrdoyas, 
5 4 y / X\ 3 4 3 XN ‘ > aA 
od pévTor etheTO ye TA dodhad€otata: €fdv yap adT@ 


58 ; ATTIC PROSE 


wn 


10 


15 


20 


25 


mapevt. Tovs Siatinrovras Emopmevw yerpovabar Tods 
oma bev, ovK ETOINGE TOUTO, GAN’ avTYLeTwrOS GUvEp- 
lal ‘\ 
page tots @nBatous. Kat cupBaddvtes TAS aon 
das, EewlotvTo Eudyovto ameéKtewov aréOvnoKov. Kai 
Kpavyn pev ovdeuia Taphv, ov pyv ovde ovyy, pwr) 
d€ Tis Hv TOLAvTH Olav dpyy TE Kal payyn TapacyouT 
» , de an , aA \ 8 FA \ 
av. Té€\os 0€ THY OnBatwy ov pev OLamimTovaL pds 
Tov “Eduk@va, toddol 0° dtoywpovrtes aréOavov. 
> 87 be ec \ / ‘ > /, > , 
Even 0€ N mev vikKn ovv “Aynoihaw éyevero, 
, S aus , a \ \ aN 
TETPMMEVOS O avTOS TPOTHVEYOH pds THY darayya, 
TpocehacarTés TWES TOV iTTéwy h€yovolW avT@, OTL 
Tov Todeniav bySoyKovTa ody Tots OTAOLS LTO TO 
va@ €iol, Kal NpwTwy TL ypH Tovey. 6 O€, Kalmep 
TOANG TpavpaTa ExwY TAVTOTE Kal TaVvTOLOLS O7)oLs, 
4 5 > / a“ 0 , > > =” > , 
Opws ovK eme\dfero Tov OHeiov, a\N’ eav TE aAmévat 
4 , > =i \ 7) “A > x ‘\ 
Grou BovAowTo Exéheve Kal adiKEly OdK Ela, Kal TPO- 
, tee xt > > OTN ¢€ A »” > A 
Téurpau eréerake Tovs aud avrov immets, EoTE ev TO 
> tot / 
aopadel €yevovTo. 
= , ~ \ , 
"Ered ye pny ehyn€ev 7 wayn, Taphny 7 Oedoacbar, 
¥» , > 4 By \ ~ 7d 
ev0a ouvémerov adAyAOLS, THY MEV YHV alate TEpup- 
ft ‘ oe , Xn \ x 4 
pevnv, vexpovs O€ Keypevous diAtovs Kat Toelous 
per adddnhov, aomidas Sé SiateOpuppeévas, Sdpara 
ovtepavopea, eyxepioua yupnva Kohe@y, TA pev 
Xapai, 74 0 ev cHpact, Ta O ETL weTA XElpas. TOTE 
A > x \ 5 nO > , x 4 XN 
fev ovv, Kal yap Hv non We, TvvEedKVoaVTES TOUS 
TOV TohLTaY VveKpovs ciow hahayyos €deTVoOTOLy- 
‘\ > rd i. \ la) \ , 
cavto Kai exoiunOnoav: mpat de Tv\w tov mode 
papyxov taparadfa. Te éxéXevoe TO OTPaTEvpa Kal 
Tpomavov totacOa, Kat orepavotoba rdvras T@ 


ite) 


oS 


20 


25 


AGESILAUS OF XENOPHON 59 


~ s\ ‘\ 5 XN id 5 Lod \ aA \ 
Beg, Kal Tovs aviyntas mdvTas avew. Kal ob meV 
Aaa 49 id ry ec \ i> y, , ¢€ 
Tavr émolouv’ ot dé OynBator erepisav KHpUKA, V7TO- 
omovdous Tovs vexpovs aitodvTes Odrpar. Kal ovTwS 
\ Y \ 7 WG a) 4 y 
83) at Te oTovdal yiyvovtat Kal 6 "Aynoidaos otkade 
a SP BETS avTL TOU peytoros Elva €v TH 
"Acia otKko. TA VOmYyLa peV Ee Ta vouiya de 
Boe oa 
Panhellenic Patriotism 
> 4 y ¥ \ 4 > ie 
Aynothaos, orov weTo THY TaTpioa TL @pehyoen, 
3 , c , > , > , > , 
ov rover vdteto, ov KWdivaV adioTaTo, od yYpNnLaTaV 
b) 4 b) ~ > ~ 5 Te b) \ \ 
efelSeTo, OV THpa, OV ynpas Tpovpacilero, ara Kat 
Baoitéws ayabov tovTo epyov évdutle, TO TOVS apXo- 
pevous ws mAcloTa ayaa mov. e ye pny av 
Kahov "EXAynva ovta iréd\dynva elvat, Tiva Tis elder 
A XN x fe > > /, e A 
dd\Xov otparnyov 7 wow ovK« eé€dovTa ailpely, 
oTav olntar TopOynceyv, 7 cvpdopav vomilovta To 
vikav €v TO TPs EAAnVas TOhEWw ; EKELVOS TOLVUY, 
> / \ 3 4 b] “A e 3 io 3 a 7 
dyyehias pev EMfovons ait@ ws ev TH ev KopivOw 
ayn okTa pev Aakedamoviwy éyyds d€ pup.oe TOV 
4 a] > > A si 3 , 
mohepiov TeAvaevr, ovk epynobeis pavepos éyévero, 
ad’ eirev dpa, Ded @ “EAAAs, O7d7€ of vov TeAVNKOTES 
ikavol noav Cartes vikav tavtas Tovs BapBdpovs. 
4 \ La) , / 4 > 
Kopwitwr ye piv tov devydvtmv heyovtwv Ore Or 
Sotro avTots H TOs, Kal pnyavas érioeKViVTwY ais 
mavtes nimulov édev Ta TELXN, OVK OEE TpoTBah- 
hew, Néywv Ort odK avdpaTodiler Oar déou “Ehdyvidas 
TONES, GAA Twdpovile. Hi d€ rovs awaptavortas, 
¥ ra nan > lal 5) an c lal \ \ sO 
ebn, Huov avTav adaviovmer, Opav Ypy [fy Ov 
4 ;, ¢ IN / 7 
e€opev pel drov Tay BapBapwv Kparycoper. 


60 ATTIC PROSE 


ur 


Io 


15 


20 


25 


Spartan Simplicity 
y \ > Cal > / 4 > c , 
Ayapat 6€ KaKetvo “Aynoiddou, OTe ody OmdrEpos 
4 , ¥” \ rd »¥ , 
Trelw TE YpHuaTa EXoL Kal TELOVwY apxoL, TOUT 
e / “ rd > > 2 if / > /, 
HyyocaTo petlov hpovyréoy eivar, aN’ omdTEpos avros 
TE Gpeivayv Elin Kal apuevovwy HyotTo. 6 pev yap 
4 4 xX "he Lal ¥ / > 
Ilépons, vopilev, Hv xpypata mretoTa evn, wavd 
bh éavt@ ToijoecOar, dia TovTo Tay pev TO ev 
> , , A \ ~ > , 4 \ ‘\ 
avOpémots ypualov, Tav dé Td adpyvpiov, TavTa Sé Ta 
4 > “~ \ e XN > / a 
TohuTehéorata emeipato mpos éavTov alpoilew. 6 
d€ ovTws avTesKevacato TOV olkoV woTE TOUTWY 
§ X 5 a > 5 , a > e iO / 
pndevos tpoctdetc Oa. el S€ TUS TAVTA aTLOTEL, LOETW 
\ Y Bee g ¥ 32m , A de \ Au 
fev ola olkia npKe adT@, Oeacdobw dé Tas OGvpas 
QUTNS* EKA ELE yap av TIS ETL TaVTAS EKElvas EivaL 
9 A 
aomep “Apiotddnuos 6 “Hpakdéous, ore KaTnOe, 
haBav éreotnoato’ Teipacdcbw dé Dedoacbar THY 
» , 3 , Me > , > c 
evoov KaTacKeuny, evvonadtw dé as eJoivaler év Tats 
Ouctas, dkovodtw dé as émt woditiKod Kavabpov 
, | > , e , > lal an 
Karner els “Apvcdas 9 Ovydrnp avrov. Tovyapodv 
9 5 / ‘\ 4 A if =} 5 
ovTws ehappdoas Tas SaTdvas Tats Tpoaddots, ovdEeY 
nvayKalero ypnpdtwy eveka adiKov TpaTTE. 
> / 
Kaito. xadov pev Soxet elvar Teiyn avadwra 
eS e Xv fr 5 \ / ¥ 4 
KTaoOat vTd ToNELiov* TohV pévToL Eywye KadALov 
a , 
KpWo TO THY avToD WuyHnY avadwTov KaTagKEVAT aL 


Ae XN , Ay. O8. \ ec lan sy © ‘\ / 
Kal UTO XYpHnLaTwv Kal.vTO NOovav Kal UTO Pofov. 
Hunting as Part of a Liberal Education 


9 A 5 Mg 
To pev evpna Oedv, "Amodwvos Kal *Apréutdos, 
» \ o ¥ \ ‘\ Sane. 2. 
dypar Kal Kvves: cdocav O€ Kal éTiunoay TovTw 


Xeipwva Sia dSuxardrynta. 6 dé aBav exapn TO 


10 


15 


20 


25 


CYNEGETICUS OF XENOPHON 61 


Sdpw kal éxpyto’ Kal éyévovto abr@ pabytai Kwvy- 
4 XN € 7 ~ ‘ ] ‘\ 
yeolwy TE Kal €TEPwV Kkahav Onaevs ‘Odvacevs 
AvopnSns Kaotwp Iodvdeinns Atvetas “Aytddevs, 
oa \ , y CARS A > , \ 
&v Kara xpovov Exagtos U70 Deav EryyOn. Onoeds 
X \ N me = > \ , , 
pev yap Tous THs EAXados €xyOpovs maons povos 
dmoédece, THY O avTov TaTpida ToAA@ peilw ToLnoas 
met} P d “a a] 
lol if \ 
ere kat viv Oavpaletar. “Odvaceds dé kat AcopyHdys 
hapmpot pev kat kal? & ExacTor, 70 d€ OXov atrvou 
Tpotay ddavar: Kdorwp o€ Kat Tlolvdevxyns, oa 
éredeiEavto év 7H “Eddade TAY Tapa Xelpwvos, Ova 
~ » / XN > va b) , /, > 5 , , 
7d d€lwpa Td €k TovT@Y aBavarol ciow. Aivelas é, 
, \ ‘\ / X , , 
odocas péev Tos TaTp@ovs Kat pytp@ovs Geods, 
vf x A > > ‘\ 7 f > 7 
ooéaas S€ Kal avrov Tov tatépa, dofav edoeBelas 
eEnvéykato, @oTe Kal ol Tod€uior pdvm Exeivo Ov 
oC ~ 
expatnoav év Tpoia edocav py ovdrnOyvar. “Axtd- 
‘\ Ve) 4 La 7 , 4 \ \ 
Leds 5é &v ravrn TH Taideia Tpadels, ovTw Kaha Kal 
~ 4 
peyadha prnucia tapédwoxe wore ovre éywr ovreE 
dxovav Tept éxelvou ovdels aTayopEveL. OTOL TOLOU- 
Tou éyévovto ek THs eTyerelas THS Tapa Nelpwvos. 
"Eya peéev ody mapaw@ Tots véows pr) Katadpovely 
4 \ ”~ ¥ 7 - 3 4 ‘\ 
Kuvyyeriov pnde THs ays wadelas* Ex TOvTaY yap 
4 N > Xx / > @ 7 ¥ ‘ »” 
ylyvovrat Ta eis TOV TOAEHOV ayaGol, ets Te TA AAG 
€€ Gv avaykn Kalas voew Kai héyew Kal mparrew. 
> 7 -) e 3 le 7 n » 
apeyoovra & ot émibuuyoavtes TovTOU Tov Epyou 
mola’ wyledy Te yap Tols THpaor TapacKevacovor 
kal 6pav Kal dkovew paddov, ynpdoKkew Se ATTOV* 
‘ \ ‘\ by , , , Cit \ 
7a, 8€ mpds Tov TéACUOV palioTa TaLdEvEL. Eapwv OE 
\ an ca 
Kal ob mpdyovol Hav OTL TAY VEwTEpwv 7 NO0V7) OV] 
7 ~ 5 XV VA , , 
auTn mretoTa ayala mapacKevaler, owppovas TE 


62 ATTIC PROSE 


x a ‘ , ‘ x > ”“ > , 
yap moet Kat Sixaiovs dia 7d ev TH adyOecia war 

a > , X ‘ e > , ~ \ 
SeverPar. apetvous dé Kal of €Oéovres wovety. Kal 
TovTo émdédexTar peydlo wapadelypart- Tay yap 

ld e ‘ a 5 ae = > ‘4 , 

maha.orépwy ot Tapa Xeipwrt, av eveuvynaOnp, véor 
» > , > x ~ ‘4 ‘ ‘ x 
ovres apfdapevor ard Tay Kuvnyeciwv TONG Kal Kaha 


i" 


¥ oe e _ ee > a“ , > , > a 

€uafov €€ ay éyeveTo adrots peyaddn aperyn, Sv fv 

Kat viv Qavpalovrar. Fs Ore péev ep@ou zavtes, 
¥ + il X ‘x , a A > “ e 

evdnrov* oe S€ dia mover eat Tvyew aitas, ot 

‘ > ‘4 ‘ ‘ tS 7 

moh\ot adioravrat. 7o pev yap KaTepydoacba 
> ‘ + e x 7 e > > “ > , 

10 av7yv Gdndov, ot S€ advo ot &y aiTH évorres 
davepoi. 

Oavudlw S€ tav codiaTav Kadovpevor, ott dacit 

‘ - > x al e ‘ ‘ , > > 

pev € apeTny ayew ot Tool TOvs Veovs, ayovar 8 

€zt TowvavTiov* ov yap avépa mov éwpdKxapey ovTw 
c ~ ‘4 > ‘ > cA > ‘ > , 

15 of vuv GodioTai ayaboy ézotncav. éyw dé idarys 
per eiut, otda S€ OTe KpaTioTov péy é€oTt Tapa aiTHs 
ms dvcews 70 ayaloy Siddoxerfar, Sevrepov Sé 

7 -~ > ~ > , > 7 “a 

mapa Tov adyfas ayaldv 7 émotapévwr, paddov 
}) U7d Tov eLazatav Téxvny ExovTwv. igus ovv Tots 
20 ev Ovopatw ov cEecodicpevas héyw* ovde yap 
~ = = ‘ , > > ‘ e “~ 
{n7@ tov7o* av dé Séovrar cis aperny ot Kahas 
Ld > ~ > 4 ~ 7 > , 
meTadevpevol, 6pfas eyvwrpeva (n7@ héyew. dvo- 
para pev yap ovK Gy waidevoaav, yuopat Oé, «i 
Kah@s eyouv. wWéyovor 5é Kai addot woAXoi Tovs 
~ x ‘ a « x , 9 > ~ 

25 vUy GDodtaTas Kal ov~Tovs diioTwodous, Gti ev Tots 
6vopacr codilovrar Kal ovK €v TOis vonpacW. Ta 
pev ovv Tav cogioTav Tapayyéhpata Tapawa 
dvi\arrecFat, Ta Sé Tav dilocddwv Oupypata pH 
arialew. 


CYNEGETICUS OF XENOPHON 6 


ion) 


7 


A \ . 7 e ‘ 7 4 
Adyou 5€ wadauot Katéyovow ws Kai Jeot TovTw TO 
Epy® xXalpovo. Kal TpazTovTEs Kal OpwrTes* wWaTE 
e , > 7 7, ~ > > ‘ 
vrapxew evOvupovpevovs tovTav Heodireis 7 Eivar Kai 


A ‘ , . - Ces = 
evoeBels TOUS vEoUs TOUS TOLOVVTAaS 4 eyo Tapaive, 


in 


>. , ey - er - 2 > + 
olomévous U7 Yeav tov dpacGat tadTa. otto. 8 ay 
€lev KAL TOKEDOLY ayalot Kat Taon 7H EavTav TOE 

Ne ¢ cA ~ ~ \ j- > , ‘ 
Kal Evi EKAOTW TOV TOALT@V Kai didwv. ov povov Se 
g » , 3 , 3 , > B , 
OcoL avopes Kuvyyeoiav npacbnoay éyévor7o ayafoi, 
ahha Kai yuvaixes als COwxey 7 Feds TadTa, "ATadavTn 

7 , A » »~ 
10 Kat IIpoxpis Kat ev Tis GAAD. 


— vos exemplaria Graeca 


nocturna versate anit, versate diurnda. 





Io 


us 


20 


25 


30 


De hCISES | AND GUIDE 


Tue Greek language, like any other, is to be learned in the 
first instance through observation and use. Here, as elsewhere, 
empirical acquisition must be in advance of what is theoretical or 
systematic. The latter, however, should follow closely and attend 
constantly upon the former, to help in converting knowledge into 
power, and to lend the precision and fineness that are essential to 
scholarship. The observations of the reading mind need to be 
sharpened, checked, and, as it were, recorded upon the memory by 
the practice of the writing hand. All exercise of accurate writing, 
whether by way of simple copying, translation or re-translation, or 
original composition, encourages a habit of wholesome reflection, 
besides prompting frequent reference to system and principle as 
exhibited in the grammar and lexicon. 

Intuition and Imitation. — The faculty of idiomatic expression is 
derived primarily, in great part, from imitation, conscious or uncon- 
scious. Mastery of a foreign idiom, in speaking or writing, can never 
be acquired by the way of abstract notions, but grows out of the con- 
templation of real phenomena. Thus, to make a sort of prose that 
would have been intelligible to Xenophon of Athens, one must first 
become familiar with the Attic mode of expression, as brought to view 
in the works of that author or of some other writer of his time and 
class. Such familiarity is not to be gained by preparing analytical 
translations, deliberately framed to illustrate a set of rules that would 
have seemed strange and meaningless to the Grecian mind. It must 
come by a process that is mainly intuitive — by the reading aloud 
and hearing read, the frequent reciting of Greek originals, unob- 
scured and unimpeded by the effort to construct a translation — 
gathering the ideas synthetically, with imagination rather than by 
reason, and more through the ear than through the eye, in the 
Greek order of their presentation, with the indispensable help of 

ATTIC PROSE — 5 65 


66 


10 


20 


25 


35 


ATTIC PROSE 


the embodied rhythmical effects. The writing that follows or 
accompanies such practice will prove good and genuine in about 
the same proportion as the writer, when reading, has conned his 
models with sympathetic, true, and comprehensive insight. | 

Rhetorical Articulation. — The primal units of literary expression 
are single words; and to accumulate a good working vocabulary in 
Greek there is need of clear discernment and alert attention on the 
reader’s part, as well as much patient investigation and reflective 
thought. For idiomatic writing, however, we have to consider not 
merely the definition of words, but the Grecian way of combining and 
arranging them to form composite rhetorical factors of a higher grade. 
In fluent discourse, while the essential meaning of every word em- 
ployed is strictly essential also to the whole effect, the individuality 
of the words nevertheless comes to be modified and merged, to a 
greater or less degree, in the unity of larger constituents. The articu- 
lations which enable the speaker or writer to convey his thought 
with distinctness to another’s mind are determined primarily for the 
most part by groups of words, not by words apprehended singly. 
The immediately effective masses are the larger and smaller sense- 
groups. Moreover, these masses are essentially and always rhe- 
torical, only occasionally and incidentally grammatical, units. That 
is to say, all complex intelligible utterance is addressed to the same 
powers as those from which it emanates — to the constructive, not 
the destructive, powers of the mind. If the rhetorical or synthetic 
framework of a Greek period be overlaid upon the analytic or gram- 
matical framework, the two sets of joints will be found but partially 
to coincide; and in living organic speech the former only are 
apparent. Thus, while a practical acquaintance with the funda- 
mental principles of grammar is indeed the condicto sine gua non 
of intelligibility, skill and power of recognition or expression can 
advance only farz passu with the receding of grammatical con- 
sciousness. 

In the sphere of humane culture rhetoric, or the art of expres- 
sion, is the positive, grammar the negative pole — virtus est 
vitium fugere. For reading or for writing, the Greek language 
must be observed and studied always with a rhetorical, never with 
a grammatical, purpose. Ideas are presented and apprehended 
humanly, not according to diagrams and formulas, but in waves and 
pulsations. The factors of discourse are units of perception and 


wn 


* 


20 


sh 


30 


35 


WRITER’S GUIDE 67 


feeling ; and whether the rhetorical unit happens to be also a gram- 
matical unit, a clause or a complete judgment, or not, is a matter of 
indifference to the genuine reader or writer. The articulations of 
which he is primarily conscious are those produced by the succes- 
sion of rhetorical factors, as such. The internal constitution of these 
factors, however, as well as the massing of them to form the period, 
must be noted by the learner: he must understand the order both 
of words and of groups of words; for in Greek the order is every- 
thing. This subject lies at the very beginning of Greek study; and 
for first steps a fortunate field of observation is afforded by Xeno- 
phon, with his extreme simplicity of thought and manner, the absence 
of a conscious artistic purpose, his Athenian lucidity and neatness. 
Lesser Rhetorical Masses. —The earliest groups to attract atten- 
tion are naturally those of an introductory or transitional character. 
These must be carefully compared and studied (always in intelligible 
combination, with their supplementary context) with regard to the 
usual idiomatic arrangement of the elements of which they are com- 
posed. Especially the so-called particles, which the Greek employs 
with such fluency to indicate the logical concatenation of the thought, 
should be observed with regard both to their mutual collocation, and 
to their position relatively to more prominent words that give the 


key-note as it were to a significant utterance. 


Ov yap ToAv cor— Ta Te yap GAa — kal Traidas S€ cou eyo — Kal 
a ‘ / > a , »” , 2 od \ X X\ a 
0 pev On — evTadOa pevror On — TéAOs 8 ovV — Kal TO pev TPaTOV — 
~ ‘ »” 2Qr b.' EBND! A 4 »” 3 y+ ‘\ , 
TovTO yap adv—ovde yap ode TOUTO— OTL apioT av por— pa Ara 
pdtv Tovey — ei py TW olv — as Ovd av dv0— oiaGa pév ody Kal ov 
> , \ a A a \ Q / , > oN > , 
— axovoavta b& tadta Tov Kipov — kal yap 69 —Ti 8 av éyo cor — 
TH pev yap yuvarki —7 Kal ene ovv — Kal G pev av a’tav— Kal 6 ye 
pos aitos — oida yotv ovcav — ev toivev TH Acia — To Te ovv webov 
> a Ne? / ” \ st , 
— évradOa 5) “AynotdAaov — él ye payv ad Kadov. 
Here note, for example, the position of yap, 67, ovv, relatively to 
, / . Gin .w 
each other and to we or d2 Observe the prominent position of 
words of negation, and the ways of placing particles in connexion 
with them. Observe also the frequent placing of one or more parti- 
cles in an inconspicuous and, at the same time, a sort of attributive 
position between article and noun, or between preposition and sub- 
stantive; likewise between avy and the relative pronoun or adverb 
to which ay is regularly appended when the subjunctive mode is 
needed. Note especially the position of dy in its potential use, 


68 


Io 


15 


25 


30 


35 


ATTIC PROSE 


occurring as it mostly does early in the sentence and closely joined 
to some highly significant word, a negative, or an interrogative, or a 
prominent adverb, often, however, with some particle intervening. 
Similar effects to those of the particles are to be observed in the 
placing of enclitic pronouns, ool, Twa, and the like. 

Larger Rhetorical Masses.— By continuing these initial groups 
with their appropriate context we obtain larger effects of unity, more 
or less complex. The articulations indicated by the dividing line 
are sometimes to be marked by a perceptible pause in reciting, 
sometimes merely by the inflection or intonation of the voice: at 
any rate, on the part of a sympathetic reader a feeling for the right 
division and disposition of the masses is never absent; nor does 
he ever fail instinctively to lend to this feeling some intelligible 
form of oral expression. 

Od yap woAv oor Sox? eivar KaAALoV 3 Q— Ta Te yap adAa | cov 
KaAAuov oivoxonow 4 15 — kal waidas 6: cou ey» ovpratatopas tap Ew 
6 4—kai 0 pev dy trepcyaipey 9 11 — évtadOa pvtor 7dy | Kat 6 
Oeios aia eAodopeiro 9 19—TEAos 8 ody | TOAAA Onpia EXwv 6 
*Aorvuayns | arya 12 19 — Kal Td pev zp@Tov of aides EcKwrToOV 
aitév 13 27 —Tovro yap av ota ayaOdv Kayot yevic8u 17 22 — 
ovee yap ovde TOITO eWeroato 19 18 — dri dpior av por Soxeis eixdoat 
Touro 21 1— pa Ava pndey Totvey ov épuol Err BovAevouv aroxpivacGat 
21 9 — ci py Tw’ otv GAXov Tporov ExeTe A€yey 22 20— ds odd Gv 
dvo dvdpes | 6 Erepos exi Tod Ergpov EaTyKws | TOD datos trepexorev 
22 25—oicba pév ovv Kai ov | Ott ov TOde TO xpvootY oKATTpoV | 
To THv Baowreiav Suacadloy éotw 31 4— dxovcavra b€ TatTa TOV 
Kipov | 7o@nvai te Kai civeiy 38 28—xKal yap d)| Ta ye &v TH 
oikia pov | wavy Kal aiti) } yuvy éotw ixavy diorxeiy 41 7 —ri 8 ay 
eyo oo Suvatunvy ovprpagar 42 20—TH pev yap yvvasxi | kadduov 
évoov pévey 43 29 —7 Kal eve ovv Sno Tatra wovety 44 21 —kal a 
pev av aitav béy dazravay | cot duaveuntéov 44 26—xKal 6 ye Enods 
ciros | Grws Kas edwdysos yryvyntae | éxiweAntéov 45 1 — ofda 
yotv ovoay | Kal dorida Kadyv Kal Eidos kai ddpv 47 23 — év Tovey 
7H “Acia | nde zpairn zpakis eyevero 53 18 —7é Te ovv zelov eis 
Kapiav deBiBace 54 10—évraiOa 89 "AynotAaov | avdpeiov pev 
feotw cixeiy 57 27 — et ye pv ad Kadov | "EXAn’ Gvta prr\edAnV 
eivar 59 12. 

Responsiveness of the Greek Language.— The saying, “ Well 
begun is half done,” has a peculiar aptness to the task of writing 


10 


= 


20 


= 


30 


35 


WRITER’S GUIDE 69 


Attic prose. The learner who promptly starts his Greek sentence 
in the right way, impelled by a true synthetic feeling, must have 
already conquered in great measure the difficulties of the finish. 
For in a language where the arrangement of the words is largely 
independent of the grammatical construction there must be a 
facile comprehension of the grammatical form before the mind 
can deal freely with the effects of order. As regards the larger 
groupings, in good writing, the arrangement is mainly the same in 
English as in Greek, when the intention is the same; hence in 
translating, the order of the principal masses must usually be pre- 
served, with such shifting of the grammatical construction as the 
difference of idiom may demand. But in dealing with words, the 
subtle effects of position are elusive, sometimes fairly untranslatable ; 
and here the writer of Greek has, in the direct and immediate re- 
sponsiveness of the instrument at his command, an advantage over 
the writer of a modern analytical language, for which only rare power 
and consummate skill can even partially compensate. In English 
the order of words, individually considered, is hampered by the law 
of intelligibility ; rhetoric is at the mercy of grammar: but in Greek, 
where grammar and rhetoric are rather harmonious than inter- 
dependent, there is, from the largest to the smallest element, a well- 
nigh perfect freedom of arrangement. 

The Greek Order. — The Greek principle of order is that of natural 
suggestiveness and succession of ideas, as determined, for any given 
moment, by the mood and purpose of the speaker or writer. The 
thought which first arises before his mind first finds expression; the 
next arising is next expressed; and so on through a series of ideas, 
simple and complex, until the last that mentally presents itself is 
presented also verbally as the last. We cannot say that in Greek the 
thoughts are arranged in the direct order of their importance, since 
there are various phases of importance, variously interpreted ; nor in 
the order of emphasis, as the word is now commonly understood. 
In the antique sense of the term, however, an emphatic position is a 
position of priority; and such a place in the series may at any time 
be held by a member which, from some point of view other than 
that of natural suggestiveness and straight-forward mental move- 
ment, is of inferior importance. The power of ideas — their ethical 
character of force, weight, color —is inherent in the symbols chosen 
to represent them; but the order in which they occur to the mind, 


7O 


10 


* 


20 


25 


30 


35 


ATTIC PROSE 


and are arranged in Greek writing, is not conditioned by these 
qualities as such. The beauty of the Greek order consists in its 
spontaneity, due to the mutual independence and harmonious co- 
operation of rhetorical and grammatical form. The sequence and 
involution of the words reflect intimately the sequence and involu- 
tion of the thoughts; and the flow of the thoughts is determined, in 
any given situation, by a power evolved, according to laws which can- 
not be precisely formulated, from the author’s intention and state of 
mind. To know the author and his language, to be educated by 
him, to fall under his spell, and finally with some measure of success 
to imitate his art, the learner must, as far as possible, make that 
intention and state of mind his own. 

The arbitrary restrictions of our idiom are such as to produce 
regularly, in certain forms of expression, the effect of an ascending 
scale. Hence often in translating from the Greek the only arrange- 
ment permissible in English prose exhibits an inverted order of the 
words: épxerar Mavdavn — as ydiota dervety — cod KaAXLov oivoyo- 
now —inros Tots euois ypyoe. Similarly in dependent clauses: 
OTe pevey BovAovtro— iva veavias oixade areAOns — eredav TAXLTTA 
immevev a0ys. In Greek, however, the order is variable. “H pyryp 
dunpwra Tov Kipov | rorepov BovAoto peve 7) azvevar 6 7. In the 
mother’s question BovAecOa, the thought of preferring one thing to 
another, is foremost and precedes pévew, in the utterance as in its 
position before the mind of the speaker. But in the child’s reply, 
Taxv eirev | OTe pevey Bovrdouto 6 g, the same PovAcoOu, having 
been once presented and having served its turn, has passed into 
the background of thought and expression, while péveww has come 
forward. The English order in both question and answer must be 
the same; but in the answer we indicate the natural priority of the 
idea fo remain by a somewhat sharper intonation—there is an 
ascending scale. But in pronouncing the Greek, where the order 
shows everything, no change in the tone-levels would be needed. 
Again, after éreadav tdyiota tmrevew pabys (‘learn to ride’) 6 2, 
we find 7v pabw ixevew (‘do learn to ride’) 6 15: a change of 
word-sequence in the Greek answering precisely to the change of 
thought-sequence; while in English, where the order of the words 
is constant, the re-arrangement of the thoughts is’shown as usual 
by the tone or by a modified form of expression. 

First come, first served.—In consequence of the frequency of 


10 


15 


20 


25 


30 


35 


40 


WRITER’S GUIDE 71 


the ascending scale in our idiom, the Greek is apt to convey to us 
correspondingly the effect of a descending scale. Since, however, 
the Greek order of words is not fixed, but adjustable to the order 
of ideas ; and since, assuredly, the flow of human thought may fairly 
be conceived rather as a forward than as a downward movement — 
therefore we ought to term the Greek order neither ascending nor 
descending, but simply d@zvect. The question of arrangement is 
essentially not a question of higher or lower, stronger or weaker, 
worse or better, but of sooner or later for the nonce. First come, 
first served !—a democratic principle that recognizes no privileged 
right to the same order of precedence on separate occasions; and 
each rhetorical unit offers a new occasion. 

Ilarpos pev 6) 6 Kipos déyerar yeveoOar KapBioew epodv 
Baotréws, ‘the father of Cyrus is said to have been Cambyses, king 
of Persia,’ 1 1.1. In the work of Xenophon entitled The Education 
of Cyrus the principal personage is of course everywhere Cyrus him- 
self. But at the point where the passage above quoted occurs, the 
hero, who has already been introduced to the reader, while main- 
taining the dignity of grammatical subject, falls behind, so far as 
the order of words is concerned, to give precedence in this regard 
to his father, who is here for the first time presented. As usual, 
the zew thought, as first-comer, assumes the first position. 


1 As Greek can be intelligently written, so it can be really translated, 
only with due regard to the order — which is equivalent to saying that it 
cannot be translated until it is fully comprehended. The passage above 
quoted can be turned into English in but one way. It should be noted 
also that real translation demands not merely the sacrifice of grammar to 
position, but often the replacing or the suppression of certain elements, as 
of yevéo@a: in the present passage. Compare the beginning of the Anaba- 
sis, Aapelov kai Ilapvodridos yiyvovra: matdes dvo, ‘Darius and Parysatis 
had two sons,’ where, again, the construction must be deferred to the order, - 
and the specific meaning of yiyvovrac replaced. In fact, while grammar 
holds the key to interpretation, with translation it has no concern whatever. 
Ae? rhv Bacidelav cadpnvicayta karadurety, ‘I must indicate with certainty 
the succession to the throne before I leave it,’ 30 20. Ti adv émriucrapyévny 
avTiny mapédaBor, ‘ What cow/d she have known when I took her (wapéda- 
Bov &v)?? 4113. Th dpas 6 re Av eyw Trowica cvvaviowuu Tv oixov, ‘ What 
do you see that I can do to help in increasing the estate?’ 42 27. All 
translation that deliberately aims at reproducing the grammatical form as 
such and the specific meaning of every word, since this can be done only 
at the risk of falsifying the sense, is psewdo-translation. 


72 


Io 


15 


20 


25 


30 


35 


ATTIC PROSE 


Xenophon has composed what purports to be the charge of Cam- 
byses, formally addressed to the peers of the Persian community 
and to his son, when the latter returned to his native state after the 
capture of Babylon. First touching briefly the mutual services of 
these two parties, and the sentiments which ought respectively to 
animate them, Cambyses then goes on to say: 7v pev obv Kat Td 
Aourdv ovTw yryvwoknre | TOAAGY Kal dyaO@v altvioe GAA- 
Aous EveoGe (‘ye will be to one another authors of many blessings’) ; 
ei 5€ 7 ob (Cyrus) . . . €rtxeipyoes Hepody dpxew ext rXeovecia | 
...% duets (Persians) . . . karadvew reipdcesOe todrov THs apxijs | 

. €modmv adXAnAoLs TOAAGY Kal dyabdv Esecbe (‘ye 
will Azzder one another from many blessings’) 27 11. Here the 
English shows the ascending scale at the close of the first member 
of the period, but not of the second; the tone is shifted, while the 
order remains the same. But it is the order that changes in the 
Greek: éuzrodéy comes to the front as the new thought, while zoA- 
AGv Kat aya0Ov, already once presented, falls behind. Likewise, the 
suggestions of contrast have been at work here (éuzodwv the oppo- 
site of airwor), to produce the so-called chiastic arrangement: ayabav 
aitio.* éurodwv ayaav. Also, értxeipyoes apxew* KaTadvew Treipa- 
oeobe. — Cf. 17 24-18 1, the two positions of robs orpatudras. 

The Group as Unit.—It is essential to a sound comprehension 
of the principle of the Greek order that the rhetorical precedence 
of the complex factor over the individual word should be clearly 
recognized. The order is revealed by counting w#zts; and the 
sensible unit is in the first instance not the word, but the group. 
Occasionally, though rarely, the waves or pulsations of thought 
proceed with perfect regularity and simplicity in the form of single 
words, so that in counting the words we count also the units: 
ewlovvTo | éaxovTo | amrextevov | areBvyoKov 58 4. But commonly 
the undulations are of varying length and volume, and, genetically, 
anything but simple. They might be conceived as successive rings 
or spirals, which have a distinct unity of their own, while within 
them the individuality of many a word, otherwise significant enough, 
becomes rhetorically submerged and subordinated. Muxpov exwv 
x'T@va, ‘wearing a small tunic’: first count ove; the group is the 
unit, to begin with. When next, however, we consider the arrange- 
ment of the words inside the group, we find puxpoy taking prece- 
dence of yir@va, because the small size of the tunic is the new and 


10 


15 


20 


25 


30 


35 


WRITER’S GUIDE is 


foremost thought in the premises, the presence of the garment itself 
being taken for granted. Secondarily, therefore, we may count one, 
two: (1) puxpov, (2) xiT@va: but not one, two, ¢#ree; for the word 
éxov is not co-ordinate with ». and x., but rather subordinate to 
their collective notion — so that we might count one, two in another 
way: (1) puxpov xiT@va, (2) €xwv. Why, then, did not Xenophon 
write puxpov xiT@va éxwv? Simply because €ywv, as an individual, 
was swept away and lost to view, under the unifying power of the 
stream of thought. 

Take, again, os 8 adixero TaXuoTa, ‘as soon as she arrived,’ 2 I. 
In such a complex are we to begin by counting the words, and try 
to explain matters by insisting that adfikero stands before tTaxuoTa, 
or tayioTa after apixero? Certainly not. Here is a question not 
of one, two, or of one, two, three, but simply of owe. By the driv- 
ing of d¢ckero into the centre of ws tayuora the double purpose is 
served of expanding the phrase and minimizing the individuality 
of the word. We may not say that rax.ora is emphatic (supposing 
some invariable meaning of the word emphatic to have been agreed 
upon) because it is placed last; for then what right should we have 
to deny that the last word must be emphatic in as d€ tayuoTa agi- 
keto? Nor may we say that tayuora, in ws 8 adixero tayxuoTA<, is 
emphatic because it holds an unusual position (supposing some 
particular position to have been agreed upon as the usual one) ; for, 
by the same token adixero would be emphatic also. We may, 
however, affirm that the unit as 0° ddikero tayiora is more impos- 
ing than the unit @s tayuora would be; and that as 8 addiketo 
Tax.oTa, though composite in nature, is nevertheless, for the main 
effect, one and indivisible, while és 6 tayiora adixero would 
be more readily suggestive of subdivision. We might fancifully 
say that the idea ws tayiora, as it rose swiftly before the writer’s 
mind, acquired such momentum and volume as to swallow its parent 
adixero and bear it along in a position of comparative helplessness 
and obscurity. 

Figurative language apart, the phenomenon under consideration 
is really a phase of periodic structure. As the whole period, a com- 
plex organism, derives its name from the inevitable tendency of 
synthetic utterance to hold thought in suspense until an effect of 
unity be secured by coming round again as it were to the point 
of departure, so within the several word-groups, practically indi- 


74 


uw 


10 


t5 


20 


25 


30 


35 


ATTIC PROSE 


visible, of which the period is Composed, the same tendency is at 
work to produce an involved and rounded form. In puxpov exov 
xit@va and os 8 adixero TrdxXto7a the grammatical nucleus is 
the verb itself; its position in the rhetorical mass which has grown 
out of it is due to the periodic impulse. From first to last it holds 
true, that the Greek order strictly reproduces the natural sequence 
and involution of ideas, from the largest to the smallest element. 

Yet one more illustration. Socrates, bent on making out a defi- 
nition of kaAoxéyaGia, finally determines to give over following after 
fair faces, and test the matter in the concrete, by going straight to 
one of the people who in fact received the appellation “fair and 
good”: okey oty por | dpeuevoy THs KaAjs dPews | ex airov Twa 
€\Oetvy TOv KaAoupevwv Kaddv Te Kaya0@v 40 8. The compact unity 
and imposing figure of the last colon or comma strike the hearer at 
once. The grammatical nucleus éA6eiv is linked to the surrounding 
envelope by the preposition and its immediate object tua, the latter 
being similarly involved as éA6eiy itself. Here again we can count 
only ove, to begin with. Probing farther, however, more deeply than 
the speaker can consciously have gone, we may count two: (1) atrév 
TOV Kadoupevov Kaddv Te KayabGv, (2) ext twa edAOdy. Analyzing 
(1), we find it double, the intensive atr@y naturally taking the pre- 
cedence. Dissecting its latter portion, Tov KaAovpevwv KadOv TE 
xdya0dyv, the principle of priority is confirmed to the last: xaAeoOat, 
newcomer for the nonce by contrast with dWews, is emphasized, 
while the appellation itself falls behind. It is instructive to com- 
pare with this the arrangement of another passage, Javpalw Tov 
codistov Kadovjevwv 62 12: here the appellation coduoraé is the 
newcomer and takes precedence of xadcioOa. © 

Period, Antithesis, Chiasmus.— The processes of human thought 
are marvelously fine, subtle, and intricate. The psychologist may 
explain them, if he can; skill and power in language consist in the 
ability, not to explain, but to follow them. Good writing comes 
rather from frequent practice, together with the contemplation of 
worthy models, than from any habit of speculation or analysis. Yet 
if can hardly be denied that the Attic Greek, by reason of its flexi- 
bility, clearness, and simple precision, affords a more instructive 
opportunity of observing some of the primary mental movements 
underlying literary expression than could elsewhere be gained from 
the phenomena of mere written language. Period, antithesis, chias- 





15 


20 


2 


30 


35 


WRITER'S GUIDE 75 


mus — these and other technical terms, albeit as names often highly 
artificial, stand in fact for natural impulses of the most elementary 
character. As a brief illustration we may take the period which 
presents Xenophon’s statement of a certain case at law, celebrated 
for the decision rendered by the boy judge, Cyrus, 7 1: 


(1) mais péyas puxpov €xwv xiTova 
(2) aida pixpov péyav exovTa xiT@va 
(3) éxdvoas abrov 

‘\ ‘ c “~ > ~ > , 
(4) Tov pev EavToU Exeivov nudiere 

\ pony s Elst pia 
(5) rov d€ exeivov airos évédv. 


Perfectly natural is the mutually antithetic arrangement of (1) and 
(2), and again of (4) and (5), shown with great clearness, as here 
printed, in consequence of the equal numbers of the antitheta, — 
one picture of the two litigants as they confronted each other in the 
original scene; another, of the two final high-handed acts of the 
aggressor. But no less natural, and equally far from any artful 
design on the writer’s part, is the chiastic order seen in (1) and in 
(2), and again in (4) and in (5). 

A chiastic arrangement may result, not from a suggestion of con- 
trast, but merely from the due recession of some word or phrase, 
when the mean terms are like or synonymous. Thus, ov0' ay of 
GAxyior Sivawro Gv | & py etev of épyaCopevor, ‘the valiant them- 
selves would be unable to live, were the tillers of the soil not there,’ 
37 22. Order,abbec. The mean terms, jv and civas, are brought 
into juxtaposition (very neatly, to be sure) merely by the receding 
of of épyafdpevor, which would have no right to an emphatic place 
immediately after the same thought has been explicitly enunciated, 
Tos KatacKevalovtas Tas xwpas KTA. 37 21.—Such is chiasmus: 
Antithesis, on the other hand, is not of contrast and recession, but 
of simple opposition. Another series, of similar but ew members, 
is brought ‘face to face’ with the first series. 
mais — peyas >< pikpov — xiT@va: chiasmus , 


Antithesis ; : , s : 
mratoa — pukpov >< peyav — xiT@va: chiasmus 


‘c bebe F 

al bi bazet 

Finally, it is worthy of remark, that when chiasmus occurs in Eng- 
lish, as not infrequently in poetry, it affords relief from the rather 


76 


10 


Les) 
wn 


ATTIC PROSE 
tiresome ascending scale imposed by the limitations of prosaic 
speech; as in the closing line of Milton’s Lycidas: 


To-morrow to /resh-woods and fastures new. 


Euphony.— A sense of euphony often appears to be the final 
determining motive in the arrangement of words. Among several 
possible positions, any one of which would convey the whole intended 
meaning with sufficient precision, the choice is apt to be made (that is 
to say, the thoughts are prone to flow) in obedience to an instinctive 
desire to avoid harsh or disturbing sounds, and secure agreeable effects 
of melody and cadence. Even in the selection of the words them- 
selves the same motive is ever at work, under the same limitations. 
But euphony of language is only part of a greater harmony; it is 
not of the ear alone, but of the soul. Sense and sound are ih- 
separably bound together, particularly in a dialect moulded by the 
use of a sensitive artistic people. Hence, if at any time the Greek 
which we have written seems to sound badly, the reason is probably 
that we have not succeeded in saying exactly what we meant to say: 
some word has been wrongly chosen, or a false or unusual form 
employed; or we have not arranged the words idiomatically, as an 
Attic writer would have arranged them —in the order adapted to 
the most direct and telling presentation of the thought. 

Rhetoric and Grammar.— Underlying the rhetorical art, and 
intimately associated therewith, are the principles of grammar. 
Grammar is to the writer what drawing is to the painter. In order 
to achieve desired effects of color, grouping, and imagery, the 
artist must be able to draw correctly. There are certain well-— 
defined laws of delineation and perspective which he may not 
violate and with which he ought to be acquainted, although the 
mere understanding of them would never enable him to paint a 
picture. So closely are rhetoric and grammar bound together 
that at some points of contact their respective functions are hardly 
distinguishable. But the learner should be warned against the 
danger of confusing them. The fundamental principles of gram- 
mar are absolute, and capable of exact definition; but the ways 
of applying them are manifold and various, subject ultimately 
to no limitations other than those of common sense. Thus, for 
example, the several forms of conditional clauses in Greek may be 
classified and defined with strict precision; but conditional sentences 


10 


= 


25 


39 


35 


WRITER'S GUIDE 77 


are not amenable to scientific classification and definition. The 
meaning of the whole sentence, or hypothetical period, as it is some- 
times termed, is the result of combining a condition and a conclu- 
sion; and this meaning changes as the combination changes, while 
the inherent value of either member, considered apart from guiding 
suggestions of context or environment, remains simple and constant. 
Ei dvacrainre d6pxnoopevor does not admit various definitions and 
assume various meanings because the conclusion appended to it 
may at one time be ovd dpGotaGu édvvacGe 5 7, at another time ov« 
av divvaobe, or ov Suvvncecbe, or ov Sivacbe. The truth is that in 
passing from conditional clauses to conditional sentences we have 
virtually crossed the boundary line which divides science and art; 
and if we fail to realize the fact of this transition, we run the risk 
of misunderstanding the nature of both elements—of viewing 
grammatical principles which are absolute as if they were variable, 
while perversely attempting to fix by rule the shifting and arbitrary 
combinations of rhetoric. If, however, the distinction here pointed 
out be fairly borne in mind, there is secured, on the one side, a “true 
grammar, a standard of first principles, for our guidance; while, on 
the other side, it becomes highly interesting and instructive to 
observe the numerous combinations that are rationally admissible, 
and to note the comparative frequency of their occurrence, as deter- 
mined, partly by the species of composition, partly by the. idiosyn- 
crasies of the writer himself. 

Grammatical Terminology. — A word of warning is likewise needed 
with regard to certain wrong impressions apt to be conveyed by the 
traditional terminology of the Greek grammars. Technical terms 
cannot, at the best, serve the purpose of definition; as a rule, they 
can do no more than embody an appropriate thought for handy refer- 
ence. But names that are positively false lead the learner astray and 
work insidious mischief in his mind, even when they are flatly contra- 
dicted by the explanations offered and the examples cited under 
them. An illustration of this evil is afforded by the terms “ pres- 
ent” and “imperfect,” as commonly employed. There is, indeed, 
an Imperfect stem, well so named, upon which are built familiar 
forms of the Greek verb: Xetzeuv, Aetrret, EXeuzre, A€iy, Aelrrou, AKire, 
Aecrwv are all true imperfects of the Active Voice; and Aeiwe: and 
A€Aoure are both truly present, one of the Imperfect, the other of 
the Perfect-stem. Yet we hear of a “ present ” Infinitive, or a 


78 


10 


a5 


20 


25 


30 


35 


ATTIC PROSE 


“ present” Subjunctive, as if any mode except the Indicative could 
express time as past or present; while, again, the term “ imperfect ” 
is currently employed exactly as if some notion of past time could 
properly be conveyed by this word. Even the name “aorist” 
(aopiatos, zndefinitus) comes to be associated in the minds of 
learners with a notion of past time, although in fact the only past 
form of the Aorist stem is the one that bears the augment, namely 
the Indicative. 

In truth there are two tenses of present time, the Present-lmper- 
fect and the Present-Perfect. There are also the Past-/mperfect, 
the Past-Perfect, and the Past-Aorist. These are of the Indicative 
mode only. The properties and values of the several action-stems, 
clearly explained in the grammars, are common to all the modes and 
tenses formed thereon. The meaning of Aeizeu is ‘to be leaving,’ 
while Aurety means simply ‘to leave.” Whatever is true of Aeczrev, 
as an Imperfect, is equally true of Aedze, EXeure, A€lzry, A€lrrou, Netre, 
Aeizwv. Just as we have the several modes of the Aorist or the 
Perfect stem, so of the Imperfect stem we really find a present and 
a past Indicative; and there is a Subjunctive, an Optative, an Im- 
perative, an Infinitive, a Participle, of the /wzPerfect, but of course 
not of the present. 

Temporal and Modal Expression.— The phenomena of Greek 
temporal and modal expression are to be classified and defined 
separately, by their essential marks and attributes — without con- 
fusion of the temporal and the modal principle. A conditional 
clause is essentially a modal form of expression, and the true 
division of conditions is according to the J/odes employed in 
stating them. To refer e dvvaror or ei dvvaro to a class of 
“present and past” conditions, as is sometimes done, is to convey 
to the learner no new truth about the verbal forms dvvarau and 
édvvaro, and no truth whatever that pertains to the clauses as con- 
ditionals. Both clauses, since they are expressed by means of the 
Indicative mode, are suppositions of the actual or real: just as 7v 
dvvnrat, by virtue of the Subjunctive mode, is a supposition of 
the possible or feasible; and «i dvvarro, by virtue of the Optative 
mode, a supposition of the conceivable or ideal. Only secondarily 
and incidentally can a conditional clause convey a temporal idea: 
the Real Condition is the only sort of condition that can positively 
express time as well as manner, because the Indicative is the only 


15 


20 


zs 


35 


WRITER'S GUIDE 79 


mode which has temporal forms, except upon the Future stem. 
Therefore the attempt to classify conditions according to the ele- 
ment of time leads to results which are partly gratuitous (in the case 
of the Indicative mode) and partly false (in the case of the Subjunc- 
tive and Optative modes), while containing no suggestion of the value 
and significance of the clauses in respect of their conditional nature. 

Pure Conditional Clauses. — As original constructions, z.e. when 
not so dependent as to have assumed a secondary form or phase 
under the influence of a verb of past time governing the sentence, 
there are three pure conditionals in Attic prose. 

I. Supposition of the Actual, or Real Condition.—A supposed 
case, assumed or conceded as actual in present, past, or future time, 
zs stated by means of the Indicative. 

II. Supposition of the Possible, or Circumstantial Condition. — 
A supposed case ts stated, not as actual, but as still possible, by means 
of the Subjunctive. 

III. Supposition of the Conceivable, or Vague Condition. — 4 
supposed case, conceived without regard to time or possibility, ts 
stated by means of an Optative not of the Future. ; 

Pure conditional clauses once classified and defined, we are 
ready to consider the more or less usual combinations of them with 
other constructions to form the conditional sentence or hypothetical 
period. 

Real Condition. —I. As regards the Real Condition, it is to be 
observed, in the first place, that the Greek has no separate form to 
express an wureal condition. If the supposition of reality is intended 
as a false one, this unreality is shown only by the context, usually by 
the presence of a Potential of the Past in the conclusion of the sen- 
tence. Ei codés nv: ‘if he was wise,’ or ‘if he were wise ?? Which 
does it mean? Two forms in English, but only one inGreek! Fora 
specific interpretation of the supposition there is need of more than 
has yet been said. —‘ You are not often thus entirely at leisure,’ says 
Socrates to Ischomachus, finding him seated in the portico of a 
temple. Ode ay ye viv, replies the latter, ef uy E€vovs Twas cvve- 
Oéunv avapvev évOade, ‘No, nor would I be so now, had 7 not 
agreed (the Greek says, dd / not agree) to wait for certain friends 
from abroad in this place,’ 40 20. — King Agesilaus, recalled to Hellas 
by an official dispatch, from a foreign campaign successfully begun, 
ereiGero TH ToAEL OvdEV SiapEpovTus 7) Ei ev TH Ehopelw ETLXEV ETTNKWS 


80 


uw 


fe) 


» 


20 


25 


30 


35 


ATTIC PROSE 


povos Tapa Tovs wevTe 56 8: 7z.e. his obedience was as prompt and 
unhesitating as if, instead of being in Asia at the head ofa victorious 
army, he Aad chanced (the Greek says ‘if he chanced’) to be stand- 
ing alone in the presence of the five Ephors of Sparta. The precise 
interpretation of «i érvyev can only be got, yet is readily got, from 
the connection; there is, after 7, an easy ellipse of the Potential, 
érreiVero av. 

The Real Condition of future time has always a marked rhetori- 
cal significance, varying slightly in tone according to the circum- 
stances indicated. For it is only by an act of the imagination, the 
result of heightened feeling, that a future contingency can be sup- 
posed as real. Ordinarily, when the point of view is future, the 
Supposition of the Possible is employed, as a matter of course. The 
Real Condition of the future is never a matter of course, but always 
implies a greater than ordinary interest in the case supposed ; con- 
veying sometimes the effect of a threat or a warning, sometimes 
apprehension, dread, or anxious hope.1. The difference between 
the Real and the Circumstantial Condition, rhetorically considered, 
is well shown in a passage already quoted from The Charge of Cam- 
byses 72 6. There, iv Td AoTOV OvTwW yryvwooKyrte, the form of 
condition ordinarily to be expected when the point of view is future, 
exhibits no unusual color; but in passing to e ob émxepyoes 
dpxew ert wreovetia, 7) wets KaTadve rreipacedOe TodTov THs apxys, 
the tone rises, and a note of warning is distinctly struck. See a 
precisely similar example in Last Words of Cyrus 32 14-17.  Ad- 
monitory also is 59 26f. Again, Socrates, in the Symposium of 
Xenophon, is made to remark with pleasantry, that his choice of a 
helpmeet, like the selection by jockeys of more than usually mettle- 
some animals for practice in horse-breaking, afforded him an 
excellent propaedeutic discipline for successful dealings with man- 
kind in general: ed cidws drt, ef TavTyv iroicw (‘if I manage to 
endure her’), padiws Tots ye GAAos Aracw avOpurro.s ovvecopar 49 
10. A matter-of-course jv tavryv trodépw would have been feeble 
here; the prospect of sustaining or continuing to sustain matrimo- 
nial relations with a Xanthippe might well impress itself upon the 


1 The Supposition of the Possible may be employed 7 connection with 
an idea of apprehension or dread, as seen in the construction of the Sub- 
jective Conditional 90 38; but this idea is not suggested by the form of 
the condition itself, when the Subjunctive is used. 


10 


15 


20 


25 


30 


35 


WRITER’S GUIDE 81 


mind with peculiar vividness of apprehension. Note that in this 
passage also the Real Condition is preceded by the Circumstantial 
Condition in mentioning the horse-breakers, the unremarkable jy 
dvvwvrat Kar exe 49 7. 

Circumstantial Condition. —JII. The Circumstantial Condition 
is employed in combination with the Universal Present, or with 
some other form of expression in which the point of view is not 
past. A past point of view and the Singular Present are excluded 
by virtue of the essential meaning of the Subjunctive mode. While 
the uses of the Latin subjunctive, so-named, are only to a limited 
extent the same as those of the Greek mode (in conditionals, totally 
diverse), the English and the Greek subjunctive are alike in nature. 
But the obsolescence of a distinction of form between indicative and 
subjunctive in the English language has tended to obscure this truth. 

Vague Condition. —III. The Vague Condition is exceedingly 
loose as to its rhetorical associations — ofa passim regione vagatur. 
There is no limitation of the temporal point of view, as to present, 
past, or future. The conclusion, however, must be of an indefinite 
or a universal character; a specific or singular form of statement 
in the apodosis (an Indicative of the future is not such) would be 
inconsistent with the essential meaning of the Optative mode. The 
conclusion is often a Past-Imperfect, of habitual action; sometimes 
an Indicative of the future; less rarely a Universal Present; very 
often a Potential. But the characteristic vagueness finds expression 
in a great variety of ways— through an Infinitive or a verbal sub- 
stantive, or something of an elliptical or exclamatory nature. The 
royal cupbearers of the Orient, as Xenophon affirms, regularly taste 
the wine which they have poured, before offering the cup, tod 6y et 
pdppaka eyxouev py Avowredcty adrois, ‘to the end forsooth that, 
supposing them to pour in deadly drugs, it may avail them not,’ 
4 19. — Xap/ev, exclaims King Astyages, on being asked by his 
grandson if he might take the other boys and go a-hunting; yapiev, 
ei veka Kpeadiov, TH Ovyarpl Tov raida aroBovKoAncayu, ‘A pretty 
mess, were I to let my daughter’s child stray from the fold, for the 
sake of a few morsels of meat!’ 11 26. Similarly, otdev dpedos 
(‘no use’) 7oAAG dpodv, ef py Elev of GonfovTes 37 20. 

The Vague Condition is a mere supposition, just the zd@ea and 
nothing more: putting as fanciful or impossible a case as the speaker 
may see fit to put; or, again, putting an ordinary case in what 

ATTIC PROSE — 6 


82 ATTIC PROSE © 


might be termed a non-committal way, when for any reason the 
speaker sees fit so to put it. In the Symposium of Phto 175 D, 
upon the playful suggestion of Agathon, that by reclining next to 
Socrates at the banquet he might derive somewhat of the philo- 
5 snplical throngh contact with the ptocapees, tee Teter eeves: 
ES Gy dou,  rowiroy cy § cogea Sor’ €x Tow 7. eis TOV 
KQrwrépor pciy Fuser, Cay azrepea GApAar, ‘It were a capital idea, 
supposing wisdom to be such a thing as to flow out of the fuller 
m2n into the emptier one among us, if we take hold of each other.’ 
70 Note that the fanciful and purely imaginary character of the first 
hypothesis is not shared by the second, éay azrepefa GAApAew. — 
In The Death of Cyrus the Younger, Xenophon mentions the custom, 
regularly observed by Persian military leaders, of holding the central 
position in the line: vomilorres ovrw wai éy aoGakcorare ara, Wr 9 
15 @ icyts airer xxrepedics, mai 4 Tt TupayydAa ypylour, Fuica Gy 
Xpere aicGuresGa: TO oTparerma, ‘believing that they are not only 
in the safest place in this way, if their force be on either hand, but 
also, should they wish to pass an order, it would take bat half as 
long a time for the army to apprehend it, 3619. There is in the 
20 second hypothesis. a m: zupayydAa: ypylaer, nothing of a fanciful 
or €xir2ordinary mature, nor is it by any means intended to suggest 
something unlikely to occur: bat the ideal form is appropriate to a 
supposed case not marked by the imevitableness, the purely arcum- 
stantial or explanatory quality of @r 5 9 inyis atrer exarepeber. 
25 Relative Indefinitte.— Relative Clauses. not denoting purpose, 
introduced by relative pronouns or adverbs (except those meaning 
watil and =pa Seforc) referring to an indefinite antecedent, have 
the same uses of the modes as conditional clauses. The pro- 
portion of frequency of occurrence. however, among the different 
30 cesses SS, as might be expected, not the same im conditional 
relbtive Clamses as im pure conditionals. The Subjunctive is ex- 
ceedingly common, 3 24, 4 17, 5 24. 25.6 2,5.812. The Indicative 
is of far less frequent occurrence than the Subjunctive in indefinite 
relative clauses, 5 27,10 11; the indicative of the fu/ure, exceed- 
35 ingly rare. The Vague Condition as a relative construction is fre- 
quent, more usma] when the poimt of view is past than otherwise, 
i 14,7 22,8 2,12 15.21. An example in which the point of view 
is not past occurs in The Grand Hunting Party: Cyrus, to his grand- 
sire the king. Ei BowAa, Edm. Hocus pe Gnpay, ages rows mar Epé 









WRITER'S GUIDE 83 


wayras Susxesy xai bo-yorilerba Gres Karros xpdtwra Sivarr0 12 8 - 
i.e. If you wish me to enjoy my hunting, permit my mates to vie 
with me in the chase, ‘ each one with al] bis might, as best he may” 
(Szws E&agros xparwra Siwaro). The modal construction is the 
5 same as if @ zws had been said imstead of crws, but there is no 
idiomatic equivalent in English, as far as the mode is concerned. 
In the Greek, the speaker does not commit himself to a real. or even 
a possible, supposition of ability and strength as variously to be 
manifested by his several companions: he merely puts the case 
10 hypothetically, in the vaguest manner. 

Original and Secondary Constructions.—In dealing with the 
Optative mode it is necessary to distinguish with care between 
Original and Secondary constructions. There are only three ori- 
ginal constructions of the optative: the expression of a wish, the 

15 potential use (with ay), and the pure conditional or conditional 
relative clause. In all other uses the opiative is secondary — 
theoretically replacing the indicative or the subjunctive m a sab- 
ordinate clause under the influence of a verb of fast time governing 
the sentence. We find that al] subordinate clauses in Greek are 

20 to be assigned to one or the other of two great Classes, marked 
by a fundamental difference of character. In one of these Classes 
the Optative may zof replace the indicative or the subjunctive in the 
subordinate clanse under the influence of a verb of past time in the 
superior clause; so that all optatives occurring im clauses of this 

25 class, when the verb of the superior clause is not itself dependent. 
are original constructions. 1 14. 2 23,5 6,722,27- In the other 
class the Optative may, with certain limitations. be so generated 
under the influence of the past time of the superior Clause; and 
any optative not potential that occurs in a Cause of this (second) 

30 class must be a secondary construction, 3 3. 424.5 19. 7 7. 8-— 
The principle underlying this division must be briefly explained 
before presenting a tabular statement of the classification itself 

Subordinate clauses are of the First or the Second class. accord- 
ingly as they designate purely external circumstances and condi- 

35 tions, or pertain inwardly im some way to the active consciousness 
of the subject of the superior Clause. — Oi yoreis éxumcAotrra: Gres 


Of zaides airois yarewra Ss dewaroy BeArwra 51 2. O =zaTHp 


“Opnpou éxy pabdiy 47 3. In these two sentences the subordinate 


ee 
ATTIC PROSE 


clauses, denoting finality of care, belong to the Second class. The 
thought yerco@u SeAriwrovs, dyabor yereo@Gu, pertains inwardly to 
the active consciousness of the parents, the father; it does not con- 
vey a purely external circumstance or limitation, stated as such by 
the speaker or writer. The optative yevosq is secondary, theo- 
retically replacing a subjunctive, and due to the past time of the 
superior verb qayxace. Again, iore Ort “Ounpos zerornxe oycdov 
xé€pi Taytrew Tey ayOpexiver 47 $: in the subordinate clause of this 
sentence the thought rerompxeva: “Onnpoy is not expressed as denot- 
ing a purely external fact, but as an object of perception on the part 
of the subject of igre, the persons whom the speaker is addressing. 
Therefore, had this verb tore been of past time, it might have 
caused rerocpxe to be replaced by zeronjxa. Such, in general, is 
the principle underlying all subordinate clauses of the Second class. 
— Of the First class are the subordinate clauses of the following 
sentences: ideiy éxefue. ort Gxovey airor KaAdy xayeGor cya: 1 17; 
Goa zpayuara eyes, a dvayxy co éxi zayra ratvra deravear Tas 
xeipas 3 5; Gray rovrew tous Oiyps, cifis adzoxabaipa ti xcipa 
325; as Gs To rediov BAG, axovricas xaraBadlAra TH CAador 9 9. 
Here, the causal 67 Hxover, the pure conditional & avayxy éo7e. the 
indefinite temporal relative Gray Gryys. the definite temporal relative 
Gs #AGev, are seen to be merely explanatory or limiting terms or 
relations, stated as such by the speaker or writer, not as marking 
any effort or any act of perception or declaration on the part of the 
5 subjects of the verbs érethima. €yas. droxafaipa, xavaBadra. In 
no clause of this nature could an optative be produced by the past 
time of the superior clause, but when an optative occurs in such a 
subordinate clause, it must, unless the verb of the superior clause 
is itself in some way dependent upon a verb of past time, be an 


3© original construction. Thus, the optative must be original in the 


sentence @ raos daero “Acredyys. =peros yoGdvero Kipos, ‘sup- 
posing Astyages to be in need of anything, Cyrus was regularly the 
first to perceive it,” 7 27: the subordinate clause, being a pure con- 
ditional, is of the First class. But im such sentences as the two 


35 following, the subordinate clauses, denoting respectively an object 


of perception and finality of fear, would be of the Second class, and 
the optative would necessarily have been produced by the past time 
of the superior clause: zp@ros yoGavero ore Sccnr6 Twos “Aoteayys 
(‘that Astyages was in need of something’); égoSeivo py twos 











=v ee 





WRITER'S GUIDE 85 


Scuro “Aorvayys (‘lest he might be in need of something’). In 
the former sentence dauro is theoretically the past phase of ddira; 
in the latter, of dajrar 

Scheme of Subordinate Clauses. 


€ Cansal ’ _ 

Reet eis [~ ( Relative Definite ) 
|_ { Relative Indefinite (except until)? , 
( Pure Conditional 5 


f Objective Conditional (jj or ov) 4 
+ Declarative and Perceptive - ow 
\ Interrogative of the Actual 
SECOND CLass| Subjective Conditional 
| Interrogative of the Possible 
ak _sicea nonin 


| = + Ba 
Final | care or eaioTt | 


| fear 


L __ expectation (untd) } 


The function of a subordinate clause of the First class ts to com- 
5 plete the judgment begun in the superior clause, either by adding 
some explanatory circumstance or relation (negatively with ov), or 
by conveying some term of limitation (negatively with py). 
The function of a subordinate clause of the Second class is not 
merely to complete the judgment begun in the superior clause, but 
10 also to mark some act of feeling, percepiion, or declaration (nega- 
tively with ov), or some effort of intention (negatively with py) on 
the part of its subject. | 
A subordinate clause of the First class may have the Optative 
instead of the indicative or the subjunctive only when the verb of the 
15 superior clause is itself in some way dependent and the time of the 
sentence is past.— In the Symposium of Xenophon, Callias had said 
to his guests *Hy zap époi owvéaziyre, éxideiie Ta Eu codiar. 
In due time Socrates reminds them of the promise of their host: €dy 
yaa dyzor, a ovwwdazvoiper. éxideifay Ty atTov codiay 46 18. The 
20 pure conditional #w oweéazvqre, a Clause of the First class, has 
come to sustain, now that its superior verb émidafw has been made 
dependent on é@y, the same relation io the subject of égy as a 
clause of the second class would sustain to the subject of its own 





86 


wn 


Io 


to 
in 


Oo 
at 


ATTIC PROSE 


superior verb. Hence the Optative ovvdervotmev. Another illus- 
tration occurs 53 19, quoted and discussed below 87 34, where 
oreioaito and wéuyere are past phases of subordinate clauses of the — 
First class. Cf. 29 8, 9; also below, 99 1, 8.— The Optative 
is very rarely found representing an Aorist /ndicative in a clause of 
the First class. Thus 53 20, if Tissaphernes had originally said, not 
ots Gy weuyw, but ods éxeua, then the secondary form after duocev 
would have been erewe. For if the Optative could replace both 
the indicative and the subjunctive of the aorist stem, it would often 
involve a serious ambiguity of meaning. — In no case can the Opta- 
tive represent a Potential of the Past, nor a real condition limiting 
such a potential. 

The Past Phase. — The principle of the Past Phase is a principle 
of mental Jersfective. The idea conveyed by a subordinate clause 
is shifted to a position which, to the hearer or reader, shall be no 
longer merely the same as that which it must have occupied relatively 
to him who first conceived it. A new form enters to indicate a dif- 
ferent angle of vision, so to speak, at which the thought has come to 
be viewed. It is now seen in frofile. Callias had said jv ovvdearvare, 
looking forward; Socrates says ei ovvdazvoipev, looking back, but 
combining with this regard the original provision of Callias. Such 
is, in effect, the principle of the past phase — of all secondary con- 
structions of the Optative mode. It is not enough, however, merely 
to recognize the nature of the principle and its unity as a law of 
expression: the student of Greek must familiarize himself widely 
with its concrete manifestations, and acquire, as can be done through 
sympathetic reading only, an appreciation of the human motives 
which at one time tend to call the law into active exercise, at another 
time to leave it inoperative. In formulating the principle as such, 
we can merely say that, in certain cases, the Optative may replace 
the indicative or the subjunctive when the time of the sentence is 
past. But to the author it is never a matter of indifference whether 
he avail himself or do not avail himself of this right; he is guided 
by an immediate motive to make clear his exact intention. the 
feeling that dominates him and the point of view that he is led to 
choose in a given case. 

The facility with which an original construction is enabled to 
retain its primary form, by resisting the influence of the past time 
of the sentence, with the consequent effects of variety and liveliness 


a5 


<2 


39 


35 


WRITER’S GUIDE 87 


of style, is one of the most striking characteristics of the ancient 
Greek language. Like the real condition of future time, like a 
present tense employed for the future, especially like what is known 
as the historical present, the idiomatic tendency which we are now 
considering is due to a quick and active imagination. Specifically, 
it evinces a ready faculty of recalling and reproducing the aspects 
of a former scene, the views and motives of a past occasion. The 
idiom manifests itself in varying degrees of force or frequency, 
according to the species of composition and the individuality of the 
writer. As regards the style of Xenophon, suffice it here to remark 
that he is not over-prone to resist the intrusion of the Past Phase, 
but betrays, comparatively speaking, a marked liking for the Opta- 
tive mode. Nevertheless, the idiom can be adequately illustrated 
from our models. 

In the year 396 B.c., three years after the Return of the Ten 
Thousand, when the Lacedaemonians and their allies were delib- 
erating in view of a public rumor that the Great King contemplated 
an attack upon Hellas, king Agesilaus iréory, éav d0cw aire tpia- 
Kova pev Sraptutav, xtA., duByoecGa cis tv “Aciay Kal 7re- 
pacecOar cipyvyv rojo, 7, av todepeiy BovAnta 6 BapBapos, 
doxoNav aire rapeev oTpatevav éxi Tovs “EAAnvas 53 4. The 
subordinate clauses éay d@ow (dare) and av BovAnra: are amenable 
to the law of the Past Phase, since the verbs of their superior clauses, 
diaByoecGa (diaBynooua) and rapefev (zapefw), are themselves de- 
pendent upon tzeorn. But the extraordinary success known at the 
time of writing to have been attained by the Spartan king in making 
good the promise, along with the writer’s warm admiration for the 
man, would naturally lead Xenophon to retain as far as possible 
the original form of expression. We seem to sit and listen, and 
are well-pleased to be present, while Agesilaus states about how 
many Greeks will be enough to keep the whole of Asia busy. — The 
campaign opens with a characteristic piece of oriental diplomacy. 
Not the Commander of the Faithful in person, but his fdus Achates, 
appears upon the scene. Tissaphernes ®pooev “Aynowray, ei o7ei- 
gato ews EAGouev ots Tremere TpOs Bacitea ayyécAovs, duarpater bau 
atta adeOjvar aitovopous Tas ev TH Agia ToAas EAAnvidas 53 19. 
The words of the oath were, 7v oveiorn éws Gv EAGwow ovs av TéEpw 
mpos Baotréa ayyéAous, Suarpafouat oo. krA. A ceremony of de- 
liberate perjury, soon revealed, at which most readers would zof care 


88 


10 


2 


20 


35 


ATTIC PROSE 


to assist. At any rate there are reasons why the writer here might 
well prefer to throw the words of the viceroy into a remote and, by 
implication, deprecatory form. For while neither the insincerity of 
a promise nor any sort of unlikelihood of realization can ever be 
distinctly conveyed by the secondary phase as such, yet in matters 
of this kind the use of the Optative is sometimes a step in the right 
direction — just as, on the other hand, it behooves a writer to avoid 
the Optative when the absolute truth of a judgment transcends its 
relative value as a subordinate statement, 89 5. 

In the following passage of the eulogy of Agesilaus certain ethical 
views of the Greek are offset against those of the Persian king. ‘I 
admire Agesilaus for the fact,’ says Xenophon, dru ody dmdrepos 
treo TE XpHpata Exo Kal TAELOVWY ApxoL, TOUTW HyHTaTO péEiCov 
povntéov eivar, GAN’ SrdTEpos adTds TE GpeEtvwv ely Kal apevovwv 
yyoro 60 1. The question that presented itself to the mind of the 
Spartan was, whether of the two ought to be the prouder, he who 
possessed the greater amount of property and ruled the greater 
number of subjects, or he who was the better man, with better men 
under his command. The clauses of this sentence assume the past 
phase naturally enough; the more readily, perhaps, in consequence 
of the negation of the first member. But the optative serves as a 
foil for what immediately follows: 6 pév yap Lepons, vopilwv, Hv 
Xpnpata rAcioTa €xn, TAVE bp EavTS wornoerOau, dua TOTO wav pev 
TO év avOpwros xpvoiov, tav b& TO dpyvpiov, ravta S€ Ta ToAv- 
TeAcoTaTa é7reipaTo pos EavTov aOpoilev. Here, not only does the 
retention of the primary phase, jv xojpara wAcioTa éxy, point the 
contrast with éz0repos dyeivwv ein, but there is a touch of satire in 
the vivid presentation of crude sentiment, just as it was entertained 
by the despot himself. — Similar, but with very different feeling, is 
the realization effected by retention of the primary phase in the 
proclamation and challenge issued by Agesilaus in Asia. All who 
craved deliverance and independence were to rally under his stand- 
ard; «i d¢ tues Thy “Aciay éavtdv rovotvrat (‘are disposed to claim 
as their own’), mpds Tovs eAevOzpodvras év OmAots wapetvar 55 6. 
The time of the sentence is past; but the writer does not give us 
«i wovoivro — he has forgotten that he is not even now present at 
the scene. 

Primary and secondary phase may appear in different clauses of 
the same sentence. Cyrus, now a conqueror, ewe to Kuadpy ore 


on 


10 


15 


20 


25 


30 


< 


WRITER’S GUIDE 89 


olkos aira eEnpypevos ein év BaBvAGue kat dpyxeta, drws Exy Kal Grav 
éxeioe €AGn eis oixela KatdéyecGar 25 18. Note that at the time of 
Cyrus’ speaking the setting apart of the mansion was an already 
accomplished fact, while the purpose of it all (O7ws €yyn xrA.), though 
past to the writer, was to the speaker yet unfulfilled. — There is, how- 
ever, not always a distinct ethical significance, nor even any note- 
worthy imaginativeness, attaching to the choice of alternate modes 
of expression; but the motives for retention of a primary phase are 
often eminently practical and obvious. To revert to the lesson in 
justice impressed with the aid of birch upon the mind of the youthful 
Cyrus by his preceptor: démdre 6€ Kpivar deou torépov 6 xiTwV «in, 
Tour édyn okenTéov eival, Tis KTHOWS OuKaia éoti, KTA. 7 8. The 
teacher said, émérav dé kpivat, toT€epov 6 xiTwv éaTL, TOUTO TKETTEOV, 
tis kThows dixata eori. In the first two clauses the past phase enters 
by presumption and in aceordance with Xenophon’s prevailing man- 
ner; but the last clause, the question, What is rightful possession ?, 
retains the original construction, as well as the direct form of the 
interrogative word (ris, not 7 Tus), in consequence of the universality 
of the sentiment and its typical importance in illustrating the doc- 
trine to be inculcated. Cf. 8 24-27, where the Gnomic Aorist 
du€pOepay and the Universal Present dowveis ciow are constructions 
that strongly resist the influence of a governing verb of past time. 
In the next sentence of the same passage the past phase asserts 
itself, dre b200 8 28. Cf, further, 20 2, 61 29. 

It remains to explain and illustrate the nature of the clauses 
designated in the tabular scheme as Objective Conditional and Sub- 
jective Conditional. These are idiomatic uses of the Real and the 
Circumstantial Condition, wherein the connection of thought is such 
that the conditions, instead of denoting purely external limitations, 
have come to pertain inwardly to the active consciousness of the 
subject of the superior clause. When applied in this manner they 
may take the Optative, if the superior verb is of past time, and thus 
fall in the second class of subordinate clauses. The terms odjectcve 
and subjective are accommodated to the fact, that of these construc- 
tions one is virtually equivalent to a clause denoting an object of 
perception or feeling, the other to a clause denoting an effort of 
intention. 

Objective Conditional. — W7th verbs of surprise, indignation, pity, 
and other emotions a conditional clause with the Indicative (Real 


wm 


10 


20 


* 


30 


35 


ATTIC PROSE 


Condition 79) may denote the object of feeling, but negatively 
oftener with pn than ov. 

‘Did yow impart all this useful knowledge to your wife, asks 
Socrates of Ischomachus, ‘ or did she bring it from the home of her 
parents?’ ‘No, indeed!” replies Ischomachus; od yap d&yamrnrév 
cou doxel elvar, ei povov HAGEv emiotapevn Epra TapaAdaBovoa twatvov 
drrodeifar; 41 17: ze. ‘Are you not content, that (if) when she 
came to me she should have known (knew) no more than how to 
Weave a garment, efc.?? Cf. otk aioxpor, ei und evyetpnooper (‘if 
we will not even attempt’) ouvdvres @peAciv te 7) edppaive dddy- 
Aovs; 46 13. In either of these sentences the condition, by virtue 
of the peculiar application of it, would be amenable to the law of the 
past phase ; practically, however, in the former the Aorist Indicative 
7AGev could not be replaced by the optative, were doxe? to become 
eddxet, cf. 86 4 ff. — There is a wavering between jj and od in this 
construction (the sole instance in which the subdivision of the two 
Classes is not precisely determined by the particle of negation), 
accordingly as the conditional meaning of e or the objective char- 
acter of the clause as a whole is uppermost in a given case. When 
ov is employed we should hardly expect to find it placed very near 
to «i: cf. Isocrates 1, 44 pi Oavpacys, ei toda TOV cipnuevwn od 
Tpere GOL TPOS THY Vov Tapotoav ArKiav, ‘do not be surprised if 
many of my precepts are unsuited to your present time of life.’ 

Learners must give careful attention to the past phase of the 
Real Condition of Future time, when applied as an objective con- 
ditional clause. A familiar illustration is from the Anabasis, I. 4, 7. 
Xenias and Pasion had absconded. A report went abroad that 
Cyrus was in pursuit of them. Of the Greeks, some prayed that the 
cowards might be captured; ot 8€ wxrepov, ef dAwoouTo, ‘while 
others thought it too bad if they should be taken.’ With the sym- 
pathizers the realization of the future contingency, e& dAwcovra, 
becomes an object of feeling. — Again, in The Taking of Babylon, 
the city is invested with the aid of races whom the besieged regard 
as at heart well-disposed toward themselves: rtovTwv xateyéAuv, 
evvoovpevor ei opas Ppvyes kal Avdol pvAdgouev 23 17. ‘The very 
idea, that Phrygians and Lydians are to watch us (qya@s dvAa- 
fovow)!? That is what the Babylonians were really laughing at. 

Subjective Conditional.— A conditional clause with the Sub- 


jJunctive (Circumstantial Condition 79) or the Future Indicative 


un 


10 


15 


20 


=e 


30 


35 


WRITER'S GUIDE gI 


(Real Condition 79, 80 8) may be used subjectively, when some 
design or some feeling of apprehension ts implied with reference to 
the supposed case. 

The first time Cyrus goes out hunting, Astyages sends guards 
along with him (@vAaxas oupréurer), Orws ard TOV dvotxXwpLov 
pvdarroev aiTov Kai ei TOV aypiwy TL pave’n Onpiwy B 19. One 
of the dangers that presents itself to the mind of the king and of 
the guards in their solicitude for the lad’s safety, is the possible con- 
tingency jv Tov dypiwv te pavy (‘make its appearance’) Oypiwv. 
Under the influence of the past time conveyed by the historical 
present ovpréurea, this yv gdavy becomes ei davein. — Socrates 
describes his method of investigating kaAoxaya6ia: mpOtov per, ore 
TpoceKetTo TO KaAOS TO Gy2O, OvTiva Bom KaACV, TOVTH TpOT HEL 
Kal ereipwopnv KatapavOaver, el ov lOoune tpoonpTnLevov TO KaAG 
To ayalov 40 3. ‘To begin with, seeing that “fair” was added to 
“ good,” whomsoever I saw that was fair, him I would approach and 
endeavor to make him out, hoping perchance to see the good 
attached to the fair... While ovriva idouu is an original construction 
of the optative, the vague conditional relative clause, in ef ov iouye 
we have the past phase of 7v zov idw, Subjective Conditional. 

A subordinate clause of the First class may not have the Sub- 
junctive when the time of the superior clause (being also principal 
clause) is past. But with the Subjective and the Objective Con- 
ditional the Subjunctive, or even the Future Indicative, may appear 
when the superior verb is of past time, by retention of the primary 
phase. Thus, ei dAdcovra, ei pvrdkovow, iv pavj, Hv iio 91 14 
(but zot ovtw’ Gy iéw 91 13), might have been written in the several 
passages quoted above, 90 29, 34, 915. Cf. Thucydides VII. 59 kai 
TaAXa, DV ere vavpaxeiv ot “APnvator toApnowor (‘in view of the 
Athenians still finding courage to fight by sea’), rapeoxevalovro. 
Demosthenes 19, 317 Hv 8 ovdev padrAov pa aitd KaP bpdv ord? 
ovTw mpagat, et py Pwxéas dod, ‘but not a whit the more could 
he even thus accomplish anything important against you, unless he 
should destroy the Phocians.’ 

Final of Expectation. — Analogous to subjective conditional 
clauses are those introduced by relative words meaning wmtz/, or 
mpw before (when not followed by the Infinitive), referring to an 
indefinite antecedent. With such clauses an effort of intention is 
always implied on the part of the subject of the superior verb. 


92 


10 


I 


to 


un 


5 


ATTIC PROSE 


They denote finality of expectation. When the Optative occurs it 
is never original, but always the past phase of the Subjunctive 
mode; and the Subjunctive may be retained when the verb of the 
superior clause, being also principal clause, is past. — Sole tatra 
éor’ dv dey xppoOa (‘until there be need to use them’) 44 14. 
Were ower to become éow€e, then either gore deo or €or dv dem 
might be written. —’Amnydpeve pydeva Barre, rpiv Kipos €uaAn- 
oben Onpov 12 6. What the king said was Mydets BaddAero, zpiv 
av Kipos éuaAnoO7 Onpov, ‘Let no one be for shooting, till Cys 
shall have had his fill of the sport.’ Tod éuwAnoOjvar Kipov Onpavra 
was the intention of the king. 


The Connective Particle. — “In continued discourse, every Greek 
sentence has, in general, a conjunction to connect it with what goes 
before. The absence of such connective is called asyndeton (aavv- 
derov not bound together): it is most common in explanatory sen- 
tences. Sometimes it is preferred as a livelier and more striking 
form of expression.” H. 1039. The first example of asyndeton in 
this book is rovatra érote. 4 12; the second, exBadrG oe 4 14; the 
third, recta ra Te viv 5 27; the fourth, zais peyas 71. But while in 
Greek asyndeton is the exception, with us it is the rule. In modern 
English prose only the more weighty adversative, causal, or inferen- 
tial relations are verbally expressed in introducing a new sentence. 
Due observance of this difference of idiom is highly important in 
translating. Especially the writer of Greek needs to cultivate a sense 
of the ubiquity and indispensability of the connective particle. 

The first sentence of a work, of a formal speech, or of a quoted 
remark, question, or reply, is naturally almost always asyndetic: 
60 24; 26 26,30 12; 214,45,6. Butasa dialogue proceeds, the 
interlocutors will often pay regard to the mutual relation of their 
thoughts by means of a connective, 3 9, 18, 20, 22. The first sen- 
tence of a new paragraph or chapter, or even of what is called a 
book (as the beginning of the Second Book of the Anabasis), regu- 
larly has its connective. Sometimes the initial sentence of a whole 
treatise shows a conjunction, due to a certain feeling of continuity 
of subject-matter. Examples are the beginning of the Oeconomicus 
(“Hxovea 8é zore) and that of the Symposium (AAX’ ép0t doxe?) of 
Xenophon —something more about Socrates. 

The particle ev, which always looks forward, is not a connective 


Io 


15 


20 


=a 


30 


35 


WRITER’S GUIDE 93 


in any sense. If it stands alone, there is asyndeton, as 60 24 (the 
beginning of the Cynegeticus). The connective very often imme- 
diately follows pev: pev yap, pev dy, pev ovv. The particle cor- 
relative to pev is always a connective: usually d¢, often pevror 2 18, 
in Xenophon sometimes ye pyv L1r. Whenxai. . . 82 occurs, d€¢ is 
the connective, cai ‘even’ or ‘also,’ 6 4,13 2, 4,13. A connective 
that is apt to be slighted by learners in writing Greek is ydp, espe- 
cially when its force is rather explanatory than causal, 1 12, 3 9, 5 
1, 3, 7 23. Tap explanatory is like ‘namely,’ but lighter, and is 
rarely represented by any word in English. To omit it in Greek 
is to produce the most usual form of asyndeton, as 7 1. 

Parataxis of pév.— Since ev is an anticipatory word, preparing ~ 
the mind for something that is to follow, by way of comparison, 
opposition, or limitation — for this reason, what appears in English 
as a subordinate member of the sentence will in Greek often more 
naturally take the form of a pe clause, codrdinated (zaparetaypévov) 
with what follows. £.g. ‘While the girl placed the crown upon 
the head of Cyrus, Cyaxares said, efc.:’ 9 pev b) rats éotedpavov 
tov Kipov, 6 d& Kvagapys etre, xtA. 25 26, cf. 57 21,23 12. But 
parataxis of pe oftener indicates logical than temporal relations. 
Thus, dact pev ex apernv aye Tovs véous, ayovar 6 ext TovvavTiov, 
‘although (while) they profess to lead the young to what is good, 
they really lead them in the opposite direction,’ 62 12, cf 15 f. 
The English idiom, however, is not lacking in paratactic equiva- 
lents of pev: ‘to be sure,’ ‘indeed, ‘it is true,’ (Lat. guide), 
10 3, 26 10, 57 28. Sometimes our ‘while’ answers not to per, 
but to dé, 2 11. 

Aorist and Imperfect. — The distinction of zzdefinztum and tmper- 
fectum, which the Greek marks with ease by the stem-form merely, is 
brought to view in English by means of a variety of devices. In 
turning English into Greek the form of expression becomes greatly 
simplified by skilful use of the Aorist and Imperfect stems. Shades of 
meaning can be thereby distinguished which we express by the use 
of radically different words. To ‘ascertain’ is rvOéo6a: 40 24; to 
‘inquire,’ ‘get accounts,’ ruvOaverOar 8 22, 12 26; to ‘bring down’ 
a wild boar, xatacxeiv 9 18; to ‘control’ horses, ‘have in keeping’ a 
country, xatéyev 49 8, 16 1, 4. Some verbs are naturally aoristic 
in their signification, while others are natural imperfects; and this 
truth helps to explain certain matters of stem formation and usage 


94 


10 


“: 


20 


= 


35 


40 


ATTIC PROSE 


in Greek.! Thus, ‘to arrive’ is essentially an aorist, ‘to be able’ 
an imperfect; accordingly aduxéeoOar is of more frequent occurrence 
than ddixvetobai, but dvvacGac more usual than duvnfjva. The 
Historical Present, however, which stands for a Past-Aorist and is 
exceedingly common in Greek, helps to bring into familiar use the 
Imperfect stem of words of vitally aoristic signification, rérre 9 6, 
24 16, etpicxovow 24 25, y’yvovra 25 16. 

The Past-Aorist (or the historical present) is the tense of narra- 
tion; the Past-Imperfect, that of description: where the one would 
simply inform us of a fact, the other presents a picture of the scene. 
The English periphrastic form (they ‘were crowning’ him) is of 
restricted range, in comparison with its simple Greek counterpart, 
éotehavovv 57 21. Hence many idiomatic phrases must be con- 
densed in translating into Greek: he ‘ would never leave’ his grand- 
father, ovSérore drréeute TOV wammov 7 24; ‘gave eager attention’ 
to all these instructions, tavra Tatra éuavOave mpofipws 9 3; ‘pro- 
ceeded to give’ the game to the boys, éd/dov Trois warot ra Onpia 10 
12; the water ‘began to move’ (€xwper) down the ditches, 23 27, ° 
57 27. The idiom of “begin” illustrated in the last example is 
always represented by an Imperfect in Greek, and must not be 
confounded with the Ingressive Aorist; so when ézrei ( fostguam), 
which usually takes the Aorist, has an Imperfect ; ézret wapeoxevalero 
(‘had begun to get ready’) 5 17. — Similar idioms are to be noted 
for the Aorist: he ‘came to see,’ éyyw 8 17,19 11; were to ‘make 
its appearance,’ dave/n 8 21; ‘with a cast of the javelin,’ dxovricas 
9 9; ‘falling sick,’ aoOevyoavtos (Ingressive Aorist) 7 23.— 
Especially noteworthy is the use of the Aorist in Greek where ‘ve 
need a perfect, pluperfect, or future perfect form: depOepay 8 25, 
KatakpnpvicOnvar 9 1, nKkovoev 9 5, €AGou 9 13, Aa Be 9 21,60 (‘have 
given’) 9 26. The Greek Perfect stem is to be studiously avoided 
by the writer in such cases. 

1 Verbs whose vital meaning is aoristic have the second aorist; but the 
natural imperfects have the frs¢ aorist form. Ina Greek dictionary verbs 
should be registered by the Infinitive of the Ao7zs¢ stem, when a second 
aorist is in use; of the /merfect stem, when a first aorist is in use, or when 
there is no aorist. This method, formatively as well as rationally the true 
one, would convey the right impression as to meaning and predominant 
usage, and would prevent radically different words, such as éde?y and 
aipetv, é\ety and €pxesOa, from being treated as if they were forms of the 


same verb. 
a 


wn 


10 


” 


20 


= 


35 


WRITER'S GUIDE 95 


The Perfect Stem.— The Perfect stem, under all modal forms, 
denotes a fixed state or condition that has been arrived at as the 
result of some action or occurrence. It differs from what is known as 
the perfect in English, mainly in the fact that in Greek the emphasis, 
even in the active or the middle voice, is rather upon the state or 
condition than upon the action or occurrence from which it resulted. 
‘Yrjxoov reroinpevos Tov “ApaBiwv Baciiéa 14 19: not, “having 
made” subject to himself, which would usually be zounodpevos, but 
rather ‘the king of Arabia now his subject.’ “Eornxora abtov kal 
eomacpevov Tov aklwakyy evpicKovot 24 24: not, “having drawn” his 
sword, but rather, standing ‘ with his sword drawn.’ In independent 
sentences the Indicative forms of the Perfect stem, the Present-Per- 
fect and the Past-Perfect, are usually equivalent to the perfect or the 
pluperfect in English: cf. 2 18, 5 8, 7 14,8 6,11 4,18 10. But 
in dependent clauses, and in many participial and infinitive con- 
structions, the English perfects are mostly represented by the 
Aorist stem, 94 27. Many Greek perfects, however, stand for 
what seems to be an Imperfect (usually labelled “ present”) in the 
modern idiom: dedevat, éotavar (€péoryKev ‘is in charge’ 43 6), 
KexAnobar 40 25, KexTnoOar, pepvnoba, repvKevar 43 20, TeOvavat, 
and others. Here especially the distinctness of form in the Greek 
is a safeguard against mental confusion and vagueness. To any 
but a thoughtful writer the Perfect stem will prove elusive: ‘I was 
afraid there might be poison mixed in the bowl’ (two perfects), 
edcdolkey pr) Ev TO KpaTHpL Pappaka peurypeva ein & 23; ‘all cov- 
ered with blood,’ nyatwpéva 10 4; ‘that there was a house set apart 
for him,’ ore ofkos atta €&npypcvos ein 25 19; ‘happened to be 
posted on the left wing,’ éruyev éxl TO ehwvipw Képate TeTaAypEVvOS 
38 15; ‘are spread wide open,’ avarérravra 48 15; ‘in flight,’ 
mehevyotas 57 26. 

Infinitive and Participle. — The Participle, by virtue of its adjecti- 
val form, denotes an action or a state of being as immediately apper- 
taining to the subject or object with which it stands in agreement. 
Thus, being at once verb and adjective, it is adapted to supplement 
a predication in nearly the same way as a clause with drt or os, 
denoting an object of perception, would supplement one. In such 
construction the Participle denotes a more direct or immediate per- 
ception than the clause: compare xatéua6ov (by seeing the drinkers 
tipsy) pdppaka byiy avrov éyxéavra 4 26, with xatéuafoy (by infer- 


5 


10 


20 


ty 
wn 


Oo 
Ww 


ATTIC PROSE 


ence) drt Toit ap hv % ionyopia S 10. Not only verbs of physical 
or mental perception, however, but others, such as ‘ begin,’ ‘ continue,’ 
‘cease,’ efc., with which ws and ore are inadmissible, are naturally 
supplemented by the Participle. See the lists, H. 981-985. 

The Infinitive, on the other hand, a substantive, capable of stand- 
ing (when not accompanied by the article) in no closer agreement 
than that of apposition, and thus denoting a looser relation than the 
participle, remains to serve for the expression of ofinion. Accord- 
ingly ofeo@ax and its synonyms, together with ¢ava, take the supple- 
mentary Infinitive only, never the participle, nor an objective clause 
with 67t or ws. Of the common verbs of saying, other than ¢davat, 
the declarative clause is required by eizety (except in the meaning 
‘command’ 54 24), while A€yev admits either construction. But 
in the active voice A€yew takes dre or ws oftener than the infinitive. 

avat, eletv and A€yav.— The usage thus sketched is helpful 
towatd an appreciation of the shades of meaning conveyed by the 
several synonyms. @avat, the verb of affirmation, reveals an ethical 
kinship with the oteo@ax group, while eizety shows nothing in common 
therewith, and Acyeu (so €pe, eipyxa) is unstable. 

oler Oat, Soxeiv, Hycto Par, vopiferv.— The verbs of thinking them- 
selves betray no difference of signification, so far as regards the 
construction which follows them (barring the occasional use of the 
participle with voucZew in the meaning ‘ consider”); otherwise, how- 
ever, they have their several distinct suggestions: oteo Oar, of surmise, 
fancy; doxeivy, imagination, belief (d0€a) ; wyetoOat, advancing or 
holding an opinion (cf. Lat. ducere); vopilew (vopos), regard of 
custom or convention. Aoxety, mostly to ‘seem,’ sometimes (except 
in the 3d pers. sing.) to ‘think’ 19 16, 31 16, 34 7; impersonally, 
with the dative, doxe?, éd0f€ pot, ‘it seems good’ or ‘best,’ ‘I 
resolved,’ ‘decreed,’ ‘determined.’ Finally, doxetv, as its specific 
meaning would lead one to expect, is the verb of dreaming, 29 23. 

yvavar. — Tvevat, as the verb of mind-perception, is nearly related 
in signification to aicécOa, the verb of sense-percepticn, with its 
specific parts ideiv, 6pav, axovev, efc. Properly, therefore, yv@vat 
requires the supplementary participle, not the infinitive. But sincee 
mental perception or insight (yv@ots) is ina high degree personal and 
fallible, yv@vai may, in certain connections, verge closely upon doxety 
or vouilev, and take a supplementary infinitive. Of the “finding” 
of a judge, éyvwy BéAtuv eivae xTA. 7 4. The judge yryvwoxe, 





Io 


a5 


= 


3° 


35 


WRITER’S GUIDE 97 


‘sees,’ ‘recognizes,’ the bearings of the matter in hand. He forms 
a judgment, more or less satisfactory to himself, upon the case pre- 
sented. But to the public, for whom the decision is rendered, he 
has only declared an “ opinion” (d0€a). Hence the Infinitive. 
daiverbar, axovev.— Similarly dzodexvivat, exceptionally with 
infinitive, of what the /aw ‘ ordains,’ ‘ pronounces,’ 43 27. — Again, 
gaiveoOa properly calls for the participle, as of something visible or 
apparent; but, since appearances are apt to be deceptive, it inclines 
often toward the meaning of doxety and takes an infinitive, 33 8. So 
‘seem’ and ‘appear’ are frequently interchangeable in English. “Axov- 
ew likewise, where matters of “hearsay” are concerned, may take 
the infinitive construction, 1 18 (but cf. 13 1), 20 25, 21 6, 23 22. 

While, therefore, the meaning of oiec@at, doxetv, davat is such 
that they can never have the participle, nor an objective clause; 
while, for the same reason, aio@éoGar and most of its sub-congeners 
can never have the infinitive: yet there are other verbs, whose shift- 
ing functions of expression, ranging as they do over the middle 
ground between the extremes indicated, enable them to have either 
of the two constructions, or at times require them to have that con- 
struction which to their strict primal signification would be inappro- 
priate. The mind of the Greek writer moved, here as elsewhere, 
not in accordance with established canons of language, but according 
to the sense, inevitably and surely. 

Adjuncts of Infinitive or Participle.— When the subject of an 
Infinitive is the same as that of the principal verb, it is not usually 
expressed in Greek. “OQuwere dptota adew (‘that your singing was 
of the best’) 5 5: what they swore was, dpiota adovev. “Edacay 
KaTepetv avtov (‘that they would inform against him’) 9 13: they 
said, xatepodpev cov. Cf. 59 8,15, 60 5 f., 62 12, 46 18,23. Predi- 
cate nouns with the Infinitive then appear in the nominative case: 
avOpwrovs oipo ixavos elvat BeAtiovs vovety 46 25, 20 21, of. 59 5 
(meytoTos). “Sometimes, for the sake of emphasis or contrast, the 
subject of the principal verb is expressed also with the Infinitive; it 
may then stand either in the nominative or the accusative, but atros 
is usually nominative.” H. 940 b. “Ia@o6at aités 70 tpadua dyer 
37 11: Ctesias said, iduyv aités (or éyo) TO tpatya. Cf. 39 13. 
The same principle of case-construction applies to the supplementary 
Participle: éwedav yv@ow amiotovpevor, ‘when they have come to 
feel that they are disbelieved,’ 19 10. But 209 éyvwv éuavTov py 

ATTIC PROSE — 7 


98 


10 


to 


wa 


ATTIC PROSE 


ixavov (sc. Ovra) duiv waxeoOa is preferred by the writer to the usual 
éyvey 7) ixavos ov. 

Personal and Impersonal. — A similar idiom is the Greek prefer- 
ence of the personal construction in most cases where either the 
personal or the impersonal would be grammatical. The adjectives 
dpAos, déxatos, Pavepos must be used personally, as far as possible, 
in writing Greek. ‘It was clear to ali that he was exceedingly 
alarmed,’ djAos jv waow ort trepedoBelro 7 25, cf. 16. ‘It is right 
for me to recount,’ décards ews A€yeev 27 1. ‘He was not seen to 
rejoice thereat,’ otx é@nobeis havepds éyévero 59 19. — The personal 
construction is required also with the verbs doxety ‘seem’ and éouxé- 
vat ‘be likely.” Thus doxe? 43 11 and éd0fe 40 28 are necessarily 
personal: were they impersonal, the meaning would be different (96 
28), as 40 8,13. So the meaning of éd0fev 29 23 would not have 
allowed the accusative and infinitive to follow it. "Eoue 31 20, 
33 g Ras Wvy7 for its subject, cf. 9 29, 42 11, also 43 11.— Verbs 
of saying have in the passive voice, presumptively, the personal con- 
struction, 1 1,2f., 5, 10; but sometimes there are especial reasons 
for preferring the impersonal. Thus, Acyerat 3 11 stands imperson- 
ally, because it enters by way of variation (as it were parenthetically) 
in a passage beginning tov Kipoy €dacay Acyav 3 5. Xenophon 
here will keep up strictly the appearance of a tradition, hence is prone 
to retain the odligue case-form, tov d¢ Kipov (A€yerar) 311. Cf.13 
12, 13,15,20. H.944a.— Especially in connection with a Potential 
Infinitive or Participle must the difference between the ancient and 
modern forms of expression be carefully observed. ‘I believe that 
you could make the best of conjectures as to this matter,’ dpior’ av 
pot doxeis eixacat TovTO 211, 33 6. Kipos, ei €Biwoev, apiotos av 
doxei apywv yevéoGa, ‘Cyrus, it seems to me, would have proved 
an excellent ruler, had he lived, 38 4. Whether the form in Eng- 
lish be personal or impersonal, the Greek equivalent is invariable 
when the meaning requires doxety, djAos, etc. 

Temporal Relations. — For the expression of Future time in depen- 
dent constructions the Greek, with its Infinitive, Participle, and Opta- 
tive of the Future stem, is explicit and more distinct than the English. 
Our idiom is apt to obscure and confuse the future and the potential 
idea when they come to be dependent upon a verb of past time. 
Thus, in translating the following passages it would require both skill 
and effort to preserve the important distinction between the Future 











10 


=) 


25 


35 


WRITER’S GUIDE 99 


and the Potential Optative or Infinitive. "Evoyulev, ci tovs Mydovs 
dobeveis woujcee, TavTwv ye Tov wéepi€ padiws apfew 14 21: the 
thought of the Assyrian king was, jv tovs Mijdous dobeveis torneo, 
mavTwv ... apf. But, again, éAeyoy ws, ei éyw HeAown apyew, 
mavtes &v euot weGowro 20 15: the flatterers said, ci ov é6éAos 
apxXelv, zavtes Gv cot weHowro. In the next pair, instead of Future 
Infinitive and Potential Optative we have Future Optative and Poten- 
tial Infinitive. Et rus wm AndGecn, (knpitrew) 67t GavaTacoro 25 3: 
the couriers were to proclaim, qv tts é£w AndO7, Gavatooerar. But, 
again, was idwrys zAovcws av weto yeveoba, i tt Kipw yapicato 
29 Io: 7.€. wAovaws Gy yevoipny, et Tt Kipw xapioan. 

Dependent relations of Past time, on the contrary, are conveyed 
in Greek largely by implication or suggestion, where the English 
equivalent must be explicit. The Indicative is the only mode that 
can express time, except upon the future stem: the Infinitive, the 
Participle, and the Optative of the other stems have no temporal 
value, as present or past; they are of action, their office being to 
denote what is complete, incomplete, or indefinite. By virtue of 
these qualities, however, which our language has no simple forms to 
embody, the Greek Aorist, Perfect, and Imperfect stems help the 
temporal relation to be inferred from the context without ambiguity 
in cases where some other modal form than the Indicative is needed. 
In the sentence quoted 98 25 we know that dpicros av yeveoOau 
is equivalent to the Potential of the Past, dpustos ay éyévero, partly 
from history, partly from the form of the condition & éSiwcev. 
Under other circumstances, or with a different context, the mean- 
ing might equally well have been dpiotos av yevorto. — Pow tour- 
Thv éxov Siapwnpoveverat 1 10: here, the facts of the case show that 
exer is for 67t efxe, while another context might have suggested éru 
exe. Cf. 38 18, where PirodpoveioGa is seen to stand for ore 
€dirogpovetro, not ditodpovetrar; and above 97 32.— The Aorist 
infinitive and participle do, by virtue of the essential meaning of the 
stem (which forms an Indicative of the Past only), usually fall with 
a temporal relation that is past or prior. Yet often otherwise. 
Kad@s ézoinoas zpoetxwy, ‘you have done well to forewarn me’ 
(not “in Aaving forewarned me ™). 11 25,9 4,59 19. Thus always 
with ruxety, Aabetv, etc. “Hdn rarore 7 Saxotoa Kaxov Ti cot édwKxev 
7) Aaxtioaca, ‘did she ever harm you by biting or kicking?’ (‘give 
you a bite or a kick’), 51 10.—"Edofey airé zpoceAGwy xpeitTwv 


100 ATTIC PROSE 


uw 


+ fe) 


ms 


20 


25 


30 


35 


Tis 7) Kata avOpwrov eizety, KTA., ‘seemed to say’ (not “to have 
said”), 29 23.— The range of the Optative, whether Aorist or Im- 
perfect or Perfect, is unlimited as to time. In the passage quoted 
91 12 neither 6vrwa (Soe nor ei rov ido has a temporal signifi- 
cance of its own, though in the premises the former gains a past, 
the latter a future, point of view. — The Subjunctive mode contains 
no positive indications of time; but negatively, the Past is excluded 
from its range of application. 

It will be observed that in English the supplementary participle 
can be used only as an Imperfect; an aoristic notion we must 
express by an infinitive. Evdev €Aadov éxrydyoacay, ‘he saw a 
deer jump (inf.) out, 9 4: but ede Kampov mporpepopevov, ‘saw 
a wild boar rushing toward him,’ 916. If not supplementary, the 
English participle may be aoristic when the meaning of the verb is 
appropriate, 93 37; and the gratuitous use of the perfect active 
participle in translating Greek aorists is an unscholarly habit. It is 
true that the Greek is enabled by its clear distinction of stem-forms 
to employ the combination of participle and verb to denote succes- 
sive actions more freely than our idiom permits; hence such a com- 
bination must frequently be used in writing Greek, where two verbs 
occur in English: ‘he dreamt that a shape came to him and said, 
etc., éokev aitd tpooeAOuyv Ts cireiy 29 23, 30 21 f. Nevertheless, 
the ancient and the modern idiom are very often strictly the same: 
ciro@v (‘exclaiming,’ not “having exclaimed”), Tov dvépa 6pa, tero 
ér aitov 37 8. So yeAdoas ‘smiling’ 40 27, ddixopevor ‘arriving’ 
57 18, dp&apevor ‘beginning’ 62 5, aicOdpevos ‘perceiving’ (not 
“having perceived”) 8 8. 

—suddenly 
Seeing (iddév) Orlando, it unlink’d itself. 
As You Like It, 1V.'3: 
So speaking (eizwyv), and here ceasing, Lancelot left 
The hall long silent. 
The Holy Grail, ad fin. 


Simplicity. —“ Attempt to translate into Greek one of Pitt’s or 
Mirabeau’s discourses, or an extract from Addison or Nicole, and you 
will be obliged to recast and transpose the thought; you will be led 
to find for the same thoughts expressions more akin to facts and to 
concrete experience; a flood of light will heighten the prominence 


Io 


15 


20 


25 


30 


35 


WRITER’S GUIDE IOI 


of all the truths and of all the errors ; that which you were wont to 
call natural and clear will seem to you affected and semi-obscure, 
and you will perceive by force of contrast why, among the Greeks, 
the instrument of thought being more simple, it did its office better 
and with less effort.”! The turning of English into Greek is indeed 
at once a simplifying and an illuminating process—a clearing of 
the ground, a tracking inward, a revelation finally of the mind’s 
elementary and truest movements. In Attic prose the thought is 
written large. Its essential features are presented in an outline 
sketch, gracious of form and rich in color, but never blurred by 
accretions. Much that we must explicitly enunciate, the Greek 
author only points at; but his indications are plain and unmistak- 
able. Straightforward the reader pursues his way, with lightsome 
step —like the Attics of old del dia Aapmrporarov Baivovtes aps 
aidépos. It is the privilege of the student of Greek to escape, for 
the time being, from an intellectual world of anxious explicitness, 
clouded and perplexed withal, to one of exhilaration, clairvoyance, 
unveiled realities pure and simple. 

In one of its aspects the simplicity of the Greek language is the 
modified simplicity of unification and compression. A single word- 
form can suggest a whole series of relations that are set forth piece- 
meal in modern phrase. The action-stems, the modes, the tenses, 
the voices — their several intimations are conveyed to the mind in 
one impulse. The illustrations of this truth are familiar even to the 
beginner; and such forms will appeal to him successfully in propor- 
tion as he is led to note how far each one of them is self-eluci- 
dating, and how far it shines with borrowed light. — A like unity of 
comprehensiveness is exemplified in Case construction and usage. 
Each genitive, each dative, each accusative readily adapts itself 
to the environment, and the principle involved is readily grasped 
by the learner who is encouraged to depend upon a quick intuitive 
touch, not mystified and confounded by the crude rules and empty 
names of a minute, excessive subdivision. Szzéle confuso est, guid- 
quid usque in pulverem sectum est. Your thoroughbred gram- 
marian will take three cases and make three hundred of them. Yet 
the Greeks themselves were nearer to the sources of illumination. 
Thus each apparently assumed that every other was armed with the 
divining-rod of common sense. 


1H. Taine, Art in Greece, translated by John Durand. 


102 ATTIC PROSE 


10 


15 


= 


35 


40 


That phase of simplicity which consists in the use of generic terms 
that must be resolved into specific ones to meet the exigencies of 
modern expression, is widely and variously illustrated in Greek, and 
is the chief source of the concreteness for which the language is dis- 
tinguished. Thus, Adyos appears in English as ‘tale,’ ‘discourse,’ 
‘subject,’ ‘argument,’ ‘reason,’ e¢c. Proper and metaphorical mean- 
ings, calling for separate designation in our idiom, are apt to be served 
by one word or by the several forms of the same word. Consider, for 
example, the many ways in which xataorjvat, kafioravat must be 
translated. Mere stem-form does duty for a host of explicit terms.} 
The three modes, while they exhibit in a striking manner the pre- 


1 Every language must of course work more or less by suggestion and 
implication, in one direction or another. The Greek is remarkable for 
combining the utmost precision and lucidity with the greatest simplicity. 
"Edvvacbe, poteratis, ‘ye could,’ are all similarly ambiguous: whether the 
state of being able at a particular past time, or of being able repeatedly in 
the past, is meant, we do not yet know. Ei dvacralynre dpynodbmevor, od’ 
dpbovabar édvvacbe 5 6: now we know that what is here meant by éd0vacOe 
is the state of being able repeatedly in the past—the ability or inability 
to do something or other every “me on getting up to dance. This we 
know because a particular-past édsvac@e would be inconsistent with the 
essential meaning of the Optative mode, which appears in the limiting 
clause. But that limiting clause, the condition ef dvacralyre (76 dvacr7- 
vat), while supplying the specific interpretation of édvvacde, is itself com- 
pletely vague and incapable of specific interpretations. When we say 
that the “ point of view” is past or future, we mean merely that the sen- 
tence as a whole is of past or of future time; or when we say that a 
condition of this form is sometimes not an original construction, but the 
past phase of another mode, we do not thereby describe an inherent quality 
of the clause, constituting a specific difference; we merely advance, for 
the sentence as a whole, a ¢heory of explanation.—In English the case 
is entirely different. To begin with, there is no Optative mode. The sense 
of the passage quoted can be expressed in a great variety of ways, all of 
them rather explicit, none of them very simple. Some would attack the 
sentence at the beginning, some at the end, some on both sides at once. 
We might say, ‘If (ever) you stood up to dance, you were unable even to 
hold yourselves erect,’ or, ‘If you stood up to dance, you were never able 
even to hold yourselves erect’; or, in case we happened to be very anx- 
ious to make our meaning clear, we could say, ‘If you ever stood up to 
dance, you were a/ways unable even to hold yourselves erect.’ See Good- 
win, Greek Moods and Tenses, § 462, translation of the first example in 
the last paragraph on p. 170. 


wal 


I 


20 


25 


30 


35 


WRITER’S GUIDE 103 


cision of Greek insight into the fundamental processes of thought, 
are yet content to mark off the essential only. The Vague Poten- 
tial comes to be fairly shivered to fragments in English: etzous av, 
‘you might,’ ‘can,’ ‘could,’ ‘ would speak,’ ‘you may speak if you 
please,’ ‘hadn’t you better speak,’ e¢c. Even the Indicative mode, 
with its temporal attachments, is not to be excepted: the Greek 
Indicative of the future answers to both / shall and / will, expres- 
sions based upon a distinction which we are accustomed to regard 
as of serious moment. The ubiquitous connective particle might 
seem, at first blush, to form an exception to the characteristic we 
have been considering. But the exception is merely apparent. Con- 
junctions pertain to contour, not to color or filling. Asyndeton is 
broken outline. 


DIRECTIONS FOR USING THE BOOK 


This book is designed to furnish materials and _ facilities for 
extensive practice in the writing of Attic Prose by beginners (while 
they are reading the Anabasis) before the stage of original composi- 
tion has been reached. Such writing should always take the form 
of connected discourse, never that of detached sentences intended 
to illustrate particular rules of grammar; and it should be made so 
easy that learners may do a great deal, very often, spontaneously 
and naturally, without severe mental effort. It must proceed by the 
following steps: —(1) neat and accurate copying, by the page or 
paragraph; (2) the writing of Greek at hearing, from dictation ; 
(3) re-translation, or writing from memory; (4) “e-combination, a 
sort of writing that is partly by memory, partly by imitation. 

It is indispensable that some facility in copying and in writing 
Greek at hearing be first acquired. An advance can then be made 
to re-translation, pure and simple, by the use of one of the English 
Exercises intended therefor: The Taking of Babylon (128), Ischo- 
machus’ Instructions (145), Battle of Coronea (162), Hunting as 
Education (166). Most learners will be led to commit the original 
Greek to memory, little by little, in connection with this work. 

The other Exercises have not been systematically constructed or 
arranged; nor has it been attempted to utilize to the utmost the 
material offered by each model, but room has been left for teachers 


104 ATTIC PROSE 





and students to frame supplementary exercises to suit themselves. 
Many of the Exercises in the book will be found to present but little 
variation from their respective models. There will be need of care- 
ful attention, however, in distinguishing between what is variation 
5 and what is translation— between essential departures from the 
thought of the original passage and such unessential amplifications 
or formal alterations as have resulted merely from the difference 
between the ancient and the modern idiom. Thus, in the first sen- 
tence of the first Exercise (107), there is no real departure from 
10 the model until we come to the omission of ouoAoyeira: 1 2; then 
there is some variation that consists in both omission and re-com- 
bination, the latter part of the sentence becoming pyrpos dé May- 
darns THs Acrvayous Gvyatpds To Mydwr yevopevov Baciiews. In 
the second sentence éuoAoyetra: appears, replacing Aeyerat xai aderar 
15 €rt al viv tro Tov BapBapev 1 5.—In case of doubt as to this 
matter, on the part of any who are unaccustomed to real translation, 
the presumption is that the words of Xenophon are to be reproduced, 
as nearly as they can be remembered. 
In general, the following rules of procedure must be observed in 
20 using the book : — 
I. No writing will ever be attempted until the appropriate model 
is intimately and truly known. 
The several models are to be learned through intensive study 
directed upon the Greek text, and through repeated reading of the 
25 Greek aloud, so as to gather the thoughts in the order of their 
presentation, and comprehend the whole meaning exactly as the 
author intended to convey it. This cannot be done by translating ; 
of translating there must be none. Written tests will be taken 


1 Intensive study begins and ends with the reading of the Greek — 

30 reading accompanied by thought, always with alert attention, never when 
tired or indifferent to the book. It includes, frs¢, investigation or close 
observation of every word—the value of the word as determined by the 
proper, radical signification (apart from such metaphorical or secondary 
meaning as may be indicated by the context), by the form (not analytically 

35 Viewed, but concretely, as involving the point of the grammatical construc- 
tion and rhetorical application at hand), and, as in the case of minor words, 

by the logical relations of the thought; secondly, observation of the effects 

of sound and arrangement — the right division or articulation in reading, 

* rhythmical quality of the period with its cola and commata, the quantita- 
40 tive value of the vowels and the syllables, intonation and sentence-accent, 


—— 


3 EXERCISES AND GUIDE 


5 


10 


35 


105 


upon no part of any Exercise until the reading and study of the 
corresponding selection from Xenophon have been finished, and a 
new selection has been assigned. Thus, if re-translation is to be 
done, and The Taking of Babylon (21) has been chosen for the 


all in connection with the order of the words and the whole resulting sense; 
thirdly, inquiry into matters of fact of a historical, geographical, or anti- 
quarian character, so far as this may be needed to elucidate the author's 
meaning. 

Some minds rapidly assimilate minutiae, with great precision and com- 
paratively little effort, because they are satisfied with nothing short of a 
perfectly distinct image or concept (to which an exact knowledge of details 
is essential), and are thus naturally led to a habit of fine observation in 
reading. Other minds are hardly capable of intensive study of the phe- 
nomena of language in intelligible combinations, or even of understanding 
its importance; they are content to deal with a Greek or a Latin book, not 
by the imagination, but in a sort of algebraic way, by the use of purely 
verbal or literal contrivances. Learners, accordingly, must be left largely 
to their own devices, as far as the finer study of the models is concerned. 
The proof of it will be in their wor%s ; and the stimulus should be applied 
negatively, through the criticism or reprehension of oral and written per- 
formance, rather than by positive precept. So far as some real reading 
and real writing comes to be done, it is well; while the boy or girl who 
is versed in pseudo-translation and the syntax catechism, but can neither 
read nor write, has gained nothing — évéuara yap otx Gv radetceiar. 

The periods devoted to writing (there should be at least two weekly, 
along with three given to the Anabasis) may well be divided between the 
test occupying the latter part of the hour, and some discussion, during the 
first ten or fifteen minutes, of the preceding exercise—the papers now 
returned to their authors with corrections. The Anabasis ought to be read 
more rapidly in connection with the Writer of Attic Prose than would be 
feasible without such an accompaniment; the intensive study that would 
otherwise need to be given to portions of the Anabasis can be replaced by 
that due to the Writer, while, on the other hand, most of the oral practice 
demanded by the Writer might well be conjoined to the recitation of the 
Anabasis. Thus, members of the class in the Anabasis will always bring the 
Writer with them, holding themselves in readiness to recite such portions 
of either book or of both books as have been duly studied and prepared. 

It is taken for granted that the Anabasis is read im Greeé. A Greek 
book can no more be read in English than an English book can be 
read in Greek or in Latin. Daily translation is waste and corruption. 
Translation is by far too important and valuable an exercise to be allowed 
to degenerate into sham and drivel. Only asmall part of what is read can 
be translated. Of the Anabasis, for example, one chapter in each Book 


106 ATTIC PROSE 


ES 


20 


= 


30 


35 


purpose, there will be no written test until the whole of The Taking 
of Babylon has been read and studied, and the reading and study 
of Battle of Coronea (56), or of some other model, have begun. 

Il. Zhe daily proficiency of learners must be tested, never by 
means of written work “handed in,” but always by performances 
in the class-room, with the book closed. 

The stage of copying is supposed to have been passed before 
re-translation or re-combination begins. — For each test, the books 
will be laid aside, and the teacher will dictate to the class, or put 
upon the blackboard, a part of some Exercise at which they have 
been privately working in connection with the reading and study of 
the model. — Sufficient matter should be presented on each occasion 
to keep the best scholar in the class busy during the time allowed, 
the others to write no more than they can severally do well, without 
hurry or anxiety. 

lil. Ad written work will be minutely criticised in writing, pro- 
vided it be sufficiently well performed to deserve credit or criticism. 

The marks should bear upon (1) details of orthography and 
grammatical construction, and (2) the order of the words and the 
idiomatic character of the writing. Give no credit for any perform- 
ance, as a whole, that is defaced by flagrant grammatical error or 
other forms of illegibility; nor for such portions of a composition 
as have clearly been made in a mechanical way, z.e. rather by rule 
than by force of sympathy and reminiscence. 

Students depending upon self-instruction can correct their own 
writing partly by the aid of grammar and lexicon, partly by com- 
parison with the Greek text upon which it has been based. Never 
make use of such a thing as an “ English-Greek ” dictionary, but if at 
a loss for a word, ask Xenophon about it—7z.e. read over your models, 
cr read new ones or a chapter or two of the Anabasis, until the right 
expression finally presents itself.— In re-translating, if embarrassed 
by a too tenacious memory, increase your pace, and leave a longer 
interval between the study of the model and the written test. Go 
by the maxim: Wedll-got, well-forgotten. 


might be assigned for translation work, to be elaborated in English, little 
by little, after it has been read and explained in the class-room. The 
translations presented from time to time must always be zz writing. Each 
student should be called upon publicly to defend at every point the trans- 
lation which he offers, as the candidate for a degree must defend his thesis. 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 


Cyrus the Great: his Lineage and Native Qualities 


The father of Cyrus is said to have been Cambyses, 
king of the Persians; his mother, Mandane, daughter 
of Astyages, who was king of the Medes. It is agreed 
that Cyrus was very handsome in person; of kindly 

5 disposition, fond of learning, and ambitious — ready 
to endure any sort of toil or danger for the sake of 
applause. Such in mind and body was our hero, ac- 
cording to national songs in which he is celebrated even 
to this day. It is also well remembered how he was 

1o educated in the Persian mode. 


The Boy Cyrus at the Court of Media 


The details of this education we pass over. When, 
however, Cyrus was about twelve years of age, the king 
of Media, hearing that his grandson far excelled his 
mates, conceived a desire to see the boy. Accordingly 

15 Mandane paid a visit to her father, taking Cyrus with 
her. Upon their arrival Astyages could note for him- 
self the superior qualities of the child. He learned 
1. Guide 71. 4. person, disposition: antithetic, Guide 75. 6. en- 

dure: synonyms 49 10, 50 25, 516 7f. 6... Towadrny Exew €xetvos 

@oerac kTX. 9. how: 6015 f. 11. Ta uw. ody Kal’ Exacta THs 7. T. Tapar 

12. The subjects cannot have a prominent position.— years of age: 41 14. 

14. conceived a desire: Ingressive Aorist, H. 841, G. 1260, B. 529. — to see: 


antithetic to ‘hearing’ above. 16, for himself: a’rés. 17. superior quali- 
ties: z.¢e. his kaNoxayaGla 39. 


107 


108 ATTIC PROSE 


quickly whatever he had to learn, and everything he 
was seen to do was done in a handsome and manly 
way. 

The Median dress and modes of life were not so 
plain and inexpensive as the Persian. Accordingly, when 


wn 


Cyrus beheld this royal personage, his mother’s father, 
wearing his neck-chains and his armlets, and decked 
out with paint and false hair, as he gazed upon him he 
exclaimed, ‘Oh, mother, what a beautiful grandfather 
10 I have got!” To his mother’s question, whether the 
Medes or the Persians seemed to him the handsomer, 
Cyrus made the apt reply, that while the garments and 
ornaments of the Medes were very beautiful, he had 
seen by far the handsomest #zez among the Persians at 
15 home. 
However, Cyrus was soon wearing collars and brace- 
lets of his own. Child as he was, naturally fond of 
honor and of beautiful things, he was delighted with 
the fine dress in which his grandfather clothed him. 
20 And he was particularly glad to learn to ride. In 
Persia, owing to the difficulty of raising horses, moun- 
tainous as the country is, one scarcely ever even sees a 
horse. But now our hero could ride out mounted on 
a charger with golden bridle, in the same way as the 
25 king himself. 
4. Were efc.: for the order, see 57 14. Say odx domep év II. ¢. xX. 
6. this royal personage: rdv Baoidixdy 67 Tr. 7. Wearing: 13 16, 39 4, 6. 
12. apt: dpa.— while: Guide 93 12. 13. had seen: Guide 94 27. 
16. however: a\\a yép.—soon: 714. 17. of hisown: avrés. 20. par- 


ticularly: 31 29, 43 7. Use xalpew, not drepxalpev. 23. vdv & edqp 
éxelym KTX. 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 109 


At Dinner 


Astyages and his daughter Mandane believed that 
Cyrus would feel less homesick if he enjoyed his dinner 
highly. So, when they were all dining together, the 
king ordered various kinds of soups and side-dishes to 
be brought to him. He fancied this sort of a meal 


un 


might seem to the boy much finer than the dinner in 

Persia. It is related, however, that Cyrus, on being 

questioned, replied as follows: “It seems to me, grand- 

father, that you Medes take a great deal of trouble at 
io your meals. In our country there is a straight and 
narrow path to getting enough. We do not wander up 
and down over roundabout courses, but plain bread and 
meat lead directly to the desired end.” 
“Well, my boy,” said the king, ““we are not exactly 
15 sorry to be upon this devious journey. Taste for your- 
self, and you will see that it is all very nice.” ‘Nay, 
but I do observe, grandpa,” said Cyrus, “ that you have 

a strong dislike of your own for these viands; for 

when you take hold of the bread you don’t wipe your 
20 hand upon anything, but whenever you touch any of 

these dainties you immediately clean off your hand with 

a napkin, as if you were very sorry to have got it soiled 

by them.” 

1-6. For the first and third sentences, Guide 98 33. For the synonyms, 
Guide 96 20.—Do not place the names first in Greek; these are no new 
people. — (all) dining together: Gen. abs. without subject, H. 972 a, 
G. 1568, B. 657 N. 1. See also46 19. 8. questioned: <£ 6 10.—as foll.: 
18 26, 26 25.—it seems: Guide 98 10. Arrange II. uw. 6. rp. xr. 10. in 


our country: map ‘uiv. 13. To the desired end: dma orevdouer. 
14 f. exactly: 57.—The same order in Greek, but different construction. 


10 ATTIC PROSE 


wn 


15 


20 


ye. 


“Tf such, then, are your views, my child,” rejoined 
Astyages, “ yet do at any rate try and make a hearty 
meal of the flesh and game that I here serve to you. 
If you mean to go home a young man, you must eat 
meat, and plenty of it, too.” 


The Court in its Cups 


“When I poured the wine for you just now, grand- 
father,’ said Cyrus, “I did not imitate your cupbearer 
and drink up the wine myself. It would hardly be for 
my advantage to be drinking poison; and I found out 
for certain that this fellow drugged your wine when 
you entertained your friends at the birthday party.” 

“ And how pray did you come to discover this?” said 
the king, jestingly. ‘‘ Because, by Jupiter,” said Cyrus, 
“you were all so unsteady both in your minds and 
your bodies, and were doing just what you forbid us 
boys to do. In the first place, I heard you crying out 
all at the same time, without understanding each other, 
and singing in a very ridiculous manner, while swearing 
every one that your singing was of the best. Then 
again I saw you stand up to dance, and that, too, when 
you could not even hold yourselves erect. Nor, indeed, 
were you silent for a moment, but all of you had en- 


3. Tatra, drep 7.0. kK. 0. k. TOY Nu. 4. must efc.. det ce Kp. éoO. K. TONNE 
6 f. The first ‘I’ is antithetic to ‘cupbearer’; the second ‘I,’ not ex- 


pressed in Greek.— just now: viv 67. 7. imitate and drink: cf 319 f.— 
hardly: od... mdvv. 14. you were efc.: ovrws bu. Fre xT. H. 981. Place 
ptep.last. 15. just: the force of this word is shown in Greek by placing the 
relative before the antecedent clause. 20. stand (not “‘standing”): Guide 
100 9. —and that, too: kai raira, w. ptep. H. 612 a, G. 1573 N., B. 312 N. 


21. 


nor efc. o¥bé unv ovder., cf. 58 5- 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING FEI 


tirely forgotten that you were kings and rulers. But 
when / mix the drink, grandfather,” added Cyrus, “ you 
shall merely cease to be thirsty, and suffer no evil con- 
sequences whatever.” 


Cyrus decides to remain with his Grandfather 


Observing that his daughter was getting ready to 


wn 


return home to her husband, Astyages begged her 
to leave Cyrus with him. ‘At dinner,” he said, “the 
boy shall be at liberty to travel by whatsoever road he 
will to that which he regards as moderation; and, in 

1o general, whatever he may wish, he has only to inform 
me, and he shall not fail to get it.” 

To this Mandane replied: ‘To leave the child here 
against his will I should regard as a harsh proceeding; 
perhaps, however, he will prefer to remain with you, if 

15 he can learn to ride, and to chase wild animals and bring 
them down, as grown men do. Were you to provide 

‘ him with playmates, and offer him the use of your 
horses and the animals in the park, I do not think he 
would choose to go back to Persia for the present.” 

20 On being interrogated, Cyrus did not hesitate a mo- 
ment, but promptly declared that he preferred to stay. 
“For be sure, mother,” he said, “ that here is something 
which disturbs me greatly — because, while I seem to 


2. mix: dvaxepavvivar. — added: &py, Guide 102. 5. Cf 49 14 f. 
8. be at liberty: 46 3,4. 9. kal 7adda 5¢. 14. perhaps: 44 3.—prefer: 
BovrNecGar. 15. can learn: Aor. of attainment. 18. Order, 17 22 f., 28 
Vcb. 2 f., 83 6.— choose: é@é\e.v.— for the present: viv ye. Beware of 
the English ascending scale, here and everywhere, Guide 70 13. 20. &% 
56 22. 23. while etc. Guide 983 12. 


112 ATTIC PROSE 


excel my mates in everything at home, here in Media 
I am clearly inferior in riding horseback. But if you 
leave me here, I shall try and learn to ride well, in 
order by and by, when I visit grandfather again, to help 
him in war and be one of his best horsemen.” 


wn 


A Lessorfsin Justice 


It appears, from revelations made by Cyrus to his 
mother before her departure, that he used to be set 
by his teacher to act as judge for the other boys, and 
upon one occasion he had decided a case wrongly. He 

1o found, namely, that it was fair if a man took and wore, 
not the shirt that was his own, but the one that fitted 
him. “If you take a man’s shirt away by force,” said 
the teacher, “that is not rightful possession; but he 
who has made or purchased what he wears is properly 

15 called the possessor thereof. Do not you, therefore, — 
unless you happen to be fond of stripes, —choose to 
constitute yourself a judge of what is fitting, when you 
have solely to consider what is just or unjust.” 


Winning Ways of Cyrus 
Finally, when his mother had gone, while Cyrus 
20 remained at his grandfather’s, it was soon discovered 


2. Clearly inferior: cf 1 14. 4. by and by: eicadés.— visit: 1 109, 
oras M. 6. & é& dv rH pm. dvexdduvpev 6 K. m. daredOety abrhv. Ch 
35 29.— to be set: not passive voice in Greek. 9. had decided: 108 13 note. 
10, found: Guide 96 32.—namely: Guide 93 9.—a man: ris. — Ascending 
scale in this sentence. 13. that is not etc. odk dv arn «rd. —he who eve. - 
os ay... &xy, otros xrX. 15 ff. und’ ody ot, etrep wh xT. —Choose: 
édédecv. Construction, H. 874, G. 1346, B. 584. Cf 32 10, 33 1, but 21 
9 f.—to constitute yourself: yevéo@a.— solely: pévoy. 20. it was etc: 
not passive voice in Greek. Preserve the order. 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 113 


by all who were on familiar terms with the lad, that 
they could accomplish a great deal by the aid of Cyrus. 
He made so much of his companions, that even their 
fathers, if they happened to want anything of the king, 
5 would prompt the boys to ask Cyrus to get it done for 
them, while he, for his part, deemed it of the utmost 
importance to gratify their wish. 
Indeed, he won over everybody by his kindly spirit, 
and particularly Astyages himself. As for the latter, 
1o he could refuse no favor that Cyrus asked. On the 
other hand, it was apparent to all that the boy was 
exceedingly fond of his grandfather. Once, when the 
old man fell sick, he never left him for a moment; but 
even in the night, if Astyages wanted anything, Cyrus 
15 would be the first to perceive it, and would jump up 
most unhesitatingly to render any service which he 
thought would please the king. 


Hunting 


The supply of animals in the park was speedily ex- 
hausted with Cyrus’ chasing and shooting and slaying 
20 of them, so that Astyages could no longer furnish live 
ones in considerable numbers. The boy, therefore, not 
wishing his grandfather to be at the trouble of search- 
ing for wild animals, and being at the same time very 


2. by the aid: did w.acc. 3. made so much of: ovrw yap jor. 8. k. 
wavTas wm. On... wadiora Oé€ KTr. Q. €xelvos yap.— refuse efc.: H. 1034, 
G. 1616, B. 435, 6 46 22. 10. @vdn\os 8 ad xrd. 12. exceedingly: 8 17. 
13. old man: 13 11.—fell sick: Ingressive Aorist. Reverse the order. 
18. The Greek is simpler than the English. Not passive voice. 19. Gen. 
abs.— Place Cyrus’ name last; but the king’s comes to the front by contrast. 


ATTIC PROSE— 8 


I14 ATTIC PROSE 


desirous of going out to hunt, entreated the king to 
send him forth in company with his uncle. ‘When I 
am hunting out there,” he said, “I shall regard all the 
wild beasts that I see as kept for my especial benefit.” 
5 Accordingly, when Astyages came to see that Cyrus’ 
heart was set on the business, he could not help grant- 
ing the favor. He sent along with the lad, however, 
not his uncle only, but guards on horseback, to protect 
him from dangerous localities, and to be ready in case 
1o any wild animal of the fiercer sort should make its 
appearance. In reply to the boy’s eager inquiries the 
attendants explained what kind of animals were not to 
be too confidently approached, stating that while the 
wild sheep and asses were harmless enough, it would 
15 not be safe to go very near to a bear or a wild boar. 
They added that dangerous places must be looked out 
for no less than animals, since men had frequently 
fallen over precipices with their horses. 
To all this Cyrus gave the readiest attention. But 
20 upon seeing a deer jump out, he forgot everything he 
had heard and gave chase, with an eye to nothing else 
except the direction of its flight. And somehow, while 


1. entreated: Impf. 2. his uncle: 1414 f. 5 f. Simpler in the Greek, 
which does not avoid repetition of word or phrase. It would be right, how- 
ever, to say Tod €pyov. 7. the favor: ovdé roiro, repeating the negative, 
H. 1030, G. 1619, B. 433. See also? 23. 9. Guide 91 4. For the arrange- 
ment ef . . . Onplwv, Guide 74 8. 11. inquiries: use ptcp. 12. explained: 
becomes a simpler word in Greek. 13. (stating) that: Inf. 14. enough: 
implied in the concessive uév. 15. be safe: Vcb. éxev, cf 40 6. 16. added: 
the specific meaning of the verb is implied in kai rodro. 17. frequently: 
moos, or modddKis. See Vcb. 75n.— with their horses: H. 774 a, 
G. 1191. B. 392, 3N. 19 f. Guide 94 13, 100 9. 


wm 


10 


20 


25 


21. 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 1st ds 


taking a cross-leap his horse fell upon its knees, and 
came within a little of pitching Cyrus himself over its 
head. However, he kept his seat just barely, the horse 
got up, and upon coming to the level ground, with a 
cast of the javelin, Cyrus brought down the deer, a fine 
large animal. 

The boy was overjoyed. But the guards riding up 
began to berate him, pointing out what a risk he had 
run, and declaring that they would report his conduct. 
Cyrus stood where he had dismounted, and was sorely 
troubled while listening to these words. But of a sud- 
den, upon hearing shouts, he sprang upon his horse like 
one possessed; and when he saw a wild boar rushing 
straight toward him, rode to meet it, and with his full 
strength took a well-aimed shot at the forehead and 
brought down the boar. 

At this point Cyaxares also rode up, and declared 
that he had never witnessed such temerity. But Cyrus 
begged his uncle, notwithstanding these reproaches, to 
permit him to carry home and give to his grandfather 
all the game that he had taken with his own hands. 
“He will scold, no doubt,” he added, “if he becomes 
aware that I went off in pursuit. But let him even give 
me a whipping, if he will, after I have once given him 
the game. And as for you, uncle, if you will grant me 
this favor first, you may end by inflicting any punish- 
ment you see fit.” 


7. began: Guide 94 18. 16. Vcb. mwévro.. 20. (all) ... that: dca. 
no doubt: 67. 23. once: Aor., Guide 94 27. 25. end: H. 968 a, 


G. 1564, B. 653N.2.— any ... yousee fit: 5 re Av 50x97 cor. The English 
substantive is implied in the Greek verb, H, 716 b, G. 1054, B. 334. 


116 ATTIC PROSE 


A Grand Hunting Party 
After that, it seemed to Cyrus that their hunting in 
the park was mere fooling, very much like chasing crea- 
tures that were tied. He described to his companions 
how fine and large appeared the animals in the hills 
and meadows — deer springing skyward, as it were on 


wn 


wings; wild boars rushing to the conflict like courage- 
ous men. “You might see all this for yourselves, 
boys,” said he, “if your fathers would but let you go 
out to hunt.” “ And indeed they would, easily enough,” 
1o was the reply, “if the king were to command it. All 
that you have to do is to mention it to him. Nobody 
is better able to prevail upon him than yourself. A 
sorry tale indeed you have to tell us, if such a talker as 
you is to fail to accomplish this thing, after all that you 
15 have got done for us before.” 

Upon. hearing this Cyrus screwed up his courage and 
went in to his grandfather with a little scheme. This 
was the way he began: “Tell me, grandfather,” said 
he, “if one of your domestics run away and you take 

20 him, what shall you do with him?” ‘ What else,” re- 
plied Astyages, “but put him in confinement and com- 
pel him to work?” ‘But if he come back of his own 
accord, how will you do?” “ Why, give him a whip- 
ping, that he may not do so again, and employ him as 

25 at first.” “Then it were high time,” said Cyrus, “ for 
1. after that: 20 3, or 55 9.—@X. eddxouv .. . dre, Guide 98 Io. 

3. described: 38 19, 39 17, 42 2, or use Aéyerr. 8. if... but: ed dpa. 

10. de? 6€ ce udvov kTr. 13. indeed: 67, cf 10 23. — such a talker as you: 


dewvds Ov ad Dr. 14. 6 TOG. HON Hu. Stampatduevos. 17. with a little scheme: 
ériBoudevoas TL. 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING I17 


you to make preparations for whipping me, as I have 
a design of running away and taking my companions 
ona hunt.” ‘Then you have done well to tell me this 
beforehand,” Astyages said. ‘I forbid you to stir from 
5 the house. A pretty mess, were I to let my daughter’s 
child get away like a stray calf, for the sake of a few 
morsels of meat!” 
But although he talked in this way, the king never- 
theless meant to go out hunting himself with Cyrus, 
1o and to take along the boys as well. Accordingly he 
assembled a great many men on foot and on horseback, 
with the intention of driving the game together, so as to 
make a grand hunt. In order that his grandson might 
have his fill of the sport first, Astyages was for issuing 
15 orders that no one should shoot before him. Cyrus, 
however, would not allow this, but declared that if the 
king wished him to enjoy the hunting, all of his mates 
must be permitted to contend freely in the chase. 
Thereupon Astyages gave permission, and taking his 
20 Stand enjoyed the spectacle of the lads vying with each 
other in pursuing the game and hurling their javelins, 
unable as they were even to be silent for delight, but 
giving voice like so many full-blooded young dogs. 
Nor did he give the order to go home, until they had 
25 secured large numbers of game. 


3. Guide 99 34. 4. forbid: with 4, H. 1029, G. 1615, B. 434. 5. Guide 
81 24. 8. Cf 5327. 10. as well: rods d\Xovs. 12. with the intention: 
16 24, cf 36 26.—so as: here 8rws. 14. was for efc.: Impf. 18. must: 
7 7.—freely: éAevdépws. 20. the spectacle: Oewuevos. 22. unable eéc.- 
ovd2 o. duvayévous. —like (sO many): womep. 24. nor etc. obdé wévToLr. — 
until: mpiv, H. 922, 924 a; G. 1471, 2; B. 627. Cf 41 23. 


118 ATTIC PROSE 


Cyrus returns Home 


When Cambyses, the father of Cyrus, heard that his 
son was already taking manly deeds in hand, he sum- 
moned him accordingly to return, that he might com- 
plete the prescribed discipline of the Persian state. 

5 Cyrus likewise, at this juncture, preferred to return, to 
avoid any displeasure on his father’s part or censure 
from the community. Astyages, again, perceiving that 
it was quite necessary to dismiss his grandson, presented 
him with such horses as he particularly desired to take, 

1o besides a great many other things which he packed up 
for him, and gave orders that the whole court, both 
young and old, should act as a mounted escort for 
Cyrus as he left the country. Then was there no one, 
it is related, but wept as they turned back, and Cyrus 

1s himself took his homeward way with many tears. 
Many of the presents which Astyages had given him 
he distributed among his companions; and finally he 
took off the Median dress which he wore and gave it to 
one of them, thereby making known that it was he 
20 whom he loved the best of all. 

Now those who had received and accepted these gifts 
returned them to Astyages. The king took them and 
sent them home to Cyrus. Cyrus, in his turn, sent 
1~7. Here the names hold prominent positions by antithesis. 5. preferred : 

Veb. BovNec Oar. 7. perceiving e/c.. very different from the M. Guide 97 
13. 9. such ...as: English idiom for relative pronoun. 13. as he 
left e¢e.: look out for the ascending scale. 13. Then: 12 11.—no one but: 

H. 1003 a, G. 1095, B. 485 N. 1.—turned back: Impf.—took his way: 


Aor. 18. For the form of the relative sentence, cf 24 25, H. 995, G. 1037, 
B. 485. 22. returned: first Aor., Vcb. éveyxety. 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING I19 


them back to Media again, with directions that any who 
had received a present from his hands must be allowed 
to keep it. 


He resumes the Persian Discipline 


Returning home under such circumstances, Cyrus 
was ranged for a year longer in the class of Boys. At 
first the boys are said to have taunted him with having 
learned luxurious habits among the Medes. Presently, 


unr 


however, upon seeing that he was still the stoutest of 
them all, they bowed down to him as before. In fact 

1o he ate and drank with the same relish as they did them- 
selves; and if there was feasting upon any holiday 
occasion, he showed himself rather inclined to give of 
his own portion than to ask for more. Again, after 
passing into the class of Youths, here, too, he main- 

15 tained his superiority, in all required exercises, in 
endurance, in respect for his elders and obedience to 
those in authority. 


Designs of the King of the Assyrians 


In the course of time, after the death of Astyages, 
when Cyaxares, the maternal uncle of Cyrus, had suc- 
20 ceeded to the throne of Media, the king of Assyria, as 


1. directions: use émisré\\ecv. —from his hands : would be mapa, but 
better follow the M. (éyé becoming a’rés).— must: 7 7, with Inf. act. 
5. was ranged: Vcb. yevéoOa. 6. to have taunted : cxwrrev, Guide 99 30. 
—In what follows, note idiomatic nxew. 7. @mrera dé, or wévTou. 9. bowed 
down: still infinitive construction, as oxémrrew above. —in fact: dp. 
12. showed efc.: dalvesOar might be used 1 14, but the Impf. stem alone is 
enough. Greek is simple, and avoids unnecessary amplification. 14. main- 
tained efc.: Impf. 18-20. Gen. abs. 20. Ingressive Aorists, H. 841, G. 1260, 
B. 529. 


120 ATTIC PROSE 


al 


Io 


20 


94 


19. 


history relates, conceived a design of making himself 
ruler of all the nations round about him. This, he 
thought, would be easily accomplished, could he but 
render the Medes powerless; for of the neighboring 
tribes this one seemed to him the strongest. It is said 
that he had reduced all the Syrians to subjection, had 
already brought the Arabians and Hyrcanians under 
his sway, and was besieging the Bactrians. Next, 
therefore, with a view to his campaign against Media, 
he sends abroad to all his dependencies, likewise to 
Croesus, king of Lydia, to the king of the Cappadocians, 
and to many others. Some are said to have been per- 
suaded by his arguments to form an alliance with him, 
while others were prevailed upon by means of bribes 
and largesses. 


Cyrus takes Command of a Persian Army 


Cyaxares, the son of Astyages, on becoming aware of 
the hostile design and the preparation of those who 
were combining against him, proceeded immediately to 
make such counter-preparations as he could at home, 
and sent to Persia also, addressing himself both to the 
community at large and to his brother-in-law Cambyses, 
who was its king. He likewise addressed Cyrus, in 
these words: “I beg you, if the commonwealth send 
any soldiers, to come as their commander; for I hear 
1. design: z.e. the w7//. 3. Not passive voice. 8. was besieging: Guide 


11.—Next: érera. 9. with a view: 16 24.—\campaign: 27 21 f. 
at home: avrés. English ascending scale. 22. méurwy 6. x. m. K. 7. 


édeyev, 18 26.— The direct quotation here constitutes a real departure from 
the M.; oratio directa and oratio obligua are essentially different. 


wn 


Io 


* 


20 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING I2I 


that you have completed the ten-year course of the 
Youths, and are now in the class of Grown Men.” 
Thus, upon Cyrus’ acceptance of the proposal, the 
council of elders chose him commander of the troops 
for Media. 

He marches to Media 

Being thus about to start upon his first military expe- 
dition, Cyrus begged his father to accompany him upon 
the march as far as the frontier. Cambyses assented, 
and after addressing their vows to Hestia, Zeus, and 
the other gods they proceeded on their way. Immedi- 
ately there were auspicious thunderings and flashes of 
lightning; and no one failed to mark that these revela- 
tions were signs given by the supreme deity. 

When they arrived at the frontier, as they were about 
to cross into Media, an eagle made its appearance on 
the right hand and preceded them; and not until they 
had prayed to the tutelary gods and heroes of the Per- 
sian land to grant a favorable and gracious passage did 
they undertake to pass the border. When, however, 
they had passed over and had again offered prayer to 
the tutelary gods of Media to give them a gracious and 
favorable reception, father and son took an affectionate 


6. about to: 34 1. 7. him: H. 683 a, G. 993, B. 471, f% 55 18. 8. as- 


sented: 26 10. 12. Note that \a@ety always has an object, expressed or under- 
stood; and the object often becomes the subject in English: draxr&y Tods 
Geovs ob A7jOe, ‘The gods do not fail to note that he is out of order,’ 44 3. 
—revelations: pavévra, not as substantive; 7.2. do not use the article, H. 673, 


G. 


945, B. 456. 13. signs: pred., not asin M. H. 669, G. 956, B. 449.— 


given by: predicate Gen. (of possession), H. 732 a, G. 1094, B. 348, 1. 
16-18. The English idiom is negative, the Greek positive. H. 976 b. 


19. 


undertake to pass: Impf. 


122 ATTIC PROSE 


leave of one another; the former returned home; while 
Cyrus led the army to Cyaxares and the Medes. 


Capture of Sardis 


Learning that Croesus, the king of Lydia, who had 
retreated in the night on the homeward track, had 
5 already arrived at Sardis, Cyrus at once marched upon 
the city. When he came to the stronghold in Sardis, 
he proceeded to set up his engines and prepare scaling 
ladders as speedily as he could. Instead, however, of 
making an attack upon the wall, the next night he 
1o caused a force of Chaldaeans and Persians to ascend the 
fortification at a point supposed to be its steepest part 
and hence left unguarded. The way was shown to them 
by a Persian, a man who had been the slave of a mem- 
ber of the garrison in the citadel, and had knowledge of 
15 a path leading down to the river, affording also means 
of ascent. 
The heights being thus in possession of the enemy, 
the Lydians no longer remained within the walls, but 
all took to flight, wherever each could best save himself 
20 throughout the city. Cyrus, marching in at break of 

day, issued an order that no man should stir from the 

3. king of Lydia: 14 25.—had retreated: Aor. Distinguish Aor. and 
Impf. with care throughout this exercise. 6. stronghold: note the synonyms 
TO Telxos, TA TElxn, TO Epupa, TA Akpa, 7 akpdmoNs. The arx, from different 
points of view. 8. instead of e¢c.: 59 5. 9-12. Remember the order in the M. 
—hence: 6:4 7. — left unguarded: ép. dvra pukaxwy. — Men of Chaldaea and 
Persia were chosen to execute this ruse, because their native haunts being moun- 
tainous afforded them practice in climbing steeps. 12. The passive voice in 


Eng. is often a device to secure a naturalorder. 14. had knowledge: Guide 
95. 17-20. Many words are saved in turning English into Greek. 


wn 


1 fe) 


» 


20 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 123 


ranks. Croesus, however, supposing that the soldiers 
would plunder the city, shut himself up in his palace 
and began to call loudly upon the name of Cyrus. 
Whereupon his conqueror, before establishing his army 
in camp, left a guard over Croesus, that no harm might 
come to him. 


Cyrus and Croesus 


Later in the same day he commanded Croesus to be 
led into his presence. When Croesus saw him, ‘“ All 
hail, master!” he exclaimed; “this name henceforward 
Fate ordains is thine to hear and mine to utter.” 
“All hail to thee likewise, Croesus,” was the reply, 
“seeing that we are indeed mortals both. — But, Croesus, 
will you perchance give me a bit of advice?” “In 
truth, Cyrus,” said he, ‘I could wish to find some good 
thing for you; for I fancy it would prove good for me, 
also.” 

Cyrus accordingly went on to explain that it was the 
soldiers who must be helped. ‘ Many toils and many 
perils have they undergone,” he said, “and now they 
believe themselves in possession of the wealthiest city 
in Asia, next to Babylon. Unless, therefore, they shall 
reap some reward of their labors, I cannot long retain 
their obedience. Now then I do not wish to turn the 
city over to them to plunder; for so not only would 


2. plunder: 183. 3. began: Guide9419. 4. éxe?vos 6é.— before: 35 29. 


5. harm efc.. 369. Here add kaxév. 7. later: 34 25.— inthe day: cf 16 


27; 


g. this n.: Vcb. deowérns. 17. it was the soldiers: the Greek follows the 


order of thought in a simpler way than the English. Guide 72 21. 18. must 


be 


helped: choose between de?, xp7, wpedntéov (H. 990, G. 1597, B. 665), 


dfiov 55 26, agioty M. 24. not only... but: ré... ré, 


124 ATTIC PROSE 


Io 


15 


20 


Sardis itself be destroyed, but in the sacking the worst 
class of men would have the best of it.” 

‘““Nay,” said Croesus, “let me see to preventing a 
pillage and the robbing women and children of their 
lives. I shall say to the Lydians that I have given you 
a solemn promise, provided you would not plunder the 
city, that you should have by the free gift of the people 
any fine thing there is to be found in Sardis. When 
they hear that, I am sure that every fine thing in pos- 
session of man or woman in this place zw2// come into 
your hands. And in the same way next year you will 
again find the city full of good and fine things in 
plenty; whereas, if you sack it, even your arts, which 
men call the wellsprings of luxury, will have gone to 
ruin. Now, when you have had a look at what comes 
in, you will be at liberty to consider anew the question 
of pillage.” 

Tva6t ceavtov 


“Tf you wish, then, Cyrus, I shall now tell you what 
has been the outcome of my dealings with the oracle of 
Delphi. For I have in truth, even as it is said, sedu- 
lously cultivated the favor of Apollo; and had I really 
known myself, I should have guided all my actions 
from the very outset in obedience to his commands. 
In fact, however, all my doings were of the contrary 


3. see to efc.- Suarp. wore uy y. Gp. unde Tr. Veb. yevéoOa. 6. solemn 


promise: Vcb.4 uv. 11,13. you will find: your arts: ethical Dat. H. 770, 


G. 


1171, B. 381. 18-24. Allone period in Greek, but in other respects simpler 


than the English. — No Aorist occurs until rpoonvéx nv is reached. 21. really: 
Veb. elrep. Cf. worep ‘just as,’ ‘even as.’ 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 125 


sort in relation to Apollo. To begin with, when I 
ought to have questioned the god as to anything that I 
wanted, I neglected this for the sake of making trial of 
him, to see whether he could speak the truth. Yet 
assuredly no one, not a god merely, but not even a man 
who is fair and good, loves those who disbelieve him. 
And so he, after coming to feel that he was disbelieved, 
was wroth with me and would not help me. 
“Such, then, being the strange thing that I was 
10 doing, when finally I sent to consult the god about 
issue, at first he gave me no answer at all. When, 
however, by means of many offerings that I sent, I 
began to believe that I had at last fully propitiated him, 
again I inquired what I was to do in order that children 
15 might be born to me. And he replied that I would 
have them. And here indeed he spoke not falsely; 
nevertheless, it would have been better had they never 
been born. For, once born, they availed me nought, 
seeing that one was dumb from first to last, while the 


on 


1. when I ought: express either by parataxis, or by Acc. abs. H. 973, 
G. 1569, B. 658. There is no ay either way. H. 897, G. 1400, B. 607, 
éBovrouny 19 3. 3. (for the sake of) making: in Greek the participle 
does not imply purpose, but rather cause ; in fact it exf/azns the neglect. A 
participle is only a participle: it is a perverse habit to hunt up an exact logical 
relation for every participle, as none in particular may be implied, or two or 
three at once. So with the cases, Guide 101 27. 7. coming to feel: Aor. 
8. wroth: 51 26. 9. strange thing: here means 76 drome:pacGat Tod Geod. 
But in the M. the plural alludes to certain odd devices of Croesus, related by 
Herodotus I. 46-48.—that I was doing: the relative form is an English 
makeshift to secure a natural order of thought, cf 123 17; there would be no 
relative in Greek. 10. when finally: ére 67, with Impf. 11-13. When...I 
began: Guide 94 20. — at last: roré. 14. Guide 71 36. 16. here: rodro, H. 
716 b, G. 1054, B. 334. 17. better: xpetrrov. 19. first to last: Vcb. reNety. 


126 ATTIC PROSE 


Io 


20 


other, turning out excellently well, perished in the 
prime of life. Even by such misfortunes regarding 
my children was I oppressed, so that again I sent and 
asked the god what I should do to pass the remainder 
of my life thereby most happily. And he replied to 
me :— 


‘Thyself knowing, Croesus, happy shalt thou fare.’ 


“ Delighted as I was with this prophecy, I believed 
that now at any rate the god meant to help me. For 
what easier condition could he impose in offering hap- 
piness than this one? A knowledge of one’s own 
nature I thought belonged to everybody in the world. 
And truly, in the time that ensued, had I kept quiet, 
probably I should have had no fault to find with my 
fortunes. But after the death of my son, having been 
prevailed upon by the Assyrian to take part in the 
campaign against you, Cyrus, although not competent 
to contend with you, then it was that I failed to know 
myself. At first, to be sure, though I encountered 
every peril, I was delivered unharmed, and was not 
disposed to blame the god; but subsequently I fared 
otherwise —I came off by no means safely, myself nor 
mine.”’ 


8. Remember that in the M. the personal pronoun is emphasized (by antith- 


esis). Often so in Greek, rarely in English. Cf 21 4, 9, 26 26, 32 21, 46 17, 
245,41 12; (TA, 20, 22) so the third) pers..9) 1, 20,1602; \eont2no ees 
g. meant: BovAecGar. 9-12. Remember the order and construction in the M. 


14. 


probably: 44 3. 18. then it was: ovrw 6%4.— failed to know: Ingres- 


sive Aor., negatively. 19. at first: 76 rp. 21. subsequently: 34 25. — fared: 
use mpdtrev, 22. by nO means: 31 20. See also H. 1030, cf 82 of. 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 127 


Thus again, now that many begged him to. become 
their leader, offering him rewards, and declaring that 
‘if Ze were but willing to hold command, all would mind 
him and he could be the greatest man in the world, — 

5 by such talk Croesus allowed himself to be puffed up 
and spoiled. Accordingly, when he was chosen as 
leader of the war by all the neighboring princes, he 
accepted the command, in very truth not knowing him- 
self, but fancying himself competent to war against the 

10 great Cyrus. 

Evdatpovia 

It was the belief of Cyrus that Apollo would yet 
prove true in declaring that Croesus.was to be happy 
through self-knowledge. And of all men surely Cyrus 
might make the best conjectures as to this matter; for 

15 at that juncture he had the power to effect it. Indeed, 
as he reflected upon the former prosperity of the 
Lydian king, he was moved with pity, and promised 
to restore to him the possession of his wife and his 
daughters, his friends, his servants, and a festive board 

20 even such as that wherewith they all had been wont 
to live. 

For his own part Croesus averred that if Cyrus would 
do that for him whereof he spoke, he should himself 
thenceforward lead an existence the most blessed of all. 
tf. Gen, abs. 5. allowed efc.: Impf. 11. Guide 9810. 13. The Vague 

Potential may be used when the time in mind is Past. Examples are numerous, 

Thuc. I. 9, 4, Herod. VII. 214. Cf Shak. Hamlet V. 1 (contemplating a 

skull) “This fellow might be in his time a great buyer of land.’ Guide 


100 2. 15. at that juncture: ¢v r@ 7. 22. Not atrés. Cf 57 7, though 
dé alone would suffice. 24. thenceforward: 75n. 


128 ATTIC PROSE 


Of such an existence he declared that his wife had been 
the possessor; for that she, while participating equally 
with him in all comforts and all good cheer, had yet 
had no share of his anxiety to procure these blessings, 

5 nor of war and fighting. He thought, therefore, that 
he would owe new thank-offerings to Apollo, if Cyrus 
were to establish him in the same condition of life as 
he had himself secured to her. 


The Taking of Babylon 


Advancing on the road to Babylon, Cyrus reduced 
1o the Phrygians in Great Phrygia, reduced the Cappado- 
cians, and made subjects of the Arabians. From all 
these sources he made up Persian cavalry to the num- 
ber of no less than forty thousand, besides distributing 
many horses belonging to the captives among all the 
15 allies. Thus he arrived at Babylon with a vast number 
of horsemen, a vast number of archers and darters, and 
slingers innumerable. When in the immediate vicinity, 
Cyrus first stationed his whole army round the city, and 
then rode over the circuit in company with his staff and 
20 officers of the allied force. Finally, after inspecting 
the walls, he withdrew his troops from the city. 
When they had established their camp, Cyrus assem- 
1-3. had etc. Guide 99 30. 2. while: parataxis. 4. share: H. 734, G. 1097, 
2, B. 356. 8. had secured: Aor. /zdtcative, if expressed at all. Guide 86 4. 
g. There must be a connective particle here, as everywhere. In The Taking of 
Babylon there is not one case of Asyndeton. Guide 92.— to B.: Vcb. é7i. 
The Genitive is really the same as with a verb of aiming or hitting (partitive). 
17. Vcb.mpés. 18. stationed... round: Vcb.iordva:. Express the stationing 


merely as a fact, but make the riding descriptive. Guide 94 8. The Greek would 
also speak of Cyrus taking the ride zz person. 20, Not anew sentence in Greek. 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 129 


bled the commanders and addressed them. ‘ Men of 
the allied armies, we have viewed the city from every 
side. Now as for taking such strong and lofty walls by 
assault, I for one am at a loss to see how the thing can 
be accomplished. On the other hand, the more people 


on 


there are in the city, — seeing they do not come forth to 

fight, —the more speedily I suppose their capture can 

be effected by famine. Unless, therefore, you have 

some other plan to propose, this is the way I say the 
10 siege must be conducted.” 

And Chrysantas said: “Then, too, is there not the 
river yonder, flowing through the middle of the city, 
with a breadth of more than two furlongs?” “Yes, 
indeed!” rejoined Gobryas, “and deep enough to be 

15 over the heads of two men, the one standing upon the 
other’s shoulders; so that the river makes the city 
even stronger than do the walls.” ‘ Well, Chrysantas,”’ 
said Cyrus, “leaving alone all that lies beyond our 
power, what we have to do is to measure off without 

20 delay suck portion of the distance as falls to each of 
us, and go to work and dig a trench, as wide and as 
deep as possible, that we may need the smallest possible 
number of guards.” 

Accordingly, measuring the distance round the wall, 

25 leaving only room enough for large towers at the banks 

3-5. Here the M. ought to have been committed to memory verbatim. — 
érws dv tis €Nort, Vague Potential in indirect question. 13. with: H. 968b, 
G.1565, B.653 N. 3. 18-21. all e¢c.: Vcb.dc0s. 19. have to do: xp7.— meas- 
ure and dig: Guide 10016. 21. goto workand dig: Impf. 24-25. meas- 


uring: the middle is not needed here as above 19. room: Vcb. Aurety. — at 
the banks: Vcb. dé. 


ATTIC PROSE—9Q 


130 ATTIC PROSE 


of the river, he proceeded to dig on either side of the 
fortification a moat of enormous dimensions. The earth 
the besiegers threw up on the side toward themselves. 
First he built towers at the river, to convey the strong- 
5 est possible impression that he was getting ready to 
invest the city. Then he erected a great many towers 
also upon the earth which was thrown up, in order to 
have a very large number of guard-stations. 
While this work was going on, the people within the 
1o Walls made merry over the siege, averring that they had 
provisions for more than twenty years. Upon hearing 
this, Cyrus divided his army into twelve sections, each 
to keep guard during one month in the year. When 
the Babylonians heard of that, they ridiculed the be- 
15 Siegers more than ever, amused at the prospect of being 
watched by Phrygians, Lydians, Arabians, and Cappa- 
docians, all of whom they regarded as more friendly 
disposed toward themselves than toward the Persians. 
The digging of the trenches was now completed. 
20 Cyrus had heard of a certain festival in Babylon, when 
the whole population spend the entire night in drinking 
and revelry. Waiting for this occasion, as soon as it 


2. The earth: not a new sentence. The Greek does not mind the change 
of subject, hence has no need to mention ‘ besiegers.’ 4. to convey the im- 
pression ¢/. - éo:xéva: with ptcp. Dat. 9. Guide9312. 10. averring: implied 
in @s with ptcp. 12. into sections: Vcb. véyew.— each efc.- Acc. abs. H. 974, 
G.1570, B.658N. Cf.also 5212 and 1624. 14. the Babylonians: strongly 
contrasted, <£ 577. 15. Guide 9032.— being watched: not passive voice. 
18. themselves: Vcb. das. 19. completed: Guide 95. Cf 132 20. 
20. heard of: Guide 97 10. 22. (waiting for) this (occasion): the force 
of this expression is conveyed in Greek by placing the relative before the 
antecedent clause. Thus often, ¢7 5 1 f., 21 12 £, 30 10, 42 29. 


Io 


= 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING I3I 


grew dark he took a large force of men and opened up 
the trenches to the river. This being done, the water 
began to move down the trenches in the night, while 
the way through the city gradually became passable for 
men. While the river way was thus made ready, Cyrus 
issued an order to the Persian chiliarchs of both horse 
and foot to appear before him, each with his command 
drawn up two-deep; the allies to follow in the rear, 
drawn up in the usual manner. They accordingly pre- 
sented themselves. Cyrus sending down his working 
force, foot and horse, into the dry part of the channel, 
ordered them to take note when the bottom of the river 
became traversable. 

When these reported that the passage was clear, they 
finally began their march. Of those who met them, 
some were struck down and slain, some turned and fied 
to the heart of the city, some fell to shouting. Gobryas 
and his men joined their voices to the others, pretend- 
ing to be revellers themselves; and proceeding the 
quickest way they could, arrived at the royal residence. 
The troops under the command of Gobryas and Gadatas 
found the gates of the palace closed; but those who 
had been detailed against the guards of the vestibule 
burst in upon them, where they were drinking by a 
brilliant light, and immediately put them to the sword. 

A great din and clamor ensued. The people inside 
2. done: Vcb. yeréo@ar. 3. began: Guide 9418. 4. gradually: implied 


in the Impf. stem. 7. with: dyer. H.968b, G. 1565, B.653N.3. 12. when: 
Greek ‘whether,’ ‘if Vcb. e. 16. some: always accent the article when 
used as a pronoun, 6 uér, 6 5é, ete. H. 654, B. 443, 1.— slain: Vcb. drofareis. 
26. Use the Historical Present freely along here. 


132 ATTIC PROSE 


perceiving the uproar, the king commanded them to 
see what was the matter, whereupon some opened the 
gates and ran out. When Gadatas and his men saw 
the gates standing wide they burst in, and following up 
5 with blows the fugitives who retreated within the build- 
ing, came to the king himself. They found him already 
risen from his seat, holding the sword that he wore 
drawn from its scabbard. He was soon overpowered 
by the numerous force of Gadatas and Gobryas; while 
10 his courtiers fell dead one by one, some endeavoring to 
screen their persons, others in flight, others still making 
whatever defence they could. Cyrus sent his squad- 
rons along the various highways, with orders to slay 
such as they found abroad; while as for the people in 
15 the houses, those who understood Assyrian should pro- 
claim that they were to remain within; if any one were 
caught outside, he would be despatched. 
While this was going on, Gadatas and Gobryas ar- 
rived. And first of all they gave thanks to Heaven, 
20 for that their vengeance upon the wicked king was now 
complete; then they covered the hands and feet of 
Cyrus with kisses, with many tears and other manifes- 
tations of their joy. When day dawned, and those who 
held the heights perceived that the city had been taken 


5. with blows: ptcp. 7. risen efc.: Vcb. crjva:.— that he wore: see 118 
18 note. 8. drawn efc.: Guide 95 10. Greek is simple. 8-12. Here the 
descriptive Past-Imperfect sets in again. The Historical Present stands for a 
Past-Aorist. 9-12. The M. should have been got by heart. 11. others 
still: Vcb. yé. In a series yé gives a new turn to the thought, cf 45 1. 
13. Guide 996. 18. Cf above 130 9.— Gadatas and Gobryas were Assyrians 
who had been wronged by their own sovereign, and gone over to Cyrus. 
22. tears efc..: use participle. 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 133 


and the king was dead, they surrendered the heights 
also. Cyrus immediately took possession, sent gar- 
risons to occupy the heights, and gave up the dead to 
their relatives for burial. 


Cyrus’ Dower 


5; When in the course of their march they arrived at 
the Median territory, Cyrus turned aside to visit Cyaxa- 
res. Greeting him affectionately, Cyrus said: “‘ A house 
has been set apart for you in Babylon, Cyaxares, as a 
royal residence, that when you visit the city you may 

10 have private quarters for your accommodation. And I 
bring you likewise many fine presents now.” Cyaxares 
accepted the gifts, and declared that he would give 
Cyrus his daughter to wife—the same whom Cyrus as 
a child, when at their house, had often tended. And he 

15 said he would give as her marriage portion the whole 
land of Media. To this Cyrus made reply, that for the 
family and for the maid herself he had naught but 
praise; that he preferred, however, before ratifying the 
contract, to have the consent of his father and his 

20 mother. With these words he proceeded on his way to 
Persia. 

5. Hist. Pres. in both clauses. 7. The direct quotation is an essential 
departure from the M. Conversely below, 12 ff. In the M. the ‘ house’ and 
the ‘residence’ are not the same. 10. accommodation: Vcb. dyayéo@at. 
II. now: beware of the ascending scale, Guide 7013. 13. to wife: predicate 
substantive. — Do not repeat the name in Greek, where the masculine and 
feminine forms make all clear. 15. marriage portion: Vcb. dodva:. The 
dowry is given ‘over and above’ (éri) the bride. 17. éracvd is a polite form 


of declining (here, provisionally) an offer. 18. The English idiom is negative 
in form; the Greek shows the sense by the order, cf 16 1 f. 


134 ATTIC PROSE 


The Charge of Cambyses 


Being at once the king of the Persians and the father 
of Cyrus, Cambyses was naturally a well-wisher to both 
parties. It was his right, as he affirmed, so far as he 
recognized what was good for both, to recount it in public 
before them all. In the past, he said, the Persians had 


uw 


made his son great by giving him an army and appoint- 
ing him its leader, while Cyrus, at the head of it, had 
made them famous, not in Asia only, but throughout 
the world. 

1o ‘Now then,” said the king, after assembling the 
authorities and inviting his son into their presence, “if 
ye wish to be to each other the authors of many bless- 
ings, continue hereafter to see things as ye see them 
now. Do not thou, Cyrus, becoming elated by thy 

15 present fortunes, undertake to govern the Persians in 
a spirit of inequality; nor do ye, fellow-citizens, ever 
envy him his power and attempt to depose him from 
the command.” In order that the good event might 
come about, the Persians and Cyrus offered sacrifice in 

20 common, and calling the gods to witness they made 
a covenant. He swore that in case of an invasion of 
the Persian territory, or any attempt to break up the 
Persian customs, he would come with all his might to 
1. at once: ré...xal. 3. his right: Guide 98.—as he affirmed: 

not parenthetical in Greek, but in about the same position. 10. Paraphrase 

this; the Greek will hardly bear so long an interpolation inside a direct quo- 
tation. — In translating, never interchange ovazio directa and oratio obliqua. 

The difference is an essential one. 13. continue to see: z.e. yryvdoxep, 


not yv@vat, For the meaning of the verb here, ¢£ 8 28 f. 14-18. Negative 
commands; see 112 15 note. 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 135 


the rescue. And they, for their part, swore that if any 

one were for suppressing the rule of Cyrus, or if one of 

his subjects were to undertake to revolt, they would 

come to their own rescue and to his, according to his 
5 order. 

Thereafter, so long as Cambyses lived, his was the 
kingdom among the Persians. But upon his death his 
son Cyrus became king. And whenever he came to 
Persia he performed in behalf of the community the 

10 same sacrifices that had previously been performed by 
his father. But when Cyrus was away from home they 
selected from the nation that man who seemed to be 
the noblest, and bade him fulfill the rites of religion. 


_ Length and Breadth of the Empire 

Hear, O people, what proclaims your king. — “ Upon 
15 the completion of a year I shall assemble forces at 
Babylon, until they amount to six hundred thousand 
foot and a hundred and twenty thousand horse. Then, 
when my preparations are all made, I intend to set in 
motion an expedition for the purpose of reducing all 
20 the tribes that inhabit the region between Syria and 
the Erythraean Sea. Next after that, if all go well, 

I hope to take the field against Egypt. 
“Thenceforward my empire will be of such extent 
as to have extremes uninhabitable by reason of heat, 
25 or cold, or excess or lack of water. I shall myself 
6. so long as: cf4 12. Definite relative clause.—his: éxelvov. 8. In- 
gressive Aorist. 14. “Axovere Xeg.— proclaims: Vcb. dyopevev. 16. until: 


Guide 91 35.—amount: yevéoda. 18. all made: Guide 95. 21. all go 
well: 282f. 22. take the field: 27 21 f. 


136 ATTIC PROSE 


15 


20 


25 


dwell in the central portion thereof, passing the Winter 
season in Babylon, where the climate is sunny; the 
Spring at Susa; and Midsummer at Ecbatana. This 
I shall do, to the end that I may live in the mildness 
and the coolness of perpetual Spring. 

“And the disposition of the people toward me will 
be such that every nation will seem to be the worse off 
if it cannot send to me any fine thing that either grows 
or is raised or manufactured within its territory. Every 
city will feel likewise, and every individual will think 
that he might become rich if he could but gratify me 
in something. For, receiving from each community 
that whereof the givers possess an abundance, I shall 
give in return that of which I perceive they have but 
little.” 

Lvokevatov, & Kipe 

Thus the years rolled on, until Cyrus, now a very old 
man, arrived in Persia for the seventh and last time 
during his own reign. His father and mother were, in 
the course of nature, long since dead. He, as was his 
wont, offered the regular sacrifices and made the cus- 
tomary distribution of gifts. This done, he lay down 
to sleep in the royal house of his fathers. 

That night a dream, as Xenophon relates, appeared 
to Cyrus, whereby God meant to indicate that the end 
of his life was near at hand. He dreamt that one of 
mightier than human mién came to him and said, 
“Cyrus, get ready for a march; thou wilt go now to 


1. dwell: Vecb. dlaira, diarrdobar. 16. until: 5817. 21. done: not pas- 


sive voice. 23. Xenophon: 35 10. See also 3710. 26. said: Guide 99 39. 


10 


15 


20 


25 


52 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 137 


join the gods.’’ Awaking, he immediately proceeded 
to offer sacrifice to the paternal Zeus and to Helios, 
as is the Persian custom, upon the heights; and to 
them and to all the gods he prayed that they would 
accept the victims which he brought as thank-offerings 
for many noble successes in the past. He owed them 
deep gratitude, he averred, for that he, on his side, 
had ever recognized their care, and had never felt 
greater pride in his good fortune than becomes a 
mortal man; and he besought them to bestow blessings 
now upon his children and his wife, upon his friends 
and his native land, and to grant unto himself an end 
even such as the whole life which they had given. — 
After the prayer he summoned his’sons into his pres- 
ence to hear his last injunctions. 


Last Words of Cyrus the Great 

Perceiving clearly as he did that the end of his life 
was near, and wishing to indicate with certainty the 
succession to the throne, that it might not become a 
subject of dispute and cause trouble for his sons, Cyrus 
gave the chief sovereignty to the elder; to the younger, 
the viceroyalty of Media and Armenia. In this way, 
he declared he could not see what human delectation 
either of them would ever lack. And he solemnly 
enjoined upon his sons that they should honor one 
another, if they cared at all for gratifying their father. 
He denied that they could know for certain, that their 


3. Const., 16 1-5. 8. Not Perf. stem. Avoid past phase. 14. prayer: 
4.—injunctions: use émicxjrrev. 23. solemnly: 12 1, or 8 17. 


24. enjoined: émicxjrrev, with Inf. 26. denied: Vcb. ddvat. 


138 ATTIC PROSE 


5 


10 


ES 


father was as nothing any more, after departing from 
this human life: for himself, he had never been 
brought to believe that the soul lives while inclosed 
within the mortal body, but after being released there- 
from is dead. —TIf, then, they believed as he did, the 
dying man affirmed, they would respect his soul, and 
would do all that he asked; for he believed that the 
soul leaves the body, and does not die with it. Yet, 
though it were otherwise, let them at any rate so fear 
the gods and stand in awe of all mankind as never to 
be guilty of aught impious or unholy, in word or deed. 


The Death of Cyrus the Younger 


They had not yet arrived at the place where they 
were to halt, when a Persian, one of Cyrus’ faithful 
followers, came in view, riding at full speed. When 
near, he shouted to all whom he met that the king was 
approaching with a large army ready for battle. Then 
all were alarmed, lest the enemy might fall upon them 
while in disarray. Cyrus, springing from his chariot, 
donned his cuirass and mounted his horse, while the 
Greek commanders gave orders to their men to equip 
themselves at once. At first there was great confusion ; 
but presently, with much ado, they got into position, each 
in his proper place. They were drawn up as follows: 


g. though: Vcb. e/.—let them e/c.. still Inf. 10. For the negatives, H. 


1030, G. 1619, B. 433. 12. Remember the connective, Guide 92. Here kal, as 
often in this M., in accordance with its character of rapid narrative. Cf Battle 
of Coronea. 13. halt: Vcb. Avecyv.— when: for the word, 57 10; the construc- 
tion, which is rather modern, is used by Xenophon twice inthis M. 17. them: 
Veb. o¢as. 21. at first: 1913. 22, but presently: 257. 23. as follows: 


11 


16, 


10 


20 


oa 


Pe 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 139 


Clearchus on the right, by the Euphrates, and stationed 
by him a thousand foreign cavalry together with the 
Greek peltast force; on the left, Menon, and Ariaeus 
the lieutenant of Cyrus; Proxenus and the rest of the 
Greeks in the center. 

Before the enemy came in sight, a white cloud of 
dust was seen extending far over the plain. Some time 
later, as they drew near, there was a gleaming of brass, 
and directly the lances and the lines of men were 
visible. Cyrus in person, riding past, shouted to 
Clearchus to lead his army against the enemy’s center, 
since the king was there; if they should be victorious 
at that point, their whole work had been accomplished. 

The Greek army, remaining just where it had halted, 
was forming its lines as the men still continued to 
arrive, while the foreign force advanced with even 
front. At this juncture, Cyrus left his own position 
and rode along to make inspection, directing his gaze 
alternately upon friends and foes. Riding up to meet 
him Xenophon of Athens, who was in the Greek army, 
inquired of Cyrus if he had any word to communicate. 
Cyrus stopped and directed that all should be informed 
that the sacrifices were propitious. As he pronounced 
these words he heard a murmur passing through the 
ranks, and inquired as to the meaning of it. Clearchus 
explained that the watchword was being passed along, 
now for the second time. Cyrus then asking what the 
watchword was, Clearchus replied, “ Zeus the Deliverer 


I. stationed: not passive voice in Greek. 22. stopped: Vcb. isrdvat 
Cyrus... asking: épouévy. 


140 ATTIC PROSE 


10 


Sa 


ete. 


and Victory.” Though wondering who promulgated 
the sign, Cyrus nevertheless seemed pleased and de- 
clared that he accepted it. 

The two lines were about three furlongs apart, when 
the Greeks sounded the paean and began their advance 
upon the enemy. As they proceeded there was some 
undulation of the line, whereupon the portion left 
behind began to go on the double-quick. When this 
occurred, the others also ran; and all raised the war- 
shout to Enyalius, and made a clatter with their shields 
against their spears, to frighten the horses of the 
enemy. And not a single arrow had yet reached its 
mark, when the foreigners turned and fled. Here the 
Greeks pursued, preserving their order as far as pos- 
sible, and called to each other to open ranks when they 
saw the scythe-chariots coming, which were speeding in 
every direction, without their drivers. Only one of the 
Greeks was overtaken in this way, and no harm came 
even to him. 

When the immediate followers of Cyrus saw the 
Greeks victorious and in pursuit of the forces opposed 
to them, they began to make their obeisance to him 
as king. But even so he was not induced to take part 
in the pursuit, but still held in close array the body of 
six hundred cavalry which attended him. Being well 
aware that the king occupied a central position in the 


1. though efc.: 58 13,15. 2. seemed: here dalvecOat, not doxetv. 5. began 
: Veb. dpxecv. The word in the M. is probably not from épxeo@a:, which 


is very rare in Attic prose in the Past-Imperfect, as well as in Subjunctive, 
Optative, Imperative, and Participle. 22. began to make: Guide 94 19. 
23. he: see 126 8 note. —induced: Vcb. dyayetv. “ 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING I4I 
. 


Persian army, Cyrus watched attentively to see what he 
would do. So much the more numerous were the royal 
forces, that the king, though he held the center of his 
own, was yet brought beyond the left wing of Cyrus; 
5 and at that moment, perceiving that no one engaged 
him in front, he proceeded to wheel about for a flank 
movement. 
Here Cyrus, fearing lest the king might get in the 
rear of the Greek army, rides to the attack; and charg- 
1o ing with his six hundred, he overcomes the force mar- 
shaled in front of the king and puts the six thousand 
to flight. At the same time that the rout occurred, 
however, the six hundred of Cyrus were also scattered, 
as they gave themselves up to the pursuit, except a 
15 very few who remained about his person. While with 
them, on espying the king he straightway exclaimed, 
“T see the man!” and rushing upon him struck at his 
breast, piercing him through the cuirass; but as he 
dealt the blow he was himself forcibly struck by a 
20 javelin below the eye. In the conflict that ensued 
Cyrus and eight of his noblest followers were slain. 
The king was subsequently cured of his wound. 


Traits of the younger Cyrus 


When the kings of ancient times had donations to 
confer, they were wont to summon in the first place 
25 those who had proved their bravery in war, seeing that 


16. Xenophon must have reflected on this scene when he composed the 
deathbed injunctions of the elder Cyrus. Cf esp. 32 25-28. 23. of ancient 
times: 63 1. 25. proved efc.: Vcb. yevéo@at, 


142 ATTIC PROSE 


no good comes of tillage far and wide, unless it have 
its defenders. In the second place, they invited such 
as best equipped and rendered productive their estates, 
in the belief that even the valiant could not live, were 

5 the tillers of the soil not there. ‘I now,” observed 
Cyrus once upon a time, ‘‘might fairly receive the 
donations due to both parties; for I am as good at 
improving the country as at defending the improve- 
ments; and I could wish to gain renown no less for ren- 

10 dering the land productive than for warlike prowess.” 

Yes, to be sure, Cyrus would have proved an excel- 
lent ruler, had he not been slain on the expedition that 
he made to fight with his brother for the crown. A 
convincing proof was furnished by the fact that all 

15 were prompt to obey him and ready to stand by him 
in the hour of peril. The king’s friends would hardly 
have fought with him while living, or died with him 
when he died, as Cyrus’ followers fought and died for 
their leader. 

20 Lysander the Lacedaemonian had a guest-friend in 
Megara, to whom they say he related once upon a 
time how many friendly offices were shown him when 
he conveyed to Cyrus the presents of the allies, espe- 
I. no good (comes): Vcb. égedos. The copula is regularly omitted with 

this word, as with dvdyxn, xp7, €rotuos, padcov. — Guide 81 24. 4. in the belief 

etc.: 50 14. — were efc.- Guide 75 19. 5. oratio directa, an essential varia- 
tion from the M.—I now: 46 24. 7. as...as:7é...xal. 11. yes: Vcb. 
yé. 14. convincing: uéya.— was (furnished): simply 4», or éyévero. 

The verb in the M. is not passive but middle (subject, Cyrus). 16. hardly: 

ov mdvu. 20. had: eivac has the first position in narrative and descriptive 


statements, cf 5714. 22. how many efc.: éca. The substantive is implied 
in the verb, Not passive voice in Greek, 23. especially: Vcb. ddnos. 


I5 


20 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 143 


cially in that the prince exhibited his park at Sardis. 
While they were walking round together in the park, 
Lysander greatly admired everything and said, “‘ Would 
I might also see, O Cyrus, the happy man who meas- 
ured off and arranged these fine trees! Who is he?” 
Cyrus, pleased at hearing these words, replied, “ You 
will not only see him, but will shake hands with him, if 
you wish. I arranged them all myself, and some, too, 
I planted with my own hands.” 


Kahoxayabia 


To Critobulus, one of his companions, Socrates re- 
lated circumstantially how he came to meet a man 
who seemed to him truly to deserve the appellation 


“fair and good.” His study of the matter, as he 
turned it over in his mind, appears to have been 
about as follows: ‘How, pray, am I to investigate 


the people who bear this worshipful title of ‘fair and 
good’?—to make out what work they do to deserve 
such a name. As for the good joiners, good smiths, 
good painters, good sculptors, and the rest of that ilk, 
I have already gone the round of them and viewed 
their works which are approved as fazr. But here the 
man himself is called fair; and, besides, to fair is added 
good: so that, perhaps, if I see anybody who is fair, I 
might go to him and endeavor to make him out, and 


2. while e/c.- ptcp., H. 624 d, G. 914, B. 319. 3. Vague wish. 8. some: 


Veb. és. 10. Critobulus: 48 20.— his companions: oi cuvdvrTes. 14. €vOu- 
peicOat mpds €.— 15. about as follows: 29 22,add ris. 15. The change to 
primary phase is an essential departure from the M. 17. do to deserve: ¢/. 
19 17, 23, 42 28,4616. 21. but here: viv dé. 


144 ATTIC PROSE 


wn 


10 


5 


20 


= 


thus find the fair and the good in combination. How- 
ever, that is not very apt to be the case: many with 
whom I fancy I am already well acquainted are fair in 
person, but sorry enough as to their souls. I believe, 
therefore, I will let alone the fair appearance, and go 
straight to one of the very persons who are called ‘ fair 
and good.’ Now then, as I hear that Ischomachus is 
so named by everybody, men and women, Athenians 
and strangers, I shall endeavor to have an interview 
with him.” 

One day, accordingly, Socrates, —as he related to 
Critobulus, —when he saw the man seated apparently 
at leisure in the colonnade of the temple of Zeus the 
Liberator, approached him, and taking a seat by his 
side addressed him: ‘‘How comes it, Ischomachus, 
little accustomed as you are to be at leisure, that I 
find you seated? Almost always I see you in the 
market-place, engaged in some business, or certainly 


anything but unoccupied.” “Nor should I be unoccu- 
pied now,” said he, “had I not agreed to await certain 
friends from abroad in this place.’ ‘But when you 


are not attending to something of this sort, pray tell 
me,” said Socrates, ‘‘where do you spend your time, 
and what do you do? I am strongly desirous of ascer- 
taining from you, how in the world you employ your- 
self to have earned the name of ‘fair and good.’ You 
certainly do not pass the time indoors. Nothing in 
your appearance bears evidence of that.” 


4. I believe efc.: Guide 74 8. 8. by: Vcb. mpés. Not quite the same 


in meaning as U76. 


Io 


20 


25 


10, 


* EXERCISES FOR WRITING 145 


To this, with a smile, Ischomachus replied, that by 
what name people who happened to be talking with 
Socrates were pleased to call him, he knew not; those 
who sought him out on serious business called him 
plain /schomachus, adding the name of his father. “As 
to your question, now, Socrates,’ he went on to say, 
“T certainly do not pass the time indoors by any 
means. Be sure, my wife is abundantly capable of 
managing everything there is to be done in my house.” 


Ischomachus’ Instructions to his Wife 


Nay, but here, too, is something, I said, that for my 
part I should be extremely glad to learn from you, 
Ischomachus; and that is, whether you yourself edu- 
cated the woman to such accomplishment, or whether 
she already knew how to manage what devolves upon 
her, at the time you took her from her father and her 
mother. ‘And what cow/d she know, Socrates,” said 
he, “at the time I received her?— when she came to 
my house a girl not yet fifteen years of age, whose 
whole life up to that moment had been carefully 
watched, to the end that she should see as little, hear 
as little, and say as little as possible. Ought you not 
to be content, if when she came she knew no more 
than how to weave a garment of a stent of wool or 
inspect the wool-work weighed out to the maids?” 
Then, said I, did you, Ischomachus, yourself educate 


1. to this: 514. 2-4. The relative clauses become participles in Greek. 
The re-translation of this exercise will often require strict memorizing of 


the M. 16. Guide 71 36. 21. Guide 90. 23. weave: the Greek says 
‘exhibit,’ z.e. deliver, all woven, Vcb. decxvivat. 


ATTIC PROSE— IO 


146 ATTIC PROSE 


the woman to a competency for her position im all 
other respects? “Not, indeed,” replied he, “not, 
Socrates, till I had done sacrifice, and had prayed 
that I might be led to teach and she to learn that 
which for both of us was the best!” Now for 
Heaven’s sake, Ischomachus, said I, what was the 
first thmg that you undertook to teach her? Tell me 
the story; I had rather hear you tell this tale than 
describe the finest gymnastic or equestrian contest 
ro in the world! 

““Why, then, Socrates,” he replied, “after she had 
begun to get used to me, and was gentle enough to 
be willing to converse, I questioned her somewhat in 
this wise: ‘Tell me, my wife, did you ever give thought 

15 to this thing, what end your parents and I can have 
had im view when they gave you to me and I took you? 
It was the deliberations of your parents on your behalf 
and my deliberations on mine, wondering what partner 
of hearth and home either of us could best take, that 

20 resulted in my choosing you, and your father and 
mother making their choice, such as fate permitted, 
of me. Now, then, we have this house m common. 
I make a showing of all my property to go to the 
common fund, and you have put im ali that you 


wet 


2 other respects: look out everywhere for the English ascending scale, 
Guide 70 13 2 not till: Vcb. xpiv. « be led- toa religious Greck rixq 
(reyxa2e7) would be equivalent to divine guidance. 5-7. Translated by 
Gicero, guid izgifur, pro dzum immoriaium fidem, primum cam docebas ? 
S. Connective os, Vcb. Thus often évei, stead of yap. 11. had begun: 
Guide 9421. 15. cam have had: reré. 17. Preserve the order in the maim; the 
idioms are very different. As usual, the Greek is far simpler than the English. 


— 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 147 


brought as marriage portion. And what we need 
to be reckoning up is not, which one of us has con- 
tributed numerically the larger share; but this is what 
we are to know for certain, that whichsoever of us 
5 proves the best partner in the business, that one’s 
contribution is worth the most 
“To these words, Socrates, my wife replied, ‘ But 
in what thing,’ said she, ‘would I be able to act with 
you? It is on you that everything depends. My 
1o mother said that my business was to behave well’ 
* By the powers,’ I exclaimed, ‘exactly what my father 
said to me, wife! Yet ‘tis a mark of prudent behavior, 
certainly, in man or woman, to take the best possible 
care of what one already possesses, and adopt every 
15 fair and honorable means of getting as much as pos- 
sible more.’ ‘But what,’ said my wife, ‘do you see 
that I can do to help in increasing the estate?” ‘Truly,’ 
said I, ‘if there be something which by the divine gift 
of nature you are qualified to perform, with the sanc- 
20 tion of human law, try to do ##az as well as you possibly 
can.” ‘And what is that?’ said she. ‘Not, I fancy, 
the least weighty matters,’ was my reply, ‘unless for- 
1. brought ec.- Vcb. évéycacOa:r. 3. this: Vcb. excises. 10-12. The 
largest imgredient of cahocayaSia is swoporiry. cf. 46 2, 52 18, G1 20. 
Vcb. edgper. The Romans translated swoporivy by emprraniia or modestia 
(modus, modestus). Uschomachus is 2 trifle sly in the turn that he gives to the 
cwdporeiy of his wife. 13. Clauses “fimal of care or effort” (Gres with future 
Ind.) are copiously illustrated im the M. See the Est H. 885. Hepacta: 
usually takes the Infmitive. Sometimes Xenophon forgets that he has said 
éxrws, and the Infmitive follows it, 48 25. 20. that: made forcible m 
Greek by placing the relative before the antecedent clause, see 130 22 note. 
22. weighty: dfs (yew ‘ weigh’). 


148 ATTIC PROSE 


10 


20 


= 


sooth, it is the least weighty matters that are presided 
over by the queen bee in the hive! For I believe, 
wife,’’’ so Ischomachus told me that he said to her, 
“*T do believe, that particularly in making up this 
yoke-pair which is called male and female, the gods 
gave profound consideration to its mutual helpfulness 
in union —by originally adapting, as it seems to me, 
the nature of the woman to the works and cares within, 
and the nature of the man to the works and cares with- 
out. The body and the spirit of the man they so 
equipped as to be better able tg endure extremes of 
heat and cold, long journeys and marches afield — thus 
imposing on him the outside labors; while in creating 
the body of the woman with less power in these direc- 
tions, thereby, as it seems to me,’’’ Ischomachus de- 
clared he said, ‘‘‘God enjoined upon her the inside 
labors. Because the nature of both is not equally well 
adapted to the same things all round, for this reason 
the man and woman have greater need of each other, 
and the pair has been made more helpful unto itself, 
the one yoke-fellow being able to do those things in 
which the other yoke-fellow is deficient. It behooves 
us now, my wife,’ said I, ‘knowing as we do what 
duties God has severally enjoined upon us, to endeavor 
to perform them severally, in the best possible manner.’ 

““* Custom likewise adds its sanction,’”’ he continued, 
as he told me, “‘in joining man and wife together; and 
2. I: emphasized in Greek, see 126 8 note. 3. so Ischomachus e¢c.: pn 


g¢dava:. Greek simplicity. 7. it seems: Guide 98 10. 21. in which: & in the 


M. 


is under the influence of duvduevov. éAXelrerar alone would have the 


genitive. 26. Custom and law are covered by the same word. 


10 


15 


20 


25 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 149 


what God has given either one the more power to do, 
that the law declares is well. It is handsomer for the 
woman to abide within than to tarry without, while for 
the man it is more unhandsome to remain within than 
to attend to the affairs without. And in case of any 
one contravening these laws of nature, it may be that 
Heaven does not fail to note that he is out of order, 
and he pays the penalty for neglecting his own busi- 
ness and doing the woman’s work. — And it seems to 
me,’ I added, ‘that the queen bee has just such a set 
of labors divinely imposed upon her to perform.’ 

“« And pray how can it be,’ she said, ‘that the queen 
bee has labors just like those which I have got to do?’ 
‘Because,’ said I, ‘she, too, remaining within the hive, 
will not suffer the bees to be idle, but sends forth to 
their work such of them as must be busy without. The 
honey that each one brings in she takes note of and 
receives, and saves it all until there be need to use it. 
Then, when the proper time for using it has arrived, 
she dispenses to each one of the bees its just portion. 
Furthermore she has charge of the construction of the 
combs within the hive, that they may be framed with 
excellent despatch; and she attends to the rearing up 
of the progeny that comes to light. And when the 
rearing is complete, and the young bees are equal to 
labors of their own, she sends them off to found a new 
community, with one of the number as their queen.’ 


2. is well: Guide 975. 6. contravening: Vcb. rapd. 7. fail to note: 


cf. 15 23, 121 12 note. 12. pray: Vcb. motos. 18. until: Guide 91 35. 
24. progeny: 7éxoy stands in the M., instead of the Gen. which émrimeNeto bat 
regularly takes, because it is the anticipated subject of éxrpépyrar. H. 878. 


150 ATTIC PROSE 


““* And is this, then,’ said my wife, ‘what 7 will have 
todo?’ ‘You will certainly have to remain indoors,’ I 
said, ‘and help in sending forth those domestics whose 
work is done outside; while such of them as have 

5 inside work to do, you must oversee. You must re- 
ceive the produce that is brought into the house: as 
much of it as needs to be expended must be disbursed 
by you, while any surplus that needs to be put by, you 
must look out for, and take care that the store intended 

1o for a year be not used up in a month. When your 
wool has been brought in, you must see that garments 
are woven for any who need them. Yes, and you must 
have the cereals admirably prepared for food. — There 
is just one of the duties devolving upon you,’ I said, 

15 ‘that will perhaps seem a trifle ungracious: if ever a 
member of the household is sick, you must see to it in 
every case that he is tended and made well.’ ‘Nay, 
rather say most gracious,’ she rejoined, ‘at least if 
those who have been well tended will thank me and 

20 be more friendly than ever.’ 

“Then I,” pursued Ischomachus, “admiring her 
answer, said: ‘Is it not of precisely such attentions on 
the part of the queen bee that the disposition of the 
other bees toward their leader comes ?—so that when 


5. must: the M. well illustrates the construction of the verbal adjective in 
-réos, H. 988-992, G. 1594 ff, B. 633 ff. 9. that the store etc. - Cic. me sumptus 
annuus menstruus fiat. 12. woven: Vcb. yevéc@at. 13. prepared for food: 
7.e. by grinding (crushing). Perhaps, however, otros is here meant to include 
more than breadstuffs; dried fruits, forexample. 19. will: not “shall.” Here 
péAXev, but the Fut. Ind. might be used, cf 46 14, Guide 108 5. 22. Is it not 
efc.. English makeshift to secure a natural order of thought, cf 123 17 note, 
125 9. 


10 


20 


25 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING ISI 


she quits the hive, not a bee of them thinks she ought 
to be abandoned, but one and all they follow.’ To this 
my wife responded: ‘I should be surprised,’ she said, 
‘if the work of a leader does not pertain rather to your- 
self than to me. All my guarding of what is within, 
all my dispensing would appear ridiculous enough, I 
think, were you not taking. care that something be 
brought in from without.’ ‘ Equally ridiculous,’ said I, 
‘would my bringing-in appear, were no one there to 
keep safe what has once been brought. Don’t you 
see how the people in the fable who draw water to fill 
the perforated jar are commiserated, because their toil 
seems to be in vain?’ ‘Upon my word,’ said she, 
‘they are to be pitied, if that is what they do!’ 

“«¢ Still other personal cares there are,’ said I, ‘which 
must prove pleasant to you, my wife— when, for ex- 
ample, you take a maid unskilled in wool-work and 
impart to her the requisite skill, till she becomes worth 
twice as much to you; or when, receiving one that is 
without skill in housework and service, you make her 
skillful and devoted, and have in her an invaluable 
servant; when, too, you find yourself at liberty to 
reward the steady slaves who are useful to your house, 
and to chastise any who reveals himself as bad; but 
pleasantest of all, if you prove better than I, and make 


4. does not: either refve: or reivor. The Objective Conditional may be 


attracted to an Optative. 7. be brought: the final clause may have the Optative 
by attraction. 9. to keep safe: when a relative clause is strictly final it has the 
Future Indicative, H.911, G. 1442, B.591. But dc071s od fer may denote some- 
thing like a resu/t, H.gt0. Inthe M. ogo appears, by attraction to the other 
Optative. 11. fable: of the punishment of the daughters of Danaus, in Hades, 


152 ATTIC PROSE 


Io 


me your servant—having no need to fear lest with 
advancing years you become less honored in the family, 
but trusting that as you grow older, the better help- 
meet and mother the house you watch over shall find 
in you, so much the more honored will you be in it. 
For,’ said I, ‘it is not the charms of person, but the vir- 
tues of the mind, that make human life rich in all things 
fair and good.’” 
Learning Homer 

In the opinion of Socrates, when sensible men were 
dining together it was too bad if they would not at 
least make some attempt to benefit or entertain each 
other. We learn from Xenophon, about what sort of 
subjects, in the way of pleasantry, may be touched 
upon to secure this end. Once when several persons 
were banqueting at the house of Callias of Athens, 
their host promised, if all the rest would publicly con- 
tribute each his best piece of knowledge, that he would 
for his own part explain whereon he prided himself the 
most. The finest wisdom, he averred, consisted in 
improving men; nobody, therefore, should begrudge 
some account of any art whereby one fancied himself 
enabled to effect this thing. 

Thereupon Niceratus, the son of Nicias, being asked 
upon what sort of knowledge he prided himself, de- 


25 clared that it. was upon the ability to recite the whole 


in 


6. virtues: in order to possess the dpevai,a woman must be dplorn, or, 
other words, xahz xdya8%. See 168 note. 9. sensible: ¢pérpos 2. 


10. would not: Guide 90 9: ¢£ 150 19 note. 12. Xenophon: 35 Io. 
13. in the way of pleasantry : é» ra.d.g. — For the idiom, Guide 71 36. © 
19 17, 23. 20. should: dé0: or deity. 


5 


Io 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 153 


Iliad and Odyssey from memory. “ Whoever,” he said, 
“‘ has once learned all the verses of Homer, knows how 
to improve his associates in pretty nearly everything 
that pertains to man. Everybody is of course aware 
that Homer has written about economics, civil elo- 
quence, strategy, and all that. Whoever, therefore, 
cares to become the counterpart of Achilles or Ajax, 
Nestor or Odysseus, let him cultivate the most accom- 
plished of the poets.” 


Beauty of Socrates 


“We hope now,” said Callias, “that Critobulus will 
stand up to the contest of beauty with Socrates, and 
will not back out. He has been summoned to a pre- 
liminary examination; and he must take care to give 
the cleverest possible answers, otherwise this ogre here 
will be sure to make himself out the handsomest.” 

First of all, Socrates asked him whether he believed 
beauty to exist in man only, or elsewhere as well.—It 
was to be found, the other said, in many things, both 
living and lifeless. He knew, at any rate, of a shield 
being beautiful, or a sword or spear.— Then Socrates 
went on to ask, how it were possible for things which 
bore no resemblance to each other to be all beautiful. 
— Whereat Critobulus replied, that if they were well 
constructed for their respective uses, or naturally well 


2. has once learned: not Perf., Guide 94 27.—verses: Vcb. Eros. 


13. must take care: 45 2. 14. clever: codés.—this here: otroci.— ogre: 
Ternrés. 15. Use dvareifear. 16. The change from direct to indirect 
quotation is an essential departure from the M. 19. he knew: Infmitive. 


154 ATTIC PROSE 


adapted to their required ends, they were consequently 
beautiful. 
Socrates accordingly proceeded to show, in view of 
these replies, that if what we need eyes for is to see 
5 (which Critobulus admitted), his own eyes were the 
more beautiful. For while those of his friend looked 
only straight ahead, his own, as he declared, could by 
reason of their prominence, look sideways as well. 
Of their noses, he affirmed that his own was certainly 
10 the more beautiful, at any rate if the gods gave men 
noses to smell with. For while Critobulus’ nostrils 
looked toward the earth, his were turned upward and 
outward, ready to receive the odors from every quarter. 
In fact, a snub nose, he maintained, was handsomer 
1s than a straight one, because the former did not wall 
off the eyes from each other in the threatening and 
insolent manner of the lofty nose. 
As the philosopher was about to pass to the mouth, 
with its biting-off power and other capacities, his friend, 
20 seeing that such arguments were unanswerable, con- 
cluded to yield the point in advance, and acknowledged 
himself defeated. 


Xanthippe, his Wife 


“If any one of you, gentlemen, happens to have a 
shrew of a wife, and is at a loss what to make of her, 


3. dropalvew.—in view of: rpés with acc. 4. replies: 45 10. 6. while: 
parataxis. 7. ashe declared: not parenthetical in Greek. 10. No past phase, 
Guide 86 4. 18. philosopher: 62 25.— pass: éNOe?v, w. éri, 19-22. Con- 
strue as 5212. 20. unanswerable: dvé\eyxros 2.— concluded: 4013. 21. in 
advance: mpérepos.— acknowledge: 1 2. 24. at a loss: use amopeiv Impf. 


un 


10 


iS 


20 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 156 


let him not despair, but be of good heart and try to 
give her an education. Possibly her nature is nowise 
inferior to that of her husband, only she is a little too 
high-spirited, and lacks judgment and self-control. I 
believe I shall not come far wide of the mark.in say- 
ing that this would be a capital way to learn how 
to get along with mankind in general— by having the 
crossest kind of a helpmeet, and understanding how 
to bear up with her and make her better. A wise man, 
I fancy, who wanted to make a jockey of himself would 
get, not the tamest, but the most mettlesome horses he 
could find; for he might be sure that if he could con- 
trol ¢zkem, he would find the managing of all other 
horses an easy matter.” 


Filial Gratitude 


“Some men are called ungrateful, as we know: 
those, namely, are thus stigmatized who, though able 
to requite favors received, yet fail to do so. We reckon 
the ungrateful likewise among the unjust; for when 
a man has received benefit from friend or foe, and 
makes no effort to requite it, he is most assuredly a 
wrong-doer. Accordingly we must admit that ingrati- 
tude is a form of injustice, pure and simple. 

“Furthermore, the greater the good received without 
return, the greater the injustice. But certainly we can 


5. in saying: Circumstantial Condition.—this would ec. - oUTW .. 


udduor’ dv ris wp. 7. by having efc.: Vague Condition. Use participle and 
verb, Guide 100 16. 10. make of himself: yevéodar. 15. as we know: 
not parenthetical in Greek. 22. a form of: rls. 


156 ATTIC PROSE 


uw 


10 


20 


+) 


find none that have greater benefit from others than 
children have from their parents. Were it not for our 
parents we ourselves should not exist—we could not 
see all the beautiful sights, or have a share in all the 
blessings, which the gods prepare for mankind. To 
leave this life behind us is what of all things we shun 
the most. Governments, therefore, have made death 
the penalty of the greatest offenses, in the view that 
there is no graver evil whereby men can be deterred 
from wrong-doing. 

“ There is the father, who cherishes his wife, and for 
the children they may have provides in advance every- 
thing that he believes will profit their lives, to the full 
extent of his ability. The mother, again, nourishes and 
tends her babe, though it knows not its helper nor can 
signify its wants; but she must divine the needs and 
gratifications which she attempts to supply, and through 
the long period of nursing she undergoes hardships by 
night and by day, knowing not what return she is to 
receive therefor. Nor is it enough for the parents 
merely to rear their offspring; but as soon as they 
believe the children old enough to learn, they first 
teach them whatever good things they can themselves ; 
and then, if there be anything which they think another 
is more competent to impart, they incur the expense of 
sending their children to such a teacher — thus taking 
care in every way to have them made as good as possible. 


1. The plur. of oddels occurs, but not very often. 2. were it not for: ei un 


dud. 3. exist: efvar. 11. There is the father: in Greek the prominent 
(antithetic) position conveys the force of this phrase. 23. can: Vcb. éxeu, 


Io 


a5 


20 


25 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 157 


“ Now then, after one’s parents have done so much, 
if either of them happens to be somewhat harsh of dis- 
position, let no child imagine that he cannot endure 
such harshness, especially on a mother’s part —not 
even if what she may say be as hard as possible to 
bear; but let him reflect, how much trouble in word 
and deed he has himself caused her, from infancy, by 
his fretful nature, and by his illness how much pain. 
Let him be sure that such a mother, who has suffered 
thus much for his sake, not only means no harm to 
her child in saying what she says—no more than 
actors really mean the abuse which they heap upon 
each other on the tragic stage — but, on the contrary, 
she wishes him well above everybody in the world. 
Nay, let him not even say that she is harsh who means 
thus well by him, who cares for him to the utmost of 
her power when he is sick, that he may recover and 
may lack nothing that he needs; who, moreover, offers 
fervent prayers and fulfills solemn vows to Heaven on 
his behalf.— We know that the state, while taking 
cognizance of no other sort of ingratitude, but disre- 
garding as it does all other persons who fail to requite 
the favors which they receive, yet imposes a penalty 
upon him who honors not his parents. Ay, if one 
neglect to decorate the tomb of his deceased parents, 
the state deems even this a wrong. Finally, let a man 


2. somewhat harsh: comparative degree of adj. 3. Cf 83 13 (where 


t6y would have been more usual), H. 874, G. 1346, B. 584. Here the Imperfect 
is required.— endure: synonyms 1 9, 37 8, 49 10. 6. let him reflect: 
peuvicOw. 13. but, onthe contrary: ad\\a cal. 15. Nay etc.- xal why u., or 
cf-219. 20. Parataxis. 26. Finally: 7 12. 


158 ATTIC PROSE 


10 


15 


20 


25 


beware lest, if he fail to honor his father and his mother, 
he find himself alone, bereft of friends; for whoever 
is conceived to be ungrateful toward his parents, to 
him men can show no favor with any hope of a return.” 


Agesilaus in Asia 


Agesilaus had but recently assumed the royal 
authority when news came from Asia that the Great 
King was engaged in collecting a large army, by sea 
and by land, with hostile designs upon the Greeks. 
While the matter was under discussion at Sparta, 
Agesilaus, judging it best so to order the impending 
struggle as to stake the interests, not of Hellas, but 
of Asia, upon the issue, arose and spoke as follows : — 
“Upon a former occasion, Lacedaemonians and allies, 
the Persian crossed over into Greece,.in the hope of 
making us his slaves. My choice now is to cross in 
turn against him, and substitute a war of invasion for 
one of defense. We shall thus carry it on mainly at 
his expense, not merely at our own. Give me, then, 
an army of eight thousand men, and I will sail to Asia 
and endeavor to make peace; or, if the foreigner pre- 
fers war, I promise to keep him too busy for any cam- 
paigning against the Greeks.” 

Once in Asia, his first action was to set the perjury 
of Tissaphernes in so clear a light as to establish a 
universal opinion of the faithlessness of the viceroy ; 
exhibiting at the same time a piety on his own part 


I. beware: 8 28. 2. Not passive. 9. Gen. abs. H. 972 a, G. 1568, 


B. 657 N. 1.— Sparta: Zrdpry. 15. dovdodv. 23. Once in Asia: cf 16 23, 
175,23 26. 25. viceroy: 30 25. 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 159 


that caused all, Greeks and foreigners alike, to join him 
with confidence in any desired undertaking.  Tissa- 
phernes, namely, declared himself able to bring about 
for Agesilaus the liberation and political independence 
50f the Greek cities in Asia. “ You have only to grant 
me a truce,” he said, “against the arrival of the mes- 
sengers whom I shall send to the king, fixing such 
length of time as you will as the limit of the trans- 
action.” Accordingly they struck a truce, swearing 
1o0n both sides that they would observe their covenants 
without guile. Tissaphernes, however, so far from 
keeping peace, proceeded to send to the king for a 
large force of men in addition to that which he already 
had. Agesilaus, on the other hand, although he per- 
15ceived what was going on, nevertheless stood firm to 
the truce. In this way it became publicly evident that 
he was a man steadfast in the observance. of an oath, 
incapable of proving false to an agreement. 
Tissaphernes thereafter, believing, since his home 
20was in Caria, that Agesilaus would invade that region 
first of all, transported his infantry thither, and stationed 
his cavalry in the plain of the Maeander. Agesilaus, 
however, proceeding by the shortest route directly from 
Ephesus to Sardis, marched for three days through a 
25 country abandoned by the foe and affording abundant 
supplies for his army, until the arrival of the enemy’s 
cavalry on the fourth day. Hereupon he determined 
to join battle at once, while the foreign infantry was 


3. namely: Guide939. 5. udvov... de? xrr. 24. Ephesus: “Edecos, 7. 
26. until: 58 17. 


160 ATTIC PROSE 


Ww 


ty 
un 


still absent. Leading the line of his heavy-armed 
against the opposing array of horse, with an advance 
movement of the targeteers on the double-quick, he 
commanded his cavalry to charge also, on the under- 
standing that they had in the rear the support of the 
whole army and the general himself. The best among 
the Persians received the cavalry charge, but turned 
when confronted with the terrors of the combined 
attack, some of them plunging straight into the Pacto- 
lus, while others made off in flight. 

Upon arriving at Sardis, while the suburbs of the 
capital were given over to fire and pillage, Agesilaus 
made known what he meant to do, by issuing a procla- 
mation, as follows: “I am come, the king of the 
Lacedaemonians, to set the Greek cities free, and to 
suppress those who see fit to wrong them. Such of 
you, therefore, as stand in need of deliverance, come 
to me as to one who battles for the common cause. 
If any there be who claim Asia as their own, let them 
appear in arms, and try the issue with her liberators.” 
— As no one came forth in response to this challenge, 
thenceforward Agesilaus conducted the remainder of 
the campaign with fearless confidence, securing immu- 
nity from plunder to the territory of friends, while 
reaping a rich booty from that of the foe. — Nor indeed, 
even after the death of Tissaphernes, whom the king 
beheaded, holding him to blame for the ill-success of 
his arms, did the cause of the foreigner become more 


14. as follows: 29 22. 14. oratio directa. 16. suppress: cf 27 24, but 


admrorave.y would be better here. 


_ EXERCISES FOR WRITING 161 


encouraging. Embassies were dispatched from all 
the nations to treat with Agesilaus; and many, striking 
boldly for liberty, came over to him in open revolt. 


Recalled to Hellas 


Thus Agesilaus cherished the intention and the hope 

5 of effecting a speedy dissolution of that empire which 
had formerly taken arms against Greece. By this time 
his authority extended over a very large number of 
cities upon the continent of Asia, and, now that the 
state had annexed the fleet to his command, over many 

io islands also; and he was growing greater day by day 
in power and renown. The end, however, of all these 
achievements upon foreign soil came in the form of an 
order from the home government to return to Hellas 
and do battle in behalf of his native city with the 
15 Thebans and other Greeks who were in combination 
against her. Here, though under the existing circum- 
stances he might have proceeded just as he chose, the 
king hesitated not a moment, but promptly obeyed the 
five ephors. Crossing the Hellespont he made his way 
20 through the same nations as had been traversed by 
Xerxes with his enormous armament; and what had 
been a year’s journey for the Persian was completed by 
Agesilaus in a single month. Arriving at the Boeotian 
frontier, there he found a force of Thebans, Athenians, 

25 Argives, Corinthians, Aenianians, Euboeans, and Locri- 
ans arrayed to dispute his passage. Accordingly he 
4. Cherished efc.: Guide 9411. 11. Say 7éde,thenydp. 12. upon foreign 


soil: év 77 BapBdpw. 21. See 180 22 note. 
ATTIC PROSE— II 


162 ATTIC PROSE 


wn 


ie) 


oe) 


25 


drew up his own army for battle in plain sight, having 
no allies from the vicinity except Phocians and Orcho- 
menians. 

Battle of Coronea 

This battle was equaled by no other of my time. 
They met in the plain near Coronea: Agesilaus with 
his command moving from the river Cephissus; the 
Thebans and their allies, from Mt. Helicon. They saw 
their lines of infantry quite evenly matched, and the 
cavalry also were about equal in numbers on either 
side. Agesilaus held the right of his own force, with 
the Orchomenians on his extreme left. On the other 
side the Thebans themselves occupied the right, the 
Argives the left wing. 

As they drew near, for a time there was a deep 
silence on both sides; but when they were about a fur- 
long apart the Thebans raised the battle shout and 
charged upon the double-quick. While there was still 
an interval of a hundred yards, a counter-charge upon 
the run from Agesilaus’ line was made by mercenaries 
under Herippidas’ command. These consisted of such 
as had enlisted for the Asiatic campaign at the start, 
together with some of the Cyreans, besides Ionians, 
Aeolians, and Hellespontians who stood next in line. 
All of those mentioned took part in the counter-charge, 
and arriving within spear reach turned their opponents. 


4. The banishment of Xenophon (for his Laconian sympathies) was prob- 


ably not decreed till after the battle of Coronea, August, 394 B.c. It was 
afterwards revoked, when friendly relations between Athens and Sparta had 
been restored. See Vol. IX. of Grote’s History of Greece. 22. Cyreans: a 
remnant of the “Ten Thousand Greeks,” with Xenophon himself at their head. 


wn 


“10 


» 


20 


=a 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 163 


Nor, indeed, did the Argives withstand Agesilaus and 
his men, but fled to Mt. Helicon. 

At this moment, while some of his friends were 
already decking Agesilaus with the wreath of victory, 
word is brought to him that the Thebans had cut 
their way through the Orchomenians and were among 
the camp-followers. Immediately facing about he led 
against them. The Thebans, in their turn, as they saw 
their fellow-combatants in full flight in the region of 
Helicon, began a vigorous march, bent on breaking 
through to their own party. Right here, while Agesi- 
laus may be pronounced beyond all question brave, yet 
he certainly chose anything but the safest way. When 
he might have let pass the troops who were breaking 
through, followed them up, and overpowered them in 
the rear, he did nothing of the sort, but met the The- 
bans with a crash, squarely, front to front. Striking 
their shields together, it was a scene of shoving, fight- 
ing, killing, dying. There were no shouts to be heard, 
nor indeed was there silence, but the sort of suppressed 
utterance that the wrath of battle might be expected to - 
produce. Finally, some of the Thebans broke their 
way through to Helicon, many fell back and were slain. 

After the victory had declared itself on the side of 
Agesilaus, and he had been borne severely wounded to 
his troop, certain of the cavalry riding up informed him 
that eighty of the enemy with their arms were under 


3. Guide 93 17, 8. Emphasize the subject. Cf 1268 note. 9. in the 


region of: Vcb. rpés. 11. A note of disapproval. The Agesilaus of Xeno- 
phon is a ewlogy (€yxwmuov). 14. Acc. abs., H. 973, G. 1569, B. 658. 


164 ATTIC PROSE 


uw 


“ 
us 


5 


the shelter of the temple, and inquired what was to be 
done. Then, though his whole body was covered with 
wounds inflicted by all sorts of weapons, he still did 
not forget the claims of religion, but gave orders that 
the men should be allowed to depart unmolested; and 
he detailed the cavalry who were in attendance upon 
him to escort them on their way, until they arrived at 
a place of safety. 

When the fighting had ceased, the place where they 
had met in combat presented a fearful sight: the earth 
stained with blood, friend and foe lying dead together, 
crushed shields, shivered spears, daggers stripped of 
their sheaths, some lying upon the ground, some fixed 
in the bodies, others still held in the hands of men. 
That evening, for it had come to be quite late, drawing 
the Spartan dead within the lines, they made a supper 
and slept. In the morning he ordered Gylis the pole- 
march to draw up the army in fighting order; further, 
that every man should wear a garland in honor of the 
god, and all the musicians should play. They did so; 
and the Thebans sent a herald asking for a truce to 
bury their dead. The truce was granted, and Agesilaus 
continued his homeward march. — Such had been his 
choice: not to be the greatest man in Asia, but to 
govern and be governed by the Spartan law. 


1. temple: of Itonean Athena. As suppliants the men ought not to have 


retained their arms. 5. unmolested: Vcb. éa». 10. fearful sight: Vcb. 
GcacGa. 15. hadcometobe: 73m. 19. the god: Apollo, to whom the song 
of triumph would be addressed. 21. The victory is thus finally conceded 
to Agesilaus. 23. Not a new sentence in Greck. : 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 165 


Panhellenic Patriotism 


Xenophon has recounted in praise of Agesilaus that 
the Laconian loved not his native city alone, but as a 
Greek was a lover of Greeks. He who shrank from 
no dangers, spared no expense, pleaded no excuse of 
health or age, provided he could confer some benefit 
upon his own state, the same man deemed it a calamity 
to be victorious in a war with Greeks, and commiserated 


wn 


Hellas for her senseless annihilation of her own sons 
in mutual combat. The Spartan thought it enough if 

10 his erring brethren should be chastened. In the same 
way Corinthians, Thebans, and Athenians were for 
chastening any who might err. But between those 
who were in the wrong and those who were in the 
right, they could never agree in distinguishing. 

Spartan Simplicity 

13; The house of the Spartan king was the house of a 
man who knows how to adjust his expenses to his 
income. A sight of its doors would lead one to con- 


jecture they were the same that Aristodemus, the son 
of Heracles, had managed to find and set up on his 


1. Xenophon: 35 10.—hasr. in pr.: 268. Not Perf.inGreek. 2. The 
past phase may enter, 7 14 1 f. The clauses are not causal.—the L.: 
6 Adxwr. 3. he who ¢f.- ptcp. w. article. 5. provided: 10 7, H. 953 b., 
G. 1453, B. 596. 6. the same m.: éxeivos. 7. C7 45 22. 8. senseless: use 
ad¢gporws, the opp. of cwgpérws. C7. cwOpoviferyin the M. 9. deity... pdvor. 
Not p.v. 10. inthesamew.: 2910. 11. werefor: éSothorro. 12. robs 48. 
K. T. ph. 14. agree: 50 2.—in dist.: acre diayryr. 15. Spartan: 53 s. 
15. The Greek sentence would take the form seen 58 6.—a man ef. ptcp. 
w. zis. 17. Asight: ptcp. 19. managed ef.: Vcb. \aSety. The idiomatic 
(colloquial) participle with tone of indifference. 


166 ATTIC PROSE 


uw 


Io 


20 


7. 


return from exile. Equally plain and inexpensive were 
the furnishings of the interior. Moderate and simple, 
too, was the feasting of the king at the public sacri- 
fices; and we are told that it was an ordinary citizen’s 
carriage in which his daughter used to go down to Amy- 
clae. — Thus Xenophon was enabled to speak of Agesi- 
laus as having equipped his mind to be, like Sparta 
herself, impregnable — open to no attack of fear, cupid- 
ity, or luxury. 


Hunting as Part of a Liberal Education 


This discovery, of hunting with hounds, is due to 
the gods Apollo and Artemis. By them imparted as 
a reward of righteousness to Chiron the Centaur, he 
gladly received and availed himself of the gift; and 
among his disciples, in hunting as well as in other noble 
arts, were Theseus, Odysseus, Diomed, Castor and Pollux, 
Aeneas, Achilles. They came to be severally honored 
by divine grace in due season. Theseus, who swept 
away the foes of all Hellas single-handed, is admired 
even to the present day also for advancing his native 
city to distinction. To Odysseus and Diomed, aside 
from their brilliant individual achievements, belongs in 
the main the credit of Troy’s capture. As for Castor 
and Pollux, their signal exhibitions in Hellas of what 


1. plain and inexpensive: 212. 2. Moderate and simple: 5 26, 8 12. 
as having eé.. Inf. 17. Theseus, the national hero of Athens; as a 


pioneer of civilization, a sort of Attic Heracles. 20. A famous hunting adven- 
ture of Odysseus is recounted in the Odyssey, XIX. 393-466. 21. alrvos may 
take Inf. with or without the article. 


Io 


15 


20 


25 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 167 


they had gained from Chiron have seemed a worthy 
ground for their deification. Aeneas delivers his 
paternal and maternal gods, delivers his own father 
from destruction; earning thereby a reputation for 
piety that secured to him and his, even at the hands 
of the victorious enemy, the unique privilege of immu- 
nity in the sack of Troy. Achilles, finally, educated 
in this mode, transmitted to posterity such a monu- 
mental record of great deeds that no one ever grows 
weary in reciting or listening to his tale. In such wise 
were they enabled to approve themselves through the 
training Chiron gave them. 

For myself, I advise our youth to despise no part of 
education; least of all, hunting. Hunting makes men 
good in war, as in all matters that require brave think- 
ing, speaking, and acting. They who set their hearts 
upon this business will be helped by it in a great many 
ways: they will secure health for the body, improved 
eyesight and hearing, comparative immunity from old 
age; and, above all things, it is a good discipline for 
war. It was clearly seen by our ancestors, that of all 
the pleasures of youth, hunting is the only one that 
produces a large share of benefit; since, because it is 
an education in the spirit of truth, it makes for temper- 
ance and righteousness. A noteworthy illustration is 
furnished by the heroes of olden time whom I named 
as pupils of Chiron: beginning with hunting in their 
youth, they acquired many noble arts, and arrived at 
an excellence that renders them objects of admiration 


30 to this day. It is a patent fact that all men desire to 


168 ATTIC PROSE 


excel; but the most stand aloof, because true excellence 
is attainable only through toil. The achieving of suc- 
cess is too uncertain, while the labor involved is con- 
spicuously present. 

5 The persons known as sophists excite my wonder, 
in that, while professing, as the most of them do, to 
lead our youth to what is good, they really lead them 
in the opposite direction. We have seen no man, I 
fancy, who has been put right by the sophists of the 

1o present day. I am myself not a professional teacher, 
but I know that what is good is best learned from 
nature herself ; while the next best thing is to learn from 
men who are truly possessed of some excellent knowl- 
edge, not from people whose business is to deceive. 

15 Perhaps I do not express myself in a sophisticated 


1. toexcel: ic. dpurro yevér Oar, dperny karepyacacba. 2. through toil: 
this sentiment, illustrative of the meaning of dper}, was a commonplace of 
Greek literature, from Hesiod’s line (quoted by Xenophon, Memorabilia II. 
I, 20), 
: THs & daperas idpGra Geol rpowdpober ZOnxar, 
to Aristotle’s lyrical fragment,-which begins: 

*Apera roNtpox be yéver Bpotelw, 
O@7jpaua KaddTOr Big, 

cas wépi, wapbéve, uoppas 

kal Gavety (adwros év “EAXGOc bryos 
kal mévous TARvat pwadepods dxdparTas. 


— Plato strikes off a popular definition of dper4, Menon 71 E: avrn éori» 
dvopos dper7, ixavdy eivac Ta THs Toews TpdtTTeEv, Kal mpdtTovTa Tovs pév 
didous eb roretv, To’s 6 éxOpods KaxG@s, kal atrov evaBetcba pndev TorodTov 
mwabety. ef 6€ Bote yuvarxds aGpeTHy, ov xaderdv diehOety, Gre Set avTHy THY 
oixlay eb oixetv, cSfovcdy Te Ta Evdov Kal KaTHKoov otcay Tov avipés. 8. Along 
with this it is only fair to read what Xenophon says of his friend Proxenus 
the Boeotian, who had given a fee to the distinguished sophist, Gorgias of 
Leontini, Anabasis II. 6, 16 ff, 


wn 


10 


a 


20 


25 


EXERCISES FOR WRITING 169 


manner, as far as language is concerned. But that 
is not the end I seek: my aim is to recount what is 
needed for the high purpose of a liberal education as 
the outcome of sound thought and judgment. Words 
cannot give an education; but maxims can, if good 
ones. There are many besides myself who are dis- 
posed to censure the sophists of the present time, as 
distinguished from the philosophers, because theirs is 
the wisdom not of ideas, but of words. My advice, 
accordingly, is to beware of the sophists and their 
professions, while nowise failing in regard for the 
conclusions of true philosophers. 

There are ancient legends to the effect that the gods 
like hunting, whether engaged in the work themselves 
or witnessing it on the part of others. Taking this 
tradition to heart, the young who act upon my advice 
are assured at the outset as to their godliness and piety, 
when they think of what they do as seen by an eye that 
is divine. These are the sort of youth who honor their 
parents, and serve well not only their country at large, 
but their individual compatriots and friends. — Hunt- 
ing, finally, has been the making not merely of men 
who were enamored of the art, but likewise of women 
to whom the goddess of the chase has vouchsafed her 
gift, an Atalanta, a Procris, many another. 


6. It was the corrupting influence of the mercenary spirit that gave the 


sophists their bad name; a philosopher, pursuing knowledge without regard 
to material interests or the vanity and ambition of would-be learners, was 
supposed to have no motive for ‘making the worse appear the better reason,’ 
Tov nT Tw hOyov KpelTTw ToLEry, 


ABBREVIATIONS AND EXPLANATIONS 


Regular substantives, masc. and fem. of the First, and masc. and neut. 
of the Second Declension, are registered in the Vocabulary without desig- 
nation of the genitive or the gender: veavias, roXirns, Bla, yA, dbEa, olKos, 
8rdov. Regular adjectives of the First and Second Declension, of three or of 
two endings, are designated as such by the numeral: déos 3, apyds 2. 

Verbs are registered by the Infinitive: of the Aorist stem, when a 2 aor. 
is in use; of the Imperfect stem, when a I aor. is in use, or when there is 
no aorist. See Guide 93 37. Both forms thus often come to be given: 
orhva, iordvac; diva, pve. For the sake of clearness of definition, the 
Active and Middle forms of many verbs are separately presented: éNety, édé- 
cOa; iévat, terPar,— Infinitives in -e¢v are aorists, unless marked as imper- 
fects: ebpetv, but Getv impf. 

All words formed from different roots are separately registered: dyads, els, 
éveyKetv, KpelrTwr, ula, péperv. 

Verbs compounded with a preposition must be looked for under the simple 
verb, if the simple is in use in Attic prose: adpeXetv, under édetvy. But if the 
simple verb is not prosaic, the compounds are independently registered: dei- 
vat, €Tacvely, mapavety, 

Words inclosed in parentheses are of common origin with the word to 
which the parenthesis is annexed. English and Latin words so inclosed are 
always cognates, never derived or borrowed words; but the Greek words may 
be derivatives, or merely collateral forms. 

In connection with such verbs as are entirely regular there is no mention 
of forms: dav, vpalve (H. 422, 431; G. 663, 672; B. 213, 204).—The 
Vocabulary is meant to be in no respect exhaustive, but its lists are extensively 
supplemented by references to the grammars. 


H.= Hadley and Allen’s Grammar. G.=Goodwin’s Grammar. B.= Bab- 
bitt’s Grammar. M.= Model. Vcb. = Vocabulary. 


antith. = antithesis, antithetic. postp. = postpositive. 
arr. = arrange, arrangement. ptcp. = Participle, participial. 
cf. = confer, compare. p. v. = Passive Voice. 
const. = construction, construe. Sc. = scilicet, to wit. 
Eng. = English. sent. = sentence. 
f. or ff. = the following (one) or (sev- subst. = substantive. 
eral) lines, pages, efc. syn. = synonym, synonyms. 
id. = idiom, idiomatic. * vb. = verb. 
KT. = Kal Ta outa, ef cetera. w. = with. 


References to all parts of the book except the Vocabulary are by page and 
line, with heavy-faced numerals to denote the sages. Thus 128 means page 
one hundred and twenty-eight; 38 5 f., 17-19 means page thirty-eight, lines 
five and six, and seventeen to nineteen inclusive. 

170 


VOGaA EU AR Y 


A. 


dyayetv (dy-, agere, dywr, dios): Lo 
lead, carry ; d&w, Axa, Hyuat, WXOnY, 
dyw. omovdds &&eauv, ‘would keep 
truce,’ 53 23. 

— amayayety, 
‘back,’ 22 11. 

— Siayayeiv, Sidvyerv, ‘to pass time,’ 
‘continue,’ 11 29, 12 23. 

— tkayayetv, éEdyerv, ‘to lead out’ or 
‘forth,’ 12 2; é&yx6n, ‘was carried 
away,’ by the temptation, 36 13. 

— mepiayayely, mepidyev, ‘to lead 
round,’ 2 24. 

— mporayayety, ‘to bring to,’ 3 3. 
Gyayéo8ar: fo lead for oneself or 
something of one’s own, 56 25. 
—Katayayécbar, KaTayecbar, ‘to 
put in’ to port, ‘to turn in,’ ‘put 

up’ for lodging, 25 21. 

ayabds 3: good. Syn. xpyords. 

ayadreoBat: Zo clory, be proud. 

— émaya\derOa, ‘to exult’ or ‘glory 
in,’ éxé rum, 88 1. 

ayav: oo (much), very. 

ayamav: 0 love, cherish, to be content. 

Syn, orépyev, directv, épav. 
ayatntés 3: beloved; ayamnroy eoTiy, 
‘one must be content,’ 41 17. 
ayac8at: Zo admire; jyacduny or 
nyacOnv, 45 9. 
ayyéAAew : 40 announce; ayyedO, nY- 


‘to lead away’ or 








yetha, NYVEKa, yyeAwat, HY yEA- 
@nv. Const. ptep-, 8re or ws. 

— amayyédXevv, ‘to report duly,’ the 
farewell word, 33 23. 

— ekayyédrew; eEnyyédOn, ‘ word was 
brought out,’ from Asia, 52 28. 

— émayyéXewv, ‘to lay orders upon,’ 
‘issue command,’ 27 26. 

— TwapayyéANev, mapayyetda, ‘to 
transmit orders,’ ‘pass the word 
along,’ 34 11, 17 8. 

ayyedla: ews, tidings, 

ayyedos: messenger. 

aye: ayayeiv. 

ayelperv: Zo collect; nryerpa. 

— ovvayelpey, ‘to muster,’ 28 13. 

aynpartos 2 (yjpas): ageless. 

ayvoetv impf.: Zo know not, aor. to fail 
to know, 20 26. 

Gyopa: assembly, place of assembly 
market-place ,; ayopa ™jOovea, ‘ full- 
market,’ to denote the business hours 
of the forenoon, 33 27. 

Gyopeverv: Zo harangue. The simple 

- vb. is rare in prose; the compounds 
(impf. only) are frequent. 
Syn. -eurety, -eypnkévat, etc. 

— amayopeverv, ‘to forbid,’ 12 6; ‘to 
give up,’ ‘grow weary,’ 61 18. 

— mpoayopevery, ‘to proclaim.’ 

— mpowayopevery, ‘to address’ by a 
name, apply it, 17 18, 31 12. 

aypa: @ catching ; plur. ‘the chase.’ 


171 


172 AE TIC 

G&ypios 3: wild, fierce. 

GyptoTns, -nTos, 7: /ierceness. 

Gypés: field, land, the country. 

Gyeov, -Gvos, 0: public game, contest. 

dywviter Oar: fo siruggle, contend. 

— StaywriterPar, ‘to contend mutu- 
ally,’ 12 10. 

adens, -és: fearless. 

ade (Hom. deldev) : to sing, celebrate 


Ad Vv, adeas. 


in song; doouat, Hoa, HoOny. 
ASEAPH: sister. 
&deAds: brother. 
GSnAos 2: not evident, uncertain. 
GSywros 2 (dyotv): unravaged. 
aSinyyros 2: 
GSiketv impf.: ¢o de unjust or in the 


indescribable. 


wrong, to do wrong, injure, Tid. 
adiknpa, -atos, 76: @ wrong, crime. 
G8ukia: tzjustice, wrong-doing. 
aSikos 2: w22just, wrong, wrong-doer. 
aSodos 2: gurleless. Ady. &80Xas. 
&Svvatos 2: wnadble, impossible. 
aet: always, ‘for the time being,’ 
‘from time to time,’ 32 12. 
aetds: eagle. 
abavaros 2 or 3: 
mortal, 


deathless, im- 

GOpoiferv: fo get together in crowds or 
heaps, Zo muster. 

GOpdos 3: 27 crowds, heaps, or masses. 

a0uvpos 2: spiritless, despondent. 

alSetobar: Zo be modest or bashful, to 
feel shame, respect, or mercy, Tid, 
‘before one’; aidécoua, ndéoOnv. 

— katatdetcba, ‘to stand in awe of, 
a departed soul, 32 2. 

alSdas, -ots, 7: shame, respect, mercy. 

aipa, -atos, 76: dood. 

aiparoty: fo make bloody, pass. 10 4. 

alpewy (ap-, dep-): to lift, pick up; apa, 
ipa, hpka, Fpyat, jpOnv. H. 431 b, 


PROSE 


G. 674, B. 729 (List of Verbs). dpas 
10 12 is more specific than AaBwr. 
— émalperOai, ‘to be elated’; émap- 
Gels, 27 13. 

aipetv impf.: fo fake, seize, capture ; 
aiphow, hpnka, tpnua, ypednv. No 
impf. pass. 

Syn. €Xetv, Ah@vat, adloxer bar. 

— ddawpeiv, ‘to take away,’ rivt re 
(dat. of disadvantage) 21 8. 

aipeto Oar: Zo choose, elect; aiphooua, 
npnuat mid. or pass., ypéOnv pass. 

Syn. €Xéo Oar. 

— éEarpeto Par, ‘to choose out’; é&ypn- 
Mévos, ‘set apart,’ 25 19. 

alcbéo8at: to apprehend by the senses, 
perceive; alcOjoopa, RoOnua, al- 
cOdvouat. 

alovos 2: boding well, auspicious. 

aloxpés 3: ugly, disgraceful, base ; 
alcxtwy, alsxicros. Adv. aloxpds. 

aloxvvev: Zo make ugly, disfigure, to 
disgrace, put to shame. 

aloxvverOar: fo de ashamed, as at 
something unseemly, rl; ‘before 
one,’ Td; HoxvvOnv. érl Tim, Sat’ 
something, 5117. Syn. aideto Oat. 

alretv, alretcOat: Zo ask, crave. 

— Tapaitetcbat, ‘to beg from’ or 
‘obtain by prayer,’ 52 18. 

airia: cause, fault, accusation. 

airidoOat: fo allege as the cause, to 
blame, accuse. 

alrios 3: causing, author, to blame or 
to thank for ; w. inf. 61 8. 

aixpadrwros 2 (alxun, dX@vac) : taken 
by the spear, prisoner of war. 

aldv, -@vos, 6, (alfo-, aevum, del): 
lifetime, age. 

akivakys: @ short sword, 

axpn: the highest point, prime. 


ATTIC 


akovritew: 40 hurl the javelin. 

akovtTiov: dart, javelin. 

akovtie THs: darter, javelin-man. 

axovew: fo hear; dkovcouat, nKovoa, 
axjkoa, nKovcOny. Const. Tuvds TL; 
ptep., 67 or ws. Inf. only w. meaning 
‘hear said,’ ‘ hear tell,’ 1 18, 21 6. 

axpa: peak, height. 

axpiBys, -és: exact. Adv. axptBads. 

a&kptBotv: fo make exact, to be perfect 
iz something, 71. 

akpoacGar: Zo “iste to, Tivds. 

GKkpotroAts, -ews, 7: upper or higher 
city, citadel. 

akpos 3: highest, topmost; Ta &Kpa, 
‘the heights.’ 

akwv, -ovca, (apex-, Exwv): unwill- 
ing, unwillingly. 

GAaAalev: Zo shout ddadal, raise the 
war-cry. 

Gdeetvds 3: open to the sun, warm. 

GAnVaa: truth. 

GAnPeverv: Zo be truthful. 

GAnOas, -€s, (a-, Aadetv, A7jBerv) : true. 

aAitew: Zo assemble. 

— cvvartfey, ‘to get together,’ 12 3. 

Gus: adv. enough. 

adioxer Oar: add\dvar. 

GAktpos 2: stout, valiant; poetic. 

GAAG: ut. ‘Well, 105,4716. adda 
yap, ‘however,’ often shows that the 
speaker is drawing near the end 
of his discourse, 88 8. dd\\a... 
vé, ‘yet at any rate’ (after a cond.), 
41,825. add to, 51 4. od why 
add, ‘not but that,’ 9 7. 

aAdAarrew (AAdos): Zo alter, change, 
exchange ; a\ddEw, 7AraEa, NANAK, 
NAA Y pat, AAdAYY, WAX On. 

— atradddrrew; dmaddayqvat, ‘to be 
delivered from,’ ‘ get rid of,’ 31 22. 








PROSE 173 

GdAeo Oar (ad-, salire) : to leap, bound; 
Gdoduat, HAdunv, addpevos, H. 
431 b. 

GAAHA@V: of each other, one another. 
H. 268, G. 404, B. 142. 

GAAos, GALAN, GAAO: other, else. With 
ré ... kal, to enforce what follows, 
‘in particular,’ 38 5 f.,17-19. dAdo 
Kakov ovdév, no evil ‘besides,’ evil 
‘consequences,’ 5 15. 

GAAwsS: otherwise, in vain, &ddws TE 
kal, ‘ especially.’ 
GAutos 2 (duT7): 
Adv. 

offense,’ 11 14. 

aGAé@var: fo be taken, caught, captured ; 
éa wy or nwy (H. 489,13; G.799), 
éAdcouat, €aXwKa Or Nwka, aNloKo- 
pa. 

dua (ca-, same, simzzl, semel, dwag): 
at the same time, together (with). 


without pain. 
adurérara, ‘with the least 


Syn. édetv, aipety. 


dpaptetv: Zo miss the mark, fo err; 
GuapTHocowar, QudpTyKa, NuapTHpat, 
NuapTHony, auapravw. of daapTa- 
votes, ‘the erring,’ 59 26. 


GpBords, -dSos, (dvaBadeiv): adj. 
thrown up, ¥7, 28 10. 
GpetBav: to change, exchange. Rare 


in prose; syn. a\AarTewv. 

— é&apelWas, ‘ passing from,’ Macedon 
into Thessaly, 56 17. 
Gpelvev, Gpevov: etter. 

Ge 361,15 B16: 
G&peXetv, impf.: zo de careless, to neglect, 
Tivos; w. Inf. 19 7. 
— tapapeXetv, ‘to be disregardful of.’ 
GpeAns, -és, (uédev): negligent. 
GprAdoOar: Zo compete, contend, vie ; 
deponent passive, H. 497 a. 
Syn. aywvifer da. 
dpivev: fo ward off. 


leee5450 05 


174 ATTIC PROSE 


GpoverGar: fo repel, fo defend oneself |Gvapadptntos 2 (d-, duapreiv): un- 
against, rd. H. 813. erring. 
apdt (ambo, ambiguus, dupérepos): avaphirdyws: indisputably. 
on both sides of, about ; prep. w. gen. | dvapl@pnros 2 (d-, apiOuds): count- 
(rare in prose) and acc. of dug | less. 
TwSpiay, ‘GG. and his men,’ 24 11. Gvacrropotv (créua): fo furnish with 
audi ayopav rAnGoveayr, * about full- | a mouth, open up. 
market time,’ 33 27. avatAfvar (Tad-): fo dear up, endure. 
Gporevvivar (éc87)s): fo clothe; dudt@,| Mostly poetic. 
dudiésouat, udleca, udlecuar. avdpamobiferOar: fo make a slave of 
Augm. H. 361, G. 544, B. 172.| one, to kidnap. 
Const. H. 724, G. 1069, B. 340. dv8SparoSov: s/ave, esp. one taken in 
Gpdiroyos 2: subject to dispute. | war and reduced to servitude. 
a&pdorepos 3: Forth. | avbpetos 3: brave, courageous. Adv. 


Gv: postpositive modal adverb. H.| dv8peiws. 
857-864, G. 1299, B. 436-439. \adviptavromods: a maker of statues, 
av: édp. sculptor. 


ava: wf; preposition with acc. H.| dv8puas, -dvros, 6, the image of a man, 
792, G. 1203, B. 401. dvd xpdros,| a statue. 


‘at the top of his speed,’ 34 3. aGveTicthpev, -ov, (d-): not under- 


In comp., ‘ up,’ ‘ back’ or ‘ again.’ standing, unskilled in, tTwvds. 
avaBacts, -ews, 7: 2 going up, ascent. avfidoxa: avaicKer. 





avaBiBafeav: to make go up. Gvip, dvipds, 6: man, husband. H. 
GvayKatos 3: necessary, unavoidable. | 188 b, 189; G. 278, B. 105. 
a@vaykalev: 0 constrain, compel. avOpamvos 3: of man, human. 


avadyKy: constraint, necessity. Often ) avOpwrros, 6, 77: human being, man or 
as a predication (sc. éori), . xpyh.| woman, person; plur. ‘ mankind.’ 


ei dvaéyxn co, ‘if you must,’ $ 6. avia: grief, distress. 
avadver Gar (éxdivar, €vdivar): codraw awav: fo grieve or hurt one. 
back, ‘back out,’ 47 16. aviapdes 3: gricvous, grieved. 


Gva0npa, -aros, 74, (dvafeiva:): a dvolyew ordvoryvivar: fo ofen; dvéw- - 


votive offering set up in a temple. yor, avoliw, avéwka, avéyya, avéwxa, 
a@vakAalev: fo give voice, as a dog. avéwyua, avesxOnv. 
avaxKpicts, -ews, 7: izguiry; at Athens advdéctos 2: unholy. 

a ‘ preliminary examination’ of par- | dvreE€Spapov: see Spauetv. 


ties to a lawsuit, 47 19. avti: instead of, for; prep. w. gen. 
avadiokev: Zo spend, use up; ava- 6éfacGat, EXécGat Te avri Tivos, ‘to 

Adow, dvid\woa, dvpr\wxa, dv_dwyat,| prefer’ one thing to another, 56 11, 

aynroOnv. 59 5. In composition, ‘against,’ 
GvGhwtos 2 (aA\Gva:): mot fo be} ‘in return’ or ‘in turn,’ 

taken. | avribiaBivar: see Sivas 


a ee ee 


ATTIC 


avridocis, -ews, 7: @ giving in ex- 
change, ‘antidosis’; at Athens a 
form whereby a citizen charged with 
a liturgy, such as the tpenpapxéa or 
xopnyia, might call upon any other 
citizen, who had been passed over, 
and whom he thought richer than 
himself, either to exchange proper- 
ties or to submit to the charge him- 
self, 41 2. 

avtiperwmos 2: front to front, 58 2. 

G@vtios 3: sef against or in front of, 
opposite. avrtor iévat Twi, ‘to go to 
meet,’ 35 23. 

avtXetv (rad-) impf.: 20 draw water, 
and pour ets rt, 45 21. 

' avvSpla (d-, viwp): want of water. 

Gvirew: 40 accomplish; nvuca, jvvKa. 

— katavicat, ‘to bring to an end.’ 

ave: up, upwards. 

aEvoepydés 2: fit for work. 

akiomirros 2: frustworthy. 

Gktos 3: of like weight, worth, worthy. 
Ta é€daxlorou dia, ‘what is of least 
value,’ 43 4. Géwy (sc. éori), ’t is 
‘right,’ he deserves it, 55 26. 

Gévotv: Zo deem or think worthy, to 
see fit, to expect, to ask, to deign. 

Gtiwpa, -atos, 76: esteem, reputation. 

Goxvos 2 (dxveiv): without fear or 
hesitation. Ady. doxvérara, ‘most 
unhesitatingly,’ 8 1. 

amaddayfivar: see d\ddrrew. 


amavrav (dvrios) : fo meet; dvTjoouat. | 


ards, awaca, amav, (ca-, Tas): 
(quite) all, all (together). 
G@mev: see févat. 


GzretXetv impf.: Zo threaten. 

amorretv impf.: 20 disbelieve. 

G@motos 2: not believing or obeying, 
not to be believed, faithless. 


PROSE 175 
atAots, -f, -otv, (ca-, simplex): 


simple; comparative, 3 12. 

a6: from, off, away; prep. w. gen., 
denoting source or starting-point. 
TO amd Tovde, ‘ henceforward,’ 17 18, 
55 9. add Tod cxomod, ‘wide of’ 
the mark, 49 12. dp&dpevor azo 
Tov Kuynyeciwv, beginning ‘with’ 
hunting, 62 5. 

In comp. w. a76, esp. in vbs. of 
going and giving, not the point of 
departure, but the destination, is 
mainly considered: dmedGetv, ‘to 
return,’ ‘go home’; ddixéc Oat, ‘ to 
arrive’; dmodovvar, ‘to give back’ 
what is due; dwayyé\Xeuv, ‘to re- 
port’ duly. In some vbs., esp. those 
of saying, a6 has a force seemingly 
negative: dmemeiv, amayopevery mean 
sometimes ‘ to forbid,’ sometimes ‘to 
give up exhausted,’ say off (‘I can- 
not’). 

atroBovkoAciv impf.: fo let stray from 
the herd, 11 27. 

Grodextéov (déxerGar) : one 
receive from another, 44 25. 

amoSpavar: fo run away; dmodpaco- 





must 


pat, drodédpaxa, drédpar, amod.dpa- 


H. 489, 3; G. 799. 
| dtroQavetv: zo adie or be killed; aro- 


OK. 





Gavoduat, Tébvnka, TEOvapeV, TEA va vat 
(to be dead) H. 490, 4, arobrvycKw, 
@vyoKxw. Used as pass. to xreivecy. 

— cuvarofavety, ‘to die with’ or ‘at 

| the same time,’ 38 13, 32 4. 

| amoxpicts, -ews, 7: reply, answer. 

Gmrokemréov: one must forsake or 
abandon, 45 13. 

GrodécOat (6\-): fo perish, be lost or 
ruined; amoNovuat, drwrdunr, a3rd- 
Awda, dwdAdvuat. 


176 ATTIC 


GrodAvvat: fo lose, destroy; aod, 
amw\era, drro\wdexa. 

Grétopos 2 (Teuelv): abrupt, pre- 
cipitous. 

atrowiy: fo rub or wife off, mid. 8 25. 
H. 412, G. 496. 
Gmrrew (aptus, adipisci): to fasten, to 
kindle; dpw, AVa, Rupa, nPOnv. 
—mpoodmreyv; mpornperv ate, ‘an- 
nexed to’ his command, 56 2. 

—ouvvdrrev; udxny cvvawar, ‘to join 
battle,’ 54 21. 

‘Garrec Oar: 70 take hold of, touch, Twbs. 

Syn. Ovyetv, Yaverv. 

Grav: see elvar. 

apa: chen, accordingly, so; postp. 
inferential conj. ‘Be it known,’ 
4 17. 
fooling it was ‘after all,’ 10 13. 

dpa: interrogative particle. H. 1015, 
TOLO, 1203 Gi 16033) BAS 70, 1. 


Gpas: aipeuy. 


ws dpa épdvapotuev, what 


apyds 2 (€pyov): not working, idle. 

Gpyvpiov: a piece of silver, money. 

a@pyupos: sever. 

apyupots, -G, -obv: of silver. 

GpetH (dpicros): subst. answering to 
the adj. adya06s, excellence. See 168 
note. ai dperal, ‘the virtues, 46 11. 

apyyev: 40 be defender, to succor, 
til; fut. 37 20. 

apbuds: sumber. 

apiotepds 3: left, on the left, ominous. 

apirtov: breakfast. 

apirtoro.etv impf.: 40 prepare break- 
fast; mid. 17 14. 

Gpiotos 3: dest, excellent. Of noble 
birth, 27 8. Adv. dpiora, 21 1. 

apketv impf. (arcére, arx, dpiyetv): 
to suffice; apxéow, npkeca. 

Gpkrtos, 6, 7: @ bear, the North. 





PROSE 


a 


appa, -atos, 7b: chariot. 
dpporrety (dp-, arm, avs, artus, apOuds, 
dper7, dpioros, dpua) : to fit together, 
join, to fit; apybow, npyora, npyo- 
chat, npudcOny. ) 
— éhappdrrecy, ‘to adapt to,’ 60 18. 
apotv (arare): to plough, till, 
aprayy: plundering, pillage. 
apmdfev: zo snatch, seize; aprdow, 
npwaka, npTacpat, npracOny. 
— S.aprd fev, ‘to plunder,’ 18 3, 17. 
appyy, -ev: male. 
aptav: zo attach, hang. 
—mpooaprav; mpoonpTnucvovT@ kah@ 
70 ayadéy, the good ‘in combination 
with’ the beautiful, 40 5. 
apracQat: Zo attach to oneself. 
avnptnro, ‘he had 
gained their attachment,’ 7 16. 
apti: just (now), but just, 52 28. 
aptos: wheaten bread, a loaf. 


> a 
—avaptacbar; 


dpvew: fo draw or dip, jpvoa, 4 18. 
apxewv: fo be in advance, in com- 
mand, to rule, to begin (act. and 
mid. H. 816, 4). Const. revds, ptcp. 
ovK é€a dpxewv, forbids him ‘to 
hold office,’ 52 11. dpEdpevor ard 
T&v Kuynyeciwy, ‘beginning with’ 
hunting, 62 5; cf é@evmep dpxerat, 
‘where it begins,’ 33 9. 

— mpodpxerbar, ‘to begin before’ or 
‘first’ (apérepor), w. inf., 35 23. 
See 140 5 note. 

— trdpxev, ‘to be first wnderneath’ 
or at the bottom, ‘to be there to 
begin with’ or ‘start with’; thus 
often a strong syn. of eivac. Impers., 
‘it is a bottom fact,’ 63 3. 

apxetov: government building; plur. 
‘imperial quarters,’ 25 20. 

apxy: beginning, rule, empire; apxal, 





4 
| 


ALLE 


‘magistrates,’ 26 19 (cf rédy). €& 
dpxjs, ‘anew,’ ‘as at first,’ 11 21, 
apPXwv, -ovTos, 0: rele, commander. 

aoeBys, -és: sacrilegious, impious. 
aoGevetvy impf.: Zo be weak, ill. 
ynoavros, when he * fell sick,’ 7 23. 


aa Ge- 


a&aevis, -és, (d-, cHévos): weak, ill. 

aos, -és: harmless. 

acketv impf.: 20 ¢rain, to practise. 

aomdter Oar: fo greet warmly, welcome 
or fake leave of affectionately, to 
love. 

— avracragerbar, ‘to embrace in 
PuEn ys eet. 

aomis, -lS0s, 7: shield. 

Gotés (dorv): fownsman, citizen. 

aotpanry: lightning. 

Gotpamreyv: fo lighten, to flash 
gleam \ike lightning, 34 27. 

Goru, -€0s, TO: cows, city. 

aodadis, -és, (cPdddev): safe, se- 

Adv. ardahdas. 

aoxoria (cxory): want of leisure, 
occupation. 


or 


cure. 


doxoNlav avt@ mapé- 
fevv xTX., ‘would give him too much 
to do,’ ‘keep him too busy,’ 53 8, 

Graxteiv impf.: fo de out of order. 

araktos 2 (tdrrew): not in battle- 
order, 34 8. 

atap (Hom. a’rdp): but, however. 

Gre: txasmuch as, seeing that ; w. ptcp. 
implying cause or reason, 2 25. 

Garipatev: Zo hold in no esteem, deem 
worthless, 52 23. 

aTipos 2: wzhonored,; aripmorépa, ‘less 
prized,’ 46 6. 

Gromos 2 (réros): out of place, 
strange, absurd, 19 11. 

arpiBys, -és: unworn, indestructible. 

aruxetv impf.: zo de without share in, 
to fail to get, ribs; to be unlucky. 

ATTIC PROSE — I2 





PROSE 177 

GTUX HS, -és: missing, without share 
in, unlucky. 

av: on the other hand, on the con- 
trary ; postpositive. 

avbis: again. 

avAetv impf.: /o A/ay on the flute. 

avrdyntHs: piper, flute-player. 

avdds: pipe, flute. 

avédaverv or avferv (areé- wax, augéere, 
byujs): to increase, make great, 
avéncw, nuénoa, nvenka, nvénuac. 

— cvvavéey, ‘to help in increasing.’ 

avfdverOar or atferOar: fo grow uf, 
grow great, nbeneny. 

— émavéier Oar, ‘to go on increasing.’ 

avtika: forthwith. 

avrébev: from right there, from the 
immediate locality, 56 24. 

avTépatos 2: self-moving; ‘of his 
own accord,’ 11 9. 

avromodety impf.: fo desert. 

avtoév: éauTév. 

avTovopnos 2: z72dependent. 

avtés, aith, aité: self, same; but 
in other cases than nom., when not 
in agreement w. another word and 
not preceded by the article, nor 
emphatically placed, ‘him,’ ‘her,’ 
“ty, “them. 

Tapwy avrés, present ‘in person,’ 

12 6, 34 28. 
‘the same’ end as we, 3 15. 


eis TO avTO uty, to 

avTots 
Tots tmzocs, ‘horses and all,’ 9 1. 

avrov: ix the very place, right there. 

Gadhaipetv: see aipecy. 

adavitewv: fo put out of sight, make 
away with, destroy. 

adetvar (iévar): 20 let go, to dismiss, to 
allow ; apika, apetuev, &des, apetka, 
apetuat, apelOnv, apebjvat. 

a&dedetv: see édely. 


178 ATTIC 


adpéoBar (ter Par) : to let go of; adelunv. 
agéuevoy THs KaNjs SWews, ‘giving up 
the beautiful appearance,’ 40 9. 

&pbovia (pOdvos): abundance. 

adixéo Bar (ixérns, ixavds): fo arrive, 
reach the point set out for, see a7; 
adlioua, ddiypuat, apixvodmat. 

axaptorety, impf.: fo be ungrateful. 

axapiotia: ingratitude. 

aXapiotos (xdpis) 2: thankless, un- 
grateful, unpleasant. 

axGerBar: Zo de vexed, sorry; axOé- 
goual, NXOETOnv. 

ax9os, -ouvs, 76: burden, sorrow. 

Aapvxos 2 (Wix7): lifeless. 

B. 


Babos, ous, 74: depth. 

Babis, -eta, -0: deep. 

Batvev: Bava. 

Baodeiv: Zo throw, cast, shoot; Bade, 
BéBXnka, BEBAnLaL, EBAHENY, Badrw. 

— avaBaneiy, ‘to throw up.’ 

— droBaneiy, ‘to throw away,’ ‘ sacri- 
fice,’ 32 17. 

— ékBaneiv, ‘to cast out,’ ‘ banish.’ 

— épBanrety, ‘to attack,’ ‘engage’ the 
foe, 86 28, 54 25, ‘to invade,’ 54 Io. 

—katraBarety, ‘to throw down,’ 
‘shoot,’ or ‘ bring down,’ 6 3, 9 9. 

— mpooBareiy, ‘to make an assault 
upon,’ ‘attack,’ 16 24, 59 24. 

—ocupBareiv, ‘to throw together,’ 
‘close’ shield to shield, 58 3. 

— tepBarety, ‘to march over,’ cross’ 
the mountains, 56 18. 

Baréobar: Zo throw for oneself. 

— mpofarécbat, ‘to hold up before 
oneself’ in defense, 24 27. 

— cupBarécba, ‘to contribute’ to a 
common stock, 42 16, 18. 


PROSE 


Barreav: fo dip; Bdyw, Baya, Bé- 
Baupar, Bday. 

BapBapikds 3: barbaric, foreign; 1d 
BapBapixdy, ‘the Persian army,’ 34 
17. BapBaptkds, ‘in Persian,’ 34 4. 

BapBapos 2: dardarian (not Greek). 

Bacidcla: Aingdom,; ‘the succession 
to the throne,’ 30 20. 

Bactdeov: palace; usually plural. 

Bacrevew: Zo be hing. 

Bacreds, -ews, 0: king, prince. 
Baotrukds 3: ingly, royal. Adv. 
BacArkds, ‘in royal style,’ 12 6. 

BeAtiov, BéAtietos: defer, best. 

Bivar: Zo walk, go; Bnoopat, BEBnka, 
Balyw. H. 489, 1; 490, 2; G. 799. 

—adavaBSfva, ‘to go up,’ ‘ascend,’ 
‘mount’ a horse (é7é), 34 Io. 

— amoBivat, ‘to turn out,’ ‘ result.’ 

— StaBjvai, ‘to go through,’ ‘cross,’ 

— — dvridiaBFAvar, ‘to cross over in 
turn,’ 58 12. 

— KataBjva, ‘to go down,’ ‘de- 
scend’; elornKer KaTaBeBnkws, ‘stood 
where he had dismounted,’ 9 14. 

— @xBjvat, Duplay éxBavti, Sas you 
pass from’ or ‘beyond’ S., dat. of ref- 
erence, H. 771 b, G. 1172, 2, B. 382, 

Bia: force, violence ; Bid, ‘in spite of. 

Biater Bar: Zo overpower, compel forci- 
bly; Biacoua, éBiacduny. 

Blavos 3: forcible, violent. 
Balas. 

Bios: /27e. 

Biory: life, existence. 

Bidvar: fo dive; éBlwy (H. 489, 14; 
G. 799; B. 729 (List)).  éBlwoa 
(rare), Bidcouar, BeBlwuat. 

Syn. (Hv, diarrao Oar. 

Brat, BAakds, 6, 7, (uadakds): slack, 

lazy, ‘blockhead,’ 11 7. 


Ady. 


amet ss up thse ttt cient tive ial 


Se en 


ATTIC 


Br™rrewv : 20 look, see, behold; Brévouat, 
€Brepa. Syn. dpav, OedcOar, ldetv. 
— avaBrérev, ‘to look up,’ raise the 
eyes, 11 5. 

— avtTiBrérev, ‘to look one in the 
face,’ revi, 55 13. 

— amoBdérev, ‘to look (away) to- 
ward,’ 35 8, 39 3. 

— épBdérev, ‘to gaze upon,’ 2 13. 

Body: 40 shout, cry, call loudly. 

— cvpfoar, ‘to shout with,’ ‘join in 
shouting,’ revi, 24 11. 

Bon: shout, call, cry. 

Bonetv impf.: Zo come to the rescue. 

BonOds (807, ety): helper. 

BovAcrPar (Bod-, will, velle, voluntas, 
Bedriwv) : to wish, will, mean to do 
something; BovAjcomar, BeBovrAnuar, 
é€BovAnOnv. Syn. éGérevv. 

‘To prefer,’ w. or without “aor, 

53 14, cf 6 8, 9. éBoudbuny ovTws 
€xeuv, ‘I could wish’ it were so, 19 3. 

Bovreverw: to take counsel, determine, 
to advise, TW. * 

— émBoudeverv, ‘to plot against,’ ‘to 
plan,’ ‘scheme,’ 11 14. 

— oupBovrevery, ‘to advise.’ 

Bovrcter Oar: fo deliberate, form one’s 
plan, w. inf. 21 10. H. 814. 

BovdAn: wll, design, counsel, Bovdjv 
foot Ods mrepl rovrov, ‘give me time 
to think it over,’ 21 3. 

Bots, Bods, 6, 7: ox, cow. 
G. 268, 269; B. 111. 

Bpédos, -ovs, 76: dade. 

Bpovth: thunder. 

Bpdpa, -aros, 76: food, meat. 


Ee 


yopetv impf.: fo marry, of the man; 
YAMG, eynua, yeyaunka. 


H. 206, 





PROSE 179 


ee 
yapeto8ar: fo marry, of the woman, 
Tivl, 26 4, of. I. 
yap: for, namely; postpositive. H. 
1050, 4. adda ydp, ‘ however,’ often 
near the end of a discourse, 33 8. 
kat yap, 7 23; but 7 26, cal modifies 
éx vuxrés (‘even’). 
yé: encl. postp. intensive or restric- 
tive particle. H. 1037, 1. Its force 
can often be represented in English 
only by the tone, or by italics in 
writing. 
aka... ¥é fyet at any rate’ 
(after a cond.), 41, 82 5. kai 
Bados ye, ‘yes, and depth too,’ 22 
25, 46 20, ‘ nay’ 47 20. 0 dé ye kal 
duuvouevos, ‘ay, and another even 
defending himself, 24 28. émel ye 
nv 58 19, cf 59 12, transitional; 
so 1 11, correlative to pév. 
yedav: zo laugh; yeddooua, éyédaca, 
éeyeNaoOnp. 
— katayeday, ‘to laugh at,’ rivds. 
yédovos 3: laughable, 
Ady. yedolws. 


ridiculous, 


yéhws, -wTOS, 0: 
ridicule. 

yevebALtos 2: of one’s birth; Ta Yye- 
véOd.a, ‘the birthday feast,’ 4 25. 

yevéoOar (kin, kid, 
yévos) : to come into being, be born, 


laughter, object of 


gienere, gens, 
to be made or done, to become, get 
somewhere or into some state or 
condition; yevnocoua, yeyévnuat, 
yéyova, ylyvouat. Usual passive to 
movety or Toveto bat, 45 27, 28; 23 26, 
28 21, 59 4. 

é€rn tmevrekaloexa ‘yeyovvia, ‘ fif- 
teen years old,’ 41 14. 
ayabovs yeyovdras, ‘men who have 
proved themselves brave in war,’ 


TOUS TONEY 


180 ATTIC 


7 
87 19 (dyabds yeréo@ar very often 
in thissense). 7 vixn ody’ AynoAd@ 
éyévero, the victory ‘ declared itself’ 
on the side of Agesilaus, 58 9. 

—trayevéoGar; diayeyévnvrar pido, 
‘have proved kind from first to last,’ 
32 24. 

— émyevécOar; Td del ércyryvduevor, 
as each generation ‘comes succes- 
sively into being,’ 32 12. 

—mpoyerésbar; of mpoyeyernuévor, 
‘former generations,’ 32 23. 

— mpoo-yevéc Pa, ‘to be added,’ 42 27. 

— ovyyerécba:, ‘to have an inter- 
view with,’ 39 17. 

yevvatos 3: Aigh-born or bred, noble. 

yévos, -ovs, 75: race, descent, nation. 

yepairepor . elders, senators. 

YEpev, -ovTos, 0: 

yeveav: fo give a taste of. 

yever Oar: 40 faste, Tivbs. 

— amoyeverGar, ‘to keep taking a 
taste of,’ 3 8. 

yewpytkés 3: of farming, agricultural. 

yewpyos (77, Epyov) : farmer. 

Yq: earth. 

Yiipas, yypws, 76: old age. 
G. 228, B. 106. 

ynpackev: fo grow old; ynpadcw or 
ynpacouat, éyjpaca, yeyjpaxa. 

ylyveckeyv: yvOvat. 


old man. 


H. 191, 


yvopy: judgment, view intellectual; 
yvGuat, ‘maxims,’ opinions of wise 


men, 62 23 (adapted to éyywopéva ! 
22), f. vonuata 26, évOvujuata 28. | 
yvavar (yvo-, can, ken, know, (g)7d- 


Scere, nomen, bvoua, vous): to see 
with the mind, come to know, form 
@ judgment or decision ; yveocopat, 


éyvoxa, yvwopua, eyveicbny, yeryyae- | 


oKw. Syn. eldévar, éwicracba. 


PROSE 


6p0ds éyvwoudva, ‘sentiments 
rightly conceived,’ 62 22. émwedav 
yraou when men 
‘come to feel’ that they are dis- 
believed, 19 10. With gen., like 
alcbécba:, eyvw aroma éuov ro 
ovvros, 19 11. 

— katayvava, ‘to note definitely,’ 
‘find out,’ 4 27. 

— ovyyvavar; éya cuveylyvwoxov av- 
tots, ‘I shared their views,’ 21 13. 
Often ‘to pardon,’ cf 52 19. 

yovets, -€wv: parents. 

yovu, -atos, 76, (knee, gent) - nee. 

youv (76, odv): at any rate; postp. 
intensive particle. H. 1037, 2. 

yupviKos 3: gymnastic. 

yupvés 3: naked, bare. 

yvuvatketos 3: of women, feminine. 

yvuvt, yuvaikes, 7, (queen): woman, 
wife. H.216,4; G.291,8; B. 115, 4. 


admicTovmevot, 





A. 


3 


Saxetv: £0 dite, sting ; Sntoua, dé5ny- 
) pat, €04xXOnY, Oaxvy. 
— atrodaxeiy, ‘to bite off,’ 48 22. 
“Saxpiewv: fo shed tears, weep. 
| Sdxpvov: “ar. 
Saravav: fo expend, incur expense. 
| Samdvyn: expense, ‘stores to be ex- 
pended,’ 44 28. 
8é: but, and; postp. conjunction of 
contrast. H. 1046, I. 
kal 6 Kipos 6é¢, ‘and’ Cyrus also 
(kal), 13 2,5; 24 27, 43 27. 
SeStévar: fo fear; edeca, Sé5ocxa (‘1 
fear’). H. 490, 5; G.804; B.535- 
Sexvivar (dicere, index): to point 
| out, show; Selfw, Z5ecka, Séderxa, 
béderyuat, EdelxOnv. 





= 


ATTIC 


— avadexvivar, ‘to lift up and show,’ 
‘exhibit,’ 32 16. 

— amodexxvivar, ‘to show forth,’ ‘to 
declare,’ w. inf. ‘ pronounce,’ 43 28; 
‘to render,’ ‘deliver,’ as one pre- 
sents for inspection that which he 
has been ordered to make, 41 19. 

— émdecxvivai, ‘to put on exhibition,’ 
‘display,’ ‘show.’ 

— — avtTerideckvivat, ‘to exhibit in 
turn’ or ‘on the contrary,’ 54 2. 

Sein: affernoon. 

I. Setv: fo lack, need; Sejrw, é5éynoa, 
dedénxa. As a personal verb, the 


act. déw is found only w. genitives | 
of quantity, woo’, efc. Impers., | 


tui twos, ‘that we may need as 

few as possible,’ 23 3. See deicAa:. 

Seiv: to bind, imprison; dye, 

€dnoa, Sédexa, Sédeuar, €d€Onv. 

411; G. 495, 2; B. 199, 2 n. 

3. Setv: impers. de?, one ought, must, 
should, w. inf.; €5et, dejoe:, éd€yce. 

Sawvds 3 (ded:évar): fearful, dreadful. 
In Attic colloquially weakened to 
‘skilful,’ ‘ clever,’ w. inf.; decvéraros 
AaXety, ‘a terrible chatterbox,’ 11 8. 
Ta Serva, ‘the terrors’ of the battle- 
field, 54 28, cf. 38 11. 

Servetv impf.: 70 de at dinner, dine. 

— ovvderrvety, ‘to dine together,’ 46 
19. 

Setarvov: dinner. 

Sermvotroveto Bar: fo have dinner. 

Seioas: dediévac. 

SetoPar: fo want, to beg of; Séouat, 
Sejoouar, Sedénuar, €5enAnv. Const. 
H. 743 a; G. 1114. See I. detp. 

— mpocdeicGar, ‘to require in addi- 
tion’ 60 10, ‘to ask for more’ 14 5. 

Séka: fer. 


H. | 


PROSE 181 

| S€katros 3: the tenth; 
tithe,’ 55 16. 

Sév8pov: free, fruit ree. 

Seis 3: on the right, auspicious; 
H Seka, sc. xelp, ‘the right hand.’ 

Seftotc ar : fo greet with the right 
hand, 38 25, cf. 10. 

Sépn: weck. H.138 a; G. 176. 
|Seomérns: master, in relation to slaves. 
| Sevrepos 3: the second. 

SéxerGar: fo receive, accept; Sétoua, 
édetduny, Sédeyuat, €5€xOnv H. 499. 
|— mpoodéxecGar, ‘to wait for,’ ‘be 
ready to receive,’ 48 15. 
— trodéxecGa, ‘to undertake,’ ‘take 
on oneself,’ ‘engage.’ 
(8%: postp. asseverative particle. H. 
| 1037,4. The effects of 67 must be 
learned by observation. pév 67, 
very often, but the yuév has its sepa- 
rate appropriateness, 1 1 (ué» correl. 
to dé), 1 10 (uév correl. to yé uv); 
in both cases 67 marks the connec- 
tion of the thought with what has 
preceded. Often w. rel. words, ofa 

64, 2 w@s 64, ‘how so, pray?’ 
48 5. With a tone of irony: 700 67 
. . . #N AvotTedety avTots, ‘ obviously’ 
that it may not be well for them to 
| poison the wine, 4 19. 

SHAos 3: manifest, clear ; SHdov Sr, 
‘evidently,’ H. 1049, 1 a. 

SndAodv: to make evident, show, publish. 
Sypnyopikss 3 (ayopevew): of or fit 
for haranguing the people, 47 10. 

Sijpos: people, community, public. 

/ Syotv: fo slay, ravage. 


dexarny, ‘a 





2 


— 





(Shoas: 2. dei. 

SynxGAvar: daxety. 

Ata, Avi, Aués: Zeds. 

Sa (two, between, twin, twilight, axd, 


182 ATTIC 


do): through; prep. w. gen. and 
ace. H. 795, G. 1206, B. 404. 

In composition did denotes inter- 
val, diéxeew ‘to be apart’; dis- 
tinction, difference, diadéperw ‘to 
differ’; continuance, didyew ‘to 
pass time’; succession, diadéxer Gar; 
mutual action, diaxeNever@at. 

SiaPiPafeav (Sa-, Svar): to make go 


through or across, to transport. 


Siarra: mode of life, arbitration. Thy | 


Slarray roinoduevos, ‘living,’ ‘ mak- 
ing his home,’ 29 1. 

Statrav: 70 arbitrate. H. 362 b. 

StarracGar: fo pass life, live; dty- 
Toéuny, diaTthcopar  dedip7nmar, 
édcgTHOnv. Syn. (Hv, Bidvac. 

StaxeAXever ar: fo encourage one an- 
other, to exhort oneself, ti, 11 13. 

Siaxovia: domestic service, 45 209. 

Staxovixds 3: gvod at service. 

Siadéyeo Oar: Zo discuss, converse; d1a- 
Adfouat, SreiNeyuat, GredexOnv. 

Stavepntéov: one must apportion. 

Stavopy: az apportioning. 

Siadepévrws: differently. 

Stadbaphvar: see Pfeipery. 

Staxerpiferw (xelp): to have in hand, 
manage; mid. 13 1. 

SiSacKkakia: a teaching, instruction. 

S&iS8aoKados: “acher. 

SiSackev: fo teach, instruct, to ap- 
prise; Sdddiw, edidata, dedidaxa, 
bedidayuat, €6:dax Oy». 

SiSaorKec8ar: fo get instructed in, 
learn, 62 17. 

SiS6var: fo offer, give; dotvar. 

Suetxov: see Exec. 

Sterkeppévas ( éecxeuuévos, cxevacOar): 
with discriminating care, 43 7. 

Sinpdtev: see épwrGv. 


PROSE 


Sixdlew: fo act as judge, give judgment, 
| SixdferOar: so be at law, get judgment. 
Sixatos 3: just. Sixards elue Névyery, ‘it 
is right for me to recount.’ H.944a, 
G. 1527, B. 634. Adv. Sixalas. 
Sixatorivy: justice, righteousness. 
Sixarétys, -nTos, 7: like dicacocdyn; 
attributed to Chiron as the most 
civilized being of his time, 60 26. 

| Sixy: right, a case at law, legal sadis- 

faction or penalty. 

‘to be punished’; é€xw rhy dixny, 

| £I have my punishment,’ 20 26. 

| SurAddotos 3: double, twice as much. 

Sto-xtAvor 3: fwo thousand. 

Supa: to thirst, be thirsty; Suljow. 

Sidkev: 4o pursue, chase; Siwtw and 
didEouat. 

_Soxetv impf.: fo seem to the mind, fo 
think, believe ; impers. w. dat., fo seem 
best ; Sd&w, Z5ota, Sé50ypar. Const. 
inf. Syn. (1) dalver@at, (2) vopl- 
fev, ofec Par, nryeto Par. 

— cvvdoxelv, impers. cuvédofe Kupy, 
‘it seemed good to Cyrus also,’ 
‘Cyrus acquiesced,’ 28 5; acc. abs. 
cuvddtay, ‘with the consent’ of his 

| parents, 28 ro. 

) Soxipatev: Zo test, prove, approve. 

) — atrodoxiudfey, ‘to reject on scru- 

tiny’ or ‘trial,’ as unworthy to hold 

| office, 52 11. 

(Soxtpacia: examination or scrutiny, 

| as of qualification for office, 52 16. 

| Soxipos 2: approved, in good repute. 

| 86£a (Soxetv) : opinion, belief; also the 

opinion which others have of one, 
| hence reputation, fame. Aeneas 

/ won ‘the name’ of piety, 61 13. 

| Sopxas, -aS0s, 7: antelope, gazelle. 

_86pu, -aros, 76, (tree, Spis): spear, 


Oixny dovvat, 











ATTIC 


lance. els Sépu (2.2. els Sdparos Td7- | 


hv) adixéo Oar, ‘ within spear-reach,’ 
‘a spear’s length,’ 57 17. 

SotAos: slave. 

Sotvar (d0-, dare, donum, SGpov): to 
give; @5wxa, dope, Sow, Gédwxa, 
6édopar, €d08nr, didwm. 

— avtioovvar, ‘to give in return.’ 

— Gmodovva, ‘to give back,’ ‘give 
what is one’s due,’ ‘ pay,’ ‘ restore.’ 


— Sradcdvar, diadddvat, to ‘give sever- | 


ally,’ ‘ distribute,’ 4 8, 12. 


—évdotvar; drt évdid0iT0 avrots 7 7éXs, | 
‘offered to surrender,’ ‘was ready 


to put itself in their hands,’ 59 22. 
— émdoiva:, ‘to give over and above,’ 
as marriage portion, 26 5; similarly 
14 4; ‘to increase,’ 7v Tocodrov éx- 
6:66, ‘if I go on at this rate,’ 11 6. 
— twapadotva, ‘to hand over,’ ‘to 
hand down’ or ‘transmit,’ 61 17. 
Soumeiv (dodros) impf.: to sound 
heavy, ‘to strike’ or ‘beat loudly,’ 
35 28. Not a prose word. 
Spapetv: fo run; Spayoduar, dedpa- 
pynxa. Syn. tpéxeuv, Getv. 
— &kdpapety, ‘to run out’ or ‘ forth.’ 
— — Gvrexdpauety, ‘to charge in turn 
on the run,’ 57 12. 


— — ovvexipapuety, ‘to charge’ or) 


‘sally forth together,’ 57 17. 
Sperravnddpos 2 : scythe-bearing. 
Spopos (dpauciv): a running, course. 

dpéup Getv, to charge ‘ on the double- 

quick,’ 35 25, 

Sivapis, -ews, 7: the ability or power 

to do or effect anything, znffzence. 
Syn. isxus, cévos, xpdros, poun. 

Sivacbat: Zo be able; Svvjcouat, Sedv- 

ynpat, €buvnOnv. H. 355 b, G. 517. 
Suvatés 3: able, powerful. 


€k TOV | 


PROSE 183 
duvar @y, ‘as the best they could do,’ 
out of the possible chances, 42 11. 

S00, Svoiv: Awo. 

SucKokaivey: 20 be fretful, worrisome. 

Sucoikyntos 2: bad to dwell in. 

Sicdhopos 2: hard to bear. 

Svorxepia: rough ground, dangerous 

/ locality, 8 20, 28. 

Sadexa: twelve. 
Swpeicbar: fo give, present, present 
| with. 

Sapov: gi. 
pov: £2/ E. 


éd\wka: adSva. 
éav: to let or leave alone, permit; 
elwv, H. 359; G. 537, 1; B. 172, 2. 
otk éare, ‘ye forbid,’ 5 1, 52 11; 
| of. ov @nu, ‘I deny’ H. 1028. 
éav (ei, dv): if, w. subjunctive; also 


av, HY. 

tap, Eapos or Hpos, 76, (ver): Spring. 

éapivés 3: of Spring, vernal. 

€avtov, éautTyv, €avtd: Aimself, her- 

/ self, itself; often contracted avroy, 

| etc. Reflexive pron. The gen. as 

| possessive has the attributive posi- 
tion, wereréuvato THy é€avToU Ovya- 

| tépa, ‘his (own) daughter,’ 1 16. 

| €BSopos 3: the seventh; 7d EBdouor, 
‘for the seventh time,’ 29 17. 

éyyvav: 20 give as a pledge. 

|—mapeyyuay, ‘to pass the watch- 
word’ or ‘ word of command,’ 23 29. 

eyyty : pledge, surety. 

éyyts: adv. zear; éyytrepor, 34 26. 

éyeipev : Zo wake, rouse; EyepG, Fyepa, 
Hy EpFyv. 

— eyelpew; é&nyépOn ‘he awoke.’ 

éyvexa, €yvev: yrGvat. 

éyxetv impf. (éy, xu-): to pour in; 
éyxéw fut., évexea, Evexvenv. 


184 ATTIC 


éyxetpiSiov (xelp): dagger. 

eyo: J; &ywye, ‘1 for my part; ’ ‘That 
I have,’ 49 19, cf. Euovye 22. 

Eados, -ovs, 7d: dase, bottom, ground. 

Beorréov: one must eat. 

€&abipos 2: catadle. 

€Onka: Getvac. 

€Bvos, -ovs, 76: tribe, nation. 

el: if, whether ; etwep, ‘if really,’ ‘that 
is if 48 4; xal ed, ‘ even if, neg. ovd 
el, und’ el, 832 18; ef xal, concessive, 
‘though,’ ‘if she Aas done all this,’ 
514. Often interrogative, ef xacpds 
etn 8 16, 24 6. 

el: (1) elvat, (2) lévac. 

elSévar (ldetv): to Anow,; olda, toper, 
elds, 757, elcouar. H. 491, G. 820, 
B. 259. Syn. yrava, éricrac@a. 

elSov: ldety. 

elSos, -ovs, 76: appearance, looks. 

eixafev: Zo make like to, liken, to 
conjecture, 21 1. 

elxés, 76, (€orxévar) : that which ts like, 
natural, probable, reasonable, right. 
Adv. eixétas. 

elAuxpivas, -€s: wszmixed, pure, sheer. 

elpi: eivac. 

etpe: lévac. 

elvat: fo de; eiué encl., # or Fv, €comat. 
H. 478-480, G. 806, B. 362. ‘To 
exist,’ 50 8. 7@ Svrt, ‘in reality,’ 
‘in very truth, 39 18. 7a évra, 
‘what there is already,’ 42 25. 

— Grrefvar, ‘to be absent,’ 33 24. 

— évetvar, 62 Io. 

— ée?var, impers. ‘it is allowable,’ 
‘one is at liberty,’ const. revi, inf. | 
Agesilaus ‘may’ be pronounced | 
brave unquestionably, 57 28. “eae | 
atr@ mapévri, KTX., ‘when he might 
have let them pass,’ e¢c., 57 29. 


: 
i 


PROSE 


— pereiva:, ‘to be among’; impers., 
mwoN€uou kal udxns ov perHy ad’rq, 
‘of war and fighting she had no 
share,’ 21 18. 

— tapetva:, ‘to be on hand’ or ‘ pres- 
ent’; év7@ mapértu, ‘at the present 
time,’ 21 1; impers. ‘there is an 
opportunity,’ const. rcv, inf.; mapdv 
al’t@ xphoGa, ‘when he might’ 
have availed himself, efc., 56 3, 58 
19. 

— ovveivar, ‘to be together,’ 46 14; 
‘to associate with,’ 47 7. 

elwetv (fer-, vocdre, vox, Eros): to 
utter, state, say; etrov, imp. eiré, 
aor. I eiwa. Const. 8rt, ws; inf. 
only in sense of ‘command,’ 54 24, 
25 1. Syn. pnOfvar, pdvar, héyeu, 
and, in comp. w. prep., dyopevecv. 

— mpoeireiv, ‘to state beforehand,’ 
11 25; ‘to publish an order,’ 25 1. 

elaep: 2f really, thatisif. See ei. 

elpyacpar: épydfverPar. 

eipqyn (pyOjvac): a peace. 

elpjcbar: pyPjvac. 

eis: info, fo; prep. w.acc. H. 796, G. 
1207, B. 405. eis 76 Taxd pavOdvery 
dtagépwv, superior to others ‘in 
learning quickly,’ 1 14. els 6¥o, 
‘two abreast,’ 24 1; sometimes also 
of the depth of a column. els 60- 
dexa pupiddas, ‘to the number of,’ 
‘about’ 120,000, 28 14. 

els, év, gen. Evés: one. 

elcopar: eldévar. 


See ula. 


elotiagca: écTiay. 
a aes 
elohopa: a bringing in. 
elow: fo within, into, within. 
elra: then, next, and so. 
elre: eire .. . elre, whether... or. 
elxov: Exeuv. 


= 


ATTIC 


elw@Bévar: 40 be wont, accustomed ; 
elwha, cidbev. H. 369; G. 537, 2; 
689. 


éxacros 3: cach, every. 

éxatepos 3: either, each one, of two. 

éxarépwev: from or on either side. 

éxarépwore: 272 either or each direction. 

éxatov: a hundred. 

exSynpos 2: away from home. 

éxSidvar: Zo pass out of, ‘to take off,’ 
one’s own clothes. H. 500, 4 a. 

éxStoar: Zo make pass out of, ‘to take 
off,’ another’s clothes, 7wa 71. 

éxet: (over) there. 

éxetOev: therce. 

éxetvos, éxelvn, éxetvo: “hat (there, 
yonder), he, she, that thing. 
anticipates what follows (Cicero, 
illud), ‘this,’ 42 16. 

éxetoe: thither. 


éKelvo 


éxekpayew : Kéxpaya. 

éxdéyerv: Zo pick out. See ovddéyerv. 

éxmriopat: See Lely. 

éxtrAayfvat: see mAnyjvat. 

éxtpaxnAritev (tpdxnXos) : of a horse, 
to throw over the head. 

éxav, -otoa, (fex-): w7lling(ly). 

eAdttewv, Cldxiotos: less, fewer, least, 
fewest. H.254,4; G. 361,5; B. 136. 

éXavverv: Zo drive; €NG, jaca, Ed77- 
Naka, €A7jAapat, WAGOny. For the 
future, H. 424; G. 665, 2; B. 212, 1. 

— Grtredavvery, ‘to ride back.’ 

— é€eXavvewy, ‘to drive out,’ ‘to march 
on’ from camp. 

— tapedavvery, ‘to ride along by.’ 

— mepteAavvery, ‘to drive round.’ 

— mpocedadtvery, ‘to ride up to,’ 58 II. 

— cuvedatvey, ‘to drive together.’ 

— tredatverv, ‘to ride up,’ so as to 
meet one, 35 Io. 





PROSE 185 


ehagos, 7: hind, roe. 


| €héyxetv: 70 cross-question, confute, 


convict; €Nnheyuat. 
d&eciv: fo take, capture; eldov. 
Syn. aipety, dda@var, 
édeAifeww: Zo cry éeded, raise the battle 
shout. 
EdérBar: Zo take for oneself, choose, 
elect; eihdunv. 
— adehécOa, ‘to deprive,’ 7 Io. 
Const. H. 748 a, G. 1118, B. 362 N. 
€hev8epros 2 like a free man, 
liberal; as epithet of Zeus, ‘the 
Liberator,’ 40 15. 
ehetiBepos 3: free. 
ehevBepotv: fo make free, liberate. 
eOeiv: 40 come, go; imp. édO/, édedoo- 


Syn. aipeto Oar. 


or 3: 


pat, €XjAvGa. Syn. EpxecGar, lévar. 
With inf. 56 7, ‘word came’ that he 
must defend, efc. 

— ateNeiv, ‘to go away’ or ‘back,’ 
‘to come off,’ safely, 20 10. 

— StedGetv, ‘to go through,’ ‘to enu- 
merate,’ ‘ relate.’ 

— eloe ety, ‘to come in,’ ‘ enter.’ 

— é&eNGezy, ‘to come out.’ 

— KatedOety, ‘to come down’; ‘to 
return from exile,’ 60 13. 

— mapedfeiv, ‘to go by’; Ta maped- 
Oéyra, ‘in the past,’ 27 3. 

‘to come’ or ‘go 
round,’ of the revolving seasons or 
cycle of the year, 28 13. 

— tpoce)fety, ‘to come near’ or ‘up 
to.’ 

Acypés (éXltrev): a rolling, turn- 
ing round, roundabout way, 3 16. 
eXirrev: Zo wind, roll round, eidurTov. 

H. 359; G. 537, 2; B. 172, 2. 

— é€eXirrev, Thy Pddayya, ‘to de- 

ploy,’ 57 24. 


— trepteh ety, 


186 ATTIC PROSE 


Dxew: drow, drag; Pfe, Deva, | Sea }réyxw, ‘all that you brought 
eave pas, cidcteGgr. See €Mrrev.| 45 your portion,” 42 14. 
— vuve\xcer, ‘to draw together,’ 58 25. — eréyxac@a:, ‘to earn’ or ‘ win,’ as 


Arilay: & hope. | a prize, 61 14. 

Asis, -iSes, 7: faze. éveyxeiv: fo dear, bring; qreyxor, in 

épavrév, Guavrqy: ayself. prose (for indicative) preferably 

@pBappa, -aros, ré, (Sdrreav): sof, re yea, évijvoxa, évireyua, Grex Onr. 
soup, 3 4. : Syn. Séperx, ofcecy future. 

épBleray: see SlSrev. | — Gweveycciv, ‘to bring back,’ 1$ 20. 


épé: mc; €uov, €uol, accented; Emorye, — eloereyaciv; cicevexGpra: ‘to be 
49 22, of. eye. Enclitic forms; brought in,’ 44 29. 
are pé, pow, pol. — Wpocereyxeiv, xpoceréyxa:, ‘to 
énés 3: my, mine. | bring toward,” ‘near to,’ 47 18; 
éeredoty: fe make Arm, kecp firmly. ) WpocerexGpra, ‘to be brought in,’ 
éerAnetavar: see rier dra. | 58 10; ‘to be related,’ “behave 
éprodav: fefore the fect, in one’s way.| toward’ one, w. ptcp. 19 4. 
€urodéy Tui reves elva:, ‘to hinder |— ovvereyxeiv, ‘to prove advanta- 
one from something,” 27 17. | geous,’ $2 27. 
eerpoctery: in front, before. éveduv, évedvoa: évdira:, evdica. 
énoaris, -6: dear, comspicucus. évexa, Evexev: for the sake of, as 
émpavilay: f show or rove comspicu-| regards, Tues. 
ously, 54 1. évexaXouy: see xaXetr. 
év: in, among; prep. w. dat. sor ev évepyds 2: af work, effective or pro- 
éuol, ‘as far as in me lies,’ 30 24. ductive, 38 2. 
éy col deta écris, ‘everything évertyyavov: see rvyeir. 
depends on thee,’ 42 21. ‘€vOa: wiere; E@a 5%, ‘thereupon.’ 
évavrios 3: offesitz, contrary; Tobr- H. 284. 
avriov, ‘on the contrary’; of evar €vOade: therz, thither. 
rio, ‘the enemy.” évarria rpatal Grew: whence, thence. Evber ai tvGer 
Tim, ‘to adopt a hostile course/ ov refxovs, ‘on cither side of the 


toward one,” $2 26. wall,” z.2. on the two sides of the 
évbeqs, -s: wanting in, in need of. | city parted by the river, 23 6. 
évindos 2: czar, wident. evOevie: Ahence. 
€rbobey: from within, from the house. | vOcos 2: full of the god, possessed, in- 
erbev: awiikin, indoors. spired. 


évSevar: fo fas: in or under, ‘to put | évBovevav (Evfeos): fo be inspired. 
on,’ one’s own clothes. H. 500,42. | evtapeio Bas: to bear in mind, lay to 
evStea: t male poss im or under,| heart, reves. Dep. pass., H. 497. 
“to put on,” another's clothes, rivd ri_ | évOupnpa, -aros, 76: 2 thought, senti- 
évéyxacGa:: f2 fear or bring for one-| ment. 
self. Syn. SépesGa:, olcecba: fat.| erases 3: of or lasting a year. 





ATTIC 


éviauTés: year. : 

Eviot 3: some. 

évvoeiv: see voelr. 

évrav0a: here, there, thereupon. 

évrewWev: thence, thereupon. 

évTipos 2: in honor, prized. 

evrpiis, -ews, 7: 2 rubbing in, 2 6. ) 

€£ (before consonants éx): out of, 
jrom ; prep. w. gen. éx Ty 6uvaT Sp, 
‘as the best they could do,’ 42 11. 
€x Tov xahov xai Gixaiov, ‘by fair | 
and rightful means,’ 42 26. 
éyrwr, ‘after being naught,’ ‘when 


- 3 
€£ obK 


non-existent before,’ 50 8 é« za:- | 
diov, ‘from infancy,’ 5114. éx Tov 


gavepod ‘in plain sight,’ 56 22. 

e: six. 

eaxroxtrvor 3: six thousand. 

axcoro 3: six hundred. 

efarrarav (ardrtn): fo deceive. 

eferdnoa: see riuwAdvar. 

tkeorrt, Eq: see ivan. | 

eferalav: Zo examine well, scrutinize. 

eEnyepOnv: see eyeiper. 

eqxovta: sixty. ; 

eEnpnpéves: see aipeic Par. 

e&nxOnv: see dyavyeiv. 

efuxéoGar: Zo arrive at the end of a 
journey, zach the mark, 35 20. See | 
a@ucéo Par. 

efthacapyy: see ihdexec Par. 

tus, ews, 7, (Exe): a having, habit 
of body, condition, 40 26. 

eEoporvote Gar: see duowiy. 

éfév: see civat. 

evdaiverBar: see idalvery. 

Ge: without, on the outside. 

wbev: from without. 

éouxévar (¢ix-): fo be like; owa, | 
cixdés, égxn H. 358 a. as éolxacu, | 


‘as appears likely,’ 42 11, H. 9442. . 


| 
b 


PROSE 187 

copty: festival, holiday. 

émwaivety (éxi) impf.: to commend, 
praise; €rawésw or éxavécoua:, 
éxyveca, exivexa, éxyveOnp. 

— cvveraiveiy, ‘to join in approving.’ 

émapGeis: see alperv. 

éwei: after, since; éreéq, the same 
strengthened. 

ewraSdayv (éxe:57, ax) : after, w. subjunc. 

éweiwep: since (really), secing that, 
17 10, 22 18. 

éwevomintev: See receiv. 

émara (éri, cita): thereafter, 
upon, again, in the next place. 

erekeAqopny: exrabécbar 

érepvyo ny: see urnchFra:. 


ére- 


| émepéoOar: see épér Gar. 


= > 


octus): to fol- 
low ; cixopnr, EYopat; the aor. only 
in comp., érusréc Gat. 

— théxesGa:, ‘to follow up,’ 24 23. 

emertTycapyy: see Icracba:. 

éwnyadAcpnyv: see dydAher Gar. 

émnpedlav: 40 threaten overbearingly. 

émnpopny: see épéc Sax. 

éxi: on, upon; prep, w. gen. dat, 
andacc. H. 799, G. 1210, B. 408. & 
izwov, ‘on horseback,’ 2 23. vip 
éxit BaSudGpos, ‘the road to Baby- 
lon,’ 21 25. 
‘ within,’ ‘in the course of’ his own 
reign, 29 17. 
time,’ 56 26. 

éxi wzheovetia, ‘with a view to 

personal advantage, 27 14. 6xéca 
éx dvdpi evdaipon voplitera, what 
is customary ‘over,’ ‘at the funeral 
of, a fortunate man, 33 I9. é¢ ois 
TO Syoud éott, ‘to whom the name 
is applied, 39 19. éxi7@ Big, ‘in’ 
‘in the course of’ one’s life, 51 12. 


émeoOar (cex-, segui, s 


éxl THs avrou apx7s, 


é@ quer, ‘in our 


188 ATTIC 


7 éml oé, ‘as far as you are con- 
cerned,’ 11 11. émt wodv, ‘to a 
great distance,’ 34 25. 

émBovdn: hostile design, plot. 

émidens, -€s: 27 want of. 

émvOupety (Guuds) impf.: fo set one’s 
heart upon, to desire, tTwvbs. 
7d émriBuuqoa, ‘the conceiving of 
this desire,’ 53 11. 

émikaiptos 2 (xaipds): in fit time or 
place, important; ot émcxalptor, ‘ the 
officers,’ 22 10. 

émdabéoGar (Aadetv): fo forget; ém- 
Ajooua, ériréAnopaL, 
vouat. Past-perfect, 5 8. 

éripéAera: care. 

érrtpeNcto Oar or émupéAer Oar: fo care 
for, watch over carefully, twos ; 
érimeNjoouat, éreuehnOnv. 


ToUTO 


émidavdd- 


érpeAnpa, -atos, Td: thing cared for, 


@ care. 

émipeAntéov: ove must take care. 

émlopkos 2 (dpkos): swearing falsely, 
forsworn. 

émiotoa: next, ensuing, day or night: 
see lévat. 

émimodatos 2: on the surface, promt- 
nent, 48 7. 

ériotacQat (cTa-, oTHvaL): to under- 
stand, know how to do something; 
ATUITAUNY, ETWLOTHTOMAL, HrisT HO. 
H. 487, G. 720, 742, B. 200 N. 

emirrarns: overseer, superintendent. 

émirtatyntéov: one mist oversee. 

émornpy: special knowledge, shill. 

émrthpev, -ov: skilled in, Tivds. 

émurtiyoar: see icrdvar. 

émurnderos 3: suitable, necessary; Ta 
émiT Hea, ‘ provisions.’ 

émlxapts, -t (xapis): gracious, accept- 
able; émixapit repos, -wratos 45 6. 








PROSE 


émixerpetv impf.: 40 put one’s hand to, 
attempt, undertake. 

émtx@ptos 3 or 2 (x wpa): in or of the 
country; ra érex@pia, of the Per- 
sian national discipline, 13 2. 

émos, -ovs, 76, (elmeiv): utterance, 
word, plur. rn, verses, poetry, epic 
or other. 

émrad: seven. 

épav: Zo be in love, to love, tivbs; 
HpacOnr, épacOjvar, ‘to become 
enamored of,’ 68 8. 

Syn. Purely, orépyerv, ayarav. 

épyater Bar: Zo work, to do or perform; 
épydcoua, elpyacduny, elpyacuat 
mid. or p., elpydoOnv p. H. 359; 
G. 537, 2; B.172,2. eb elpyaopéva, 
‘well wrought’ or ‘ constructed,’ 47 
27. Syn. dpav, woelv, rparrecv. 

— atrepyd feo ba, ‘ to work out,’ ‘effect.’ 

— Katepydfecbat; 7o KaTepydcacbal, 
‘the achieving,’ 62 9. 

épyaoréov: one must do or perform. 

épyov (fepy-, work, yewpyés): work, 
deed. éudv Epyov, ‘my business,’ 
‘my part,’ 42 21. 

épéoOar: fo ask, inguire; jpbynv. 

Syn. épwray. 

— émepéc Oat, ‘to put a question,’ 3 22. 

épypla: solitude, dearth or absence of. 

épnpos 2: lone, deserted, unoccupied. 

pia, Ta, (fep-, wool, vellus) : wool. 

eppnveds, -€ws, 6,("Epujs): znterpreter. 

éppwpévos (€ppScbar, pwrvivar): in 
full strength or health, stout, vig- 
orous ; éppwuevéotepa, 55 21. Ady. 
éppwpévas, 57 27. 

épv0pds 3: red. 

€pupa, -atos, 76: fence, fortification, 
bulwark. 

epxer@ar: Zo come; impf. only, and 


ATTIC 


defective, H. 539 2. 
note. Syn. édety, lévar. 

— trapépxeo Gat, ‘ to pass along,’ 35 15. 

— mposépxerGa, ‘to come besides,’ 
‘come on,’ 16 14, 34 6. 

épwrav: fo ask questions, inguire, in- 
terrogate. Syn. €péoGat. 

— Stepwray, ‘to ask for a decision,’ 
past-imperfect, 6 7. 

— émepwrar, ‘to put questions,’ ‘ask,’ 
19 23, 6 Io. 

€oev: eivar. 

écOys, -tTos, 7, (feoc-, wear, vestis, 
auguevvivar): dress, clothing. 

éoBiew (€5-, eat, fret, edere, 2surire): 
to eat, Edouac (H. 427, G. 667, B. 
216), €d7d0Kxa, €57decual, HOécOnY. 

Syn. dayetv. 

éorépa (vesper): evening, the West. 

tote: until, 44 14, 58 17. 

éoTHka: oTHvar. 


See 140 5 


éortyoa: isravar, 

éotia (¢eo-, Vesta, dorv): hearth; 
‘Eorid, Hestia, goddess of the 
hearth-fire, 15 17. 

éotiav: fo entertain, eicriaca, eiorl- 

H. 359; G. 537, 2; B. 172, 2. 

érTiacBar: fo feast. 

toxatos 3: the farthest, extreme. 

érepos 3: other or one of two; OaTepor, 
TO ETEpor. 

éru: still, yet, further. 
“even to this day,’ 1 5. 

Eros, -ous, 76, (Feros, velus): year. 

ed: well. Syn. xadds. 

ebyavos 2: well-cornered, regular in 
line and angle. 

evSatpovetv impf.: zo de blest, happy. 

evSaipovla: appiness. 

edSaipov, -ov: with a good genius, 
happy ; adv. evéaipovésrara, 19 24. 


aka. 


ére Kal vov, 





_eboeBs, -és: pious. 





PROSE 189 

evdydos 2: perfectly evident. 

evdoKipos 2: of good repute, popular, 
distinguished. 

evepyetetv impf.: ¢o be a benefactor, 
to benefit, do good to. 

evOéws: zzmediately. 

ev00: straight toward, Tubs. 

evOupia: cheerfulness. 

evOUs, -eta, -0: straight, direct. 
kar evv, ‘straight ahead,’ 48 6. 

evO0s: directly, forthwith. 

evKAens, -€s, (KAéos): of good report, 
famous, glorious. 

evKAeLa: venozws, glory. 


TO 


evpevys, -€s: favoring, gracious. 

evvous, -ovv: zwell-minded, well-dis- 
posed ; plur. ebvor, H.158b; G. 203, 
2; B. 91, 3. Comparison, H. 251 c, 
G. 353, B. 133. 

eV6P0adrpos 2: with beautiful eyes. 

evreOns, -és: obedient, docile. 

evpeiv: fo find; imp. ebpé, ebpiow, 
nupnka, npnuat, nipéony, ebpicxw. 

etpynpa, -atos, 76: that which is found, 
an invention, 60 24. 

evoéBera: piety. 

Adv. etoeBas. 

eUoroxos 2: aiming well. Adv. ev- 
oTd6Xws, ‘with good aim,’ 9 17. 

evteAns, -és, (Tedetv) : easily paid for, 
cheap, inexpensive. 

evtuxla (tUx7): good luck, success. 

evhpaivery (dpjv): to make cheerful 
or happy, to gladden. 

evhpaiverBar: fo be glad, rejoice; 
nuppavony, H. 498. 

evhpocivy: mirth, festive time, plur. 
2117. <A poetic word. 

etxerOar: fo pray, with vows. 

— émevxerOa, ‘to add a prayer,’ 
30 I. 


190 ATTIC PROSE 


— BpowetxerGai, ‘to offer up vows,’ | — S¢xerv, ‘to be apart,’ separated by 
‘address one’s prayers to,’ 1517, 25.| an interval, 35 21. : 


ebXh: prayer, vow. — kartéxeiy, ‘to hold down,’ ‘ occupy,’ 
ebavupos 2 (Svoua): of good name,| 161; ‘control,’ 49 8; Nbyor xaré- 
well-omened, on the left hand, left. xouvcw ws, ‘prevail,’ to the effect 


evo xetv impf.: fo entertain, feast one.| that, etc. 683 1. 
ebwxetobar: fo feast on, cat in plenty,| — peréxerv, ‘to participate,’ ‘have a 


41; edwx7HOnr. share,’ rivds, 21 17. 
evwxla: feasting, good cheer. — tapéxeiv, ‘to have at hand,’ ‘fur- 
éeivar: fo let go upon, let loose, per-| nish,’ ‘render,’ 55 14. 
mit, Twi; épiKa, épeiuer, Epetxa, | — ovvéxer, ‘to hold’ or. ‘keep to- 
égetuar, épel@ny. See iévar. gether,’ 32 7. 
épérer Bar: see ErecBar. — bepéxecr, ‘to be above,’ 700 vdaros, 
épéornka: see orfva. 22 26. 
EpnBos (787): 2 youth 16 or 17 years | ExerOar: fo hold on by, cling to, rwbs; 
old. According to Xenophon’s ac- to be the next ina series, or in line, 


count of the Persian discipline, men . 34 15, 57 16. 
were €¢nSo: until the age of 26 or ,— avéxecBar, dvacyéoba, ‘to hold 


27, during ten years between the| out,’ to endure’ something oppres- 


watdes and the réAeror Gvdpes. Sive or offensive; qvecxdunrv, H. 
ébijxa: édeivac. 361 a, G. 544, B. 175, 1 n. ovk 
tbnv: ddvar. jvécxeto, ‘he could not stand it,’ 
ebarOny: see nderOat. 37 8,516. Syn. iropévery, bropéperv. 
éhopeiov: the court of the Ephors at |— wapéxecOa:; rapdcxor’ dv, ‘might 

Sparta, 56 9. be expected to produce,’ z.e. bring to 
ehopos (eri, dpav): overseer, guar-| expression on the part of the persons 

dian ; plur. the Spartan ‘ Zphors,’| engaged, 58 6. 


‘the Five,’ <f 56 Io. | €x8pos 3: ated or hating, an enemy. 
€xetv: fo have in hand, hold, keep; ewPotpyv: wbeic Par. 

eixov. See cxet. Often intrans., | tws, w, 7: dawn, the East. H. 161, 
and so reg. w. adv., uerpiws Exe, | G. 199, B. 92, 3. 

‘to be moderate,’ 5 26, 28 1,2f. ot«| tws: while, as long as, until. 

eixe cuANéyerv Onpia, ‘was unable’ ) 
to collect animals, 8 8, 25 20, 50 28; Z. 
thus oftenest w. vb. of saying, 22 20. 
‘To have to wife” 15 8. inariwy fevyvivas ({vy-, yoke, iugum, iungere, 





Gy eixe, which ‘ he wore,’ 39 4, 6. fuyov): Efevéa, Efevypwar, etiryny. 
— avréxew, ‘to resist’; could not |— cvgevywiva, ‘to yoke’ or ‘join 
‘help’ gratifying him, 7 23. together,’ as man and wife, 43 27. 


— améxetv, ‘to be distant from,’ rivds; | Letyos, -ovs, 7d: 2 yoke or team of 
bcov ordé.0r, 57 Io. | animals, any couple or pair. 


ATTIC PROSE I9I 


Zevs (Ace, Acevs, Tuesday, divus, diés, noovy) : to be delighted, to take pleas- 
luppiter): Zeus, the supreme god; ure, enjoy; noOny, noOjcouar. 


Acés, Ad, Aia, Zed. | —epriccbar; otk épnobels Pavepds 
{npla: loss, damage, a penalty. |  éyévero, ‘was not seen to rejoice 


{nprovv: fo cause loss, to fine or punish,| thereat,’ 59 19. 
fav: to live; €(m, 21 8. H. 412, | — cvvjdeca, ‘to rejoice with,’ 33 15. 


G. 496, B. 199, 3. ndéws: with zest or pleasure, gladly ; 
Syn. Bidvar, dcarrao Gat. nowra, 46 17. 
{yretv impf.: Zo seek. | 45: by this time, already. oddods 


{Lwypados: one who paints living | non, ‘many ere now,’ 8 24. Thus 
things, a painter. | often w. gnomic aor., 82 25; cf 767 
{wow ((Hv): animal. moté 49 23, mwmore 519. ‘Now,’ 
‘at once,’ 21 5. ‘ Without going 
farther’, 48 4. 
H. HStov, Wdietos: 7dvs. 
q: 07, than. (ySov: dec. 
I. q: interrogative particle. H. 1015, Sovq: pleasure. 

G. 1603. % xal didws, ‘do you| ndvmaGetv impf.: Zo be given to good 
really (xa) offer?’ 4 5. | living, to be dainty or luxurious. 
2.4: really, truly ; intensive particle. | HSvs, deta, HSU, (HdecPar): sweet, 

# why, used in declarations under | 

oath, 18 12. H. 1037, 9. | Kew : to come, to have or be come; 
Wo, Welv, yeoav: iévac, | nko. H. 827, G. 1256, B. 521 N. 
HBn: youthful prime, youth. At|— wpoorxew, ‘to have arrived at,’ 

Sparta, up to the age of 18, so that ‘to belong’ or ‘pertain,’ ‘ be related 

Ta déka ag 78ns means ‘the men| to’; of rpoo7jxorres, ‘ their relatives,’ 

of 28, 54 23. | 25 15. 7a mpoojxovra, ‘what de- 
Hyayov: dyayety. | volves upon him,’ 43 25; and so 
Hycto8ar: fo go before, lead the way,| often impersonally, revf, 

be guide or leader, to hold as an | HABov: €dOeiv. 


pleasant; 78iev, ndwTos. 


opinion, think, believe in. | MAtBLos 3: szlly. 
Syn. voulferv, otecPar, Soxety. | nAckia: age, time of life. 
— Sinyeto Gai, ‘to narrate,’ ‘relate? HAckiotys: fellow, mate. 
— éeEnyeto Oat, ‘to explain,’ 46 16. Ets HAtkos, 6, 7: of the same age, 
— mponyeio@a, ‘to go first to lead| mate, comrade. 
the way,’ 15 25. HAvos: the sun; “Hdws, Helios, the 
— vonyetcGa, ‘to go just before.’ sun-god, 29 27. 


TYEROV, -ovos, 6, 7, (HyetrGar): guide, ypatwpevos: aluarody. 
leader. wy. pédurTa, ‘queen bee.’ | qpets: we; NUdv, uly, Huds. 

dev, 75: eldévar. Tpépa: day. 

Ser0ar (cfad-, sweet, sudvis, dvs, HpEpos 2: fame. 


192 ATTIC 

Hprovs, -era, -v, (sémt-, Hulovos) : half. 

Rpdlera: dugiervdvar 

qv: édy. 

qveykapnv: évéyxacPa. 

WverxXopynv: see ExerGar. 

qyika: wen. 

qvioxos: Aolding the reins, driver. 

WTEpos, 7): 

grep: Sorep. 

np&apny: dpyeuv. 

Hpes, -wos, 6: ero, inferior local 
deity. H. 197, G. 243, B. 113. 

Area: elvar 

qorenv: nderPa 

novxla : stzl/ness, quiet, peace. Hovxiav 


continent, mainland. 





éxev, ‘to keep quiet,’ mind one’s 
business, 20 4. 
ist 


Wttev, yWrTov: inferior, less. 
254, 2; G. 361, 2; B. 136. 


e. 


@dAarta: sea. 

OaArros, -ovs, 75: heat, warmth ; plur. 
‘extremes of heat,’ 43 13. 

@avatos: death. 
Oavarotv: fo put to death; fut. mid. 
as pass., 25 4. H. 496, G. 1248. 
Oarrev: Zo bury; Odpw, EOapa, Té- 
Oapua, éeradnv. 

Oappetv impf.: 40 be of good courage, 
be not afraid. 

@arepov: 7d érepor. 

Barra, Barrov: rayus. 

Oavpdteav: fo wonder, marvel at, be 
surprised. 

Qcacbar: Zo view as a spectacle, see, 


behold. Syn. ipav, ideiv, Bhérewy. | 


— Katagedc Gat, ‘to look down upon,’ 
‘contemplate,’ aor. 22 11. 
Octv impf.: fo run; Oebooua. 





Syn. tpéxetv, Spapetv. 


PROSE 


— éxdeiv, ‘to run out,’ 24 20. 


| Oetvar (Ge-, do, condere, Oncavpds) : to 


put, place; Ojow, Enka, Eepuer, 
TéBexa, €réOnv, TlOnu. 

— avaéetvai, ‘to put up.’ 

— Srafetva:, ‘to dispose’ in some way, 
mpés tiva, ‘toward one’; passive 
45 12, where, if a completed and 
not a continued action were meant, 
didxecvtat would be the word. 

— émifetvar, ‘to place upon,’ ‘ impose,’ 
a penalty 52 11. 

— Katafetvai, ‘to put’ or ‘ pay down,’ 
‘deposit,’ 42 14. 

— ovvdetvar, ‘to put’ or ‘join to- 
gether,’ 43 8. 

Béobar: fo put or place for oneself. 

— ovvéécbat, ‘to make a covenant,’ 
27 21, 545; ‘to engage,’ 40 21. 

Oetos: szcle. 

Getos 3: of a god or gods, divine. Td 
Getov, ‘the divine Being,’ 33 17; 
‘religion,’ 58 15. 

Bederv: fédecy. 

Qeds, 6, 7: god, goddess. 

Oepatratva: maid servant. 

Oepameverv: 40 be an attendant, to watt 
on, serve, court, to heal, restore to 
health, 45 6; ‘to honor,’ one’s 
parents 52 Io. 

Oepameutys: attendant, servant. 

Gepdmrwy, -ovTos, 6: servant. 

Bépos, -ous, 76: summer. 

OFAvs, -era, -v: female. 

Onp, Onpds, 6: wild beast, wild animal. 

Onpa: chase, hunt. 

Onpav: to hunt, take in the chase. 

Onpeos 2: of wild animals or game. 

Onplov: east. 

Onoavpés: ¢reasure, treasure-house. 

OAre: Petvar. 


ATTIC 


Otyetv (dig, dough, fingere): to touch, 
handle, tivds; OlEopat, Oyyave. 
Syn. &rrec@at. 
OvyoKev: see drofavety. 
Ovytés 3: “able to death, mortal. 
Bowalev: fo feast. 


OspuBos: zoise, clamor, disturbance, 
24 19; ‘murmur,’ 35 13. 

O@pacis, -cta, -0: bold, audacious. 

Spacitns, -1TOs, 77: 
eSS. 

Opavev: to break in pieces, break 
down; Opatcw, €6pavoa, TéOpau(c)- 
pat, €6pavcOnv. Rare in prose. 

— cuvipate; cvrtePpavopéva, ‘ shiv- 
ered’ lances, 58 23. 

Opear: tpédervy. 

Opimreav: to break down, to weaken, 
enervate; OptYw, TéOpuupat. 

— S.afptmrery, ‘to crush,’ 58 22; ‘to 
spoil,’ ‘make vain,’ 20 13. 

Ovyarnp, -tTpds, 7: daughter. H. 180, 


boldness, rash- 





G. 274, B. 105. 
Ovew: Zo sacrifice. 
— droite, ‘to offer up,’ 55 16. 
Bvpoedys, -és: Aigh-spirited. 
Bupa (door, forts): door, gate. 
Ovpavdciv impf.: fo live out of doors. 
Bvoia: sacrifice. 


Oapak, -akos, 6: 


cuirass, breastplate. 


I. 


taocbar: Zo heal, cure ; itacdpuny, iaOny, 
H. 499. 

tarpos: physician. 

etv (¢.d-, wit, witness, vid?re, eidévar, 
eidos) : 40 see; eidov, (dé. Syn. par, | 
6pO7jvat, Brérerv, Gedo Pat. | 

— mpordety, ‘to see before’ or ‘ be- 
forehand,’ 36 6. 

ATTIC PROSE— I3 





PROSE 193 


— tpogdetv, ‘to look upon,’ 33 11. 

tios 3: peculiar, private, one’s own. 

Widtys: one in a private station, an 
individual, 29 10; ‘unprofessional,’ 
not a sophist 62 15. 

iSpotv: fo sweat, 34 3, 39 11. 

tSpws, -@tos, 6: swear. 

lévar: 40 go; qa, fev, elm fut. 
H. 477, G. 808, B. 261. 

Syn. édGeiv, Epxecbar. 

— amtévar, ‘to go away’ or ‘back.’ 

— elorévai, ‘to go into,’ ‘enter.’ 

— é&:évar, ‘to go out’ or ‘ forth.’ 

— — avtetiévar, ‘to come forth to 
meet’ one in battle, 55 9. 


| — — ovveiiévar, ‘to go out together.’ 


— émiévar, ‘to ensue’; 7 érwica wit 
or juépa, ‘the next,’ 16 27; ‘to in- 
vade,’ 58 13. 

— Kkatiévar, ‘to go down,’ 60 17. 

— Tapiévat, ‘to go by,’ ‘to surpass.’ 

— mporévai, ‘to advance.’ 

— Tpociévar, ‘to go’ or ‘come to,’ 
‘to approach,’ ‘come up.’ 

—ovvidvat, ‘to come 
‘meet,’ 56 27. 

tévat: fo Lt go, send; tnm,fow. HH. 
476, G. 810, B. 260. For aor. and 
perf. see compounds d¢eivar, etc. 


together,’ 


i¢ - - - - 
tepetov: victim, sacrifice. 


iepés 3: sacred, iepd, sacrifices, rites. 

terOat: 40 send oneself, hasten, rush. 

— toier Gar, ‘to yield,’ ‘give up,’ Tivds, 
48 20; ‘to relax,’ 59 9. 

ixaves 3 (ddixécar): sufficient, able, 
competent. Adv. ixava@s. 

ixeteverv: Zo come as an ixérns, to sup- 
plicate, beseech. 

ixéryns (agixéoba): suppliant. 

iAdoker Oar (fAews) : fo propitiate; 
ikdcouat, ttacduny, thao Any. 


194 ATTIC 
— €i\doxerOa, ‘to propitiate com- 
pletely,’ aor. 19 15. 
frews, -wv: propitious. 

306, B. 119. 
tudriov: an outer garment, mantle; 
plur., clothes, 39 4. 
tva: where, in order that. 
immadoipos 3: fit for riding. 
trmeverv: Zo be a horseman, to ride. 


Fy 226; 9G. 


tmtreds, -Ews, 0: horseman. 

twrmuKds 3: of a horse or horses, eques- 
trian, 42 1; 
horsemanship, 8 4; 
cavalry force,’ 27 10. 


n iwmixy, sc. TEXT, 
immixdy, 6a 
tmrmddpopos: race course, hippodrome. 
Umrmos: horse. 
Yoaou: eldévar. 
lonyopla (dyopevew): egual freedom 
of speech, equality. 
YoOi: (1) eivar, (2) eldévar. 
loépaxos 2: egual in the fight. 
toomAnOas, -és: egual in numbers. 
Yoos 3: egual. éx rot cov, ‘ the same 
as before,’ 115. 60 ioow, ‘at equal 
distances apart,’ 38 22. 
tows: probably, perhaps. 
totavat: fo set, station; oTj0u, 
éoTnoa, éotdOnv. See orfjvat. 
— avicTdvat, ‘to set up,’ 16 24. 
establish,’ ‘ ap- 
point,’ 27 5; ‘to institute,’ 53 17; 
‘to put in camp,’ ‘plant,’ 54 11. 


— Kabiordvat, ‘to 


— Tepucravar, ‘to set’ or ‘station 
round,’ aor. 22 8. 

torac8at: intrans. 40 station oneself, 
or trans. fo set up for oneself, 
oTHooua intrans., éornoduny trans. 
See orfvar. tpbmaov toracba, ‘to 
erect a trophy,’ 58 29. 

— avO0loracAa, Sto stand up against,’ 


stand forth as antagonist, 47 16. 





PROSE 


— adlcracba, ‘to revolt,’ 27 24; ‘to 
stand aloof from,’ 59 9, 62 9. 

— Stlcracba, ‘to stand apart, ‘open 
ranks,’ 36 6. 

—éploracbar; 1 aor. Ovpas aBwv 
éresthoato, took (the first doors 
that came to hand) and ‘set them 
up’ on his house, 60 14. 

— Kabloracda, ‘to take one’s posi- 
tion,’ 84 12. 

—ovvictacba, ‘to 
‘combine,’ 15 5. 

loxupos 3: strong. Adv. loyxipdas. 

loxvs, -vos, 7: strength. 
Syn. c0évos, kpdros, divas, poun. 


K. 


unite forces,’ 


Kayabds: Kal dyads. 

Kayo: Kal éyw. 

Kkabalpew: Zo cleanse, purify; Kabapa, 
€xdOnpa, kexdbapuar, éxabapdny. 

— aroxabalpey, ‘to clean off’; mid., 
one’s own hand 8 26, 

Kabapds 3 (castus, kaivds) : clean, pure. 

Kab7c8ar: Zo be seated; to sit still, 
doing nothing, 40 18. H. 484, G. 
805. Bacon ain, 

Kabifery (id-, sit, obsidére, iipverv) + to 
make sit down, seat, éxkd0igov (H. 
io) On COM. Pn SD Oy 7-1 @) PN 2/15) 
(H. 425; G. 665, 3; B. 215), éxddioca 
or Kkafica, 

KabiferOar: 40 seat oneself, sit; Kabt- 
(Hoomar, exabiodunv. 

— tapakabiferbat, ‘to sit down be- 
side’ one, 40 17. 

Kabiotavar: see lordvar 

Kkabioracbar: see icracba. 

kale.v: fo burn, 

éxavoa, Kékauka, Kekatpat, éxavOny. 


H. 520, 1; G. 1692, p. 387; B. 729. 


KGelv or Kavow, 








AOGIC PROSE 


kal: and, also, even. H. 1040, 1042. 
mo\\a kal ayadd, ‘many blessings,’ 
27 12. kal pada, 19 11,4917. el 
kal, concessive, ‘though,’ 51 4. 4 
kal 6l6ws, do you ‘ really’ offer, 4 5. 

Kalmep: w. ptcp., Kalrep alcOduevos 
tatra, ‘though he perceived’ all 
this, 53 27, 58 13. 

Ka.ipos: @ critical time, the right time. 

Kaitou: and yet, now. 

KaKel: Kal éxe?. 

KaKetvos: Kal éxezvos. 

Kakdvous, -ovv: 2//-minded, bearing 
malice ; nom. plur. kaxdvot. H. 158; 
Gazogh 25 B. Ol, 3: 

KaKOS 3: dad, Kakiwy, KdKucTos. Ady. 
KQKQS. 

kadetv impf.: zo call; kad& (H. 423; 
G. 665, 1; B. 212, 1), ékddeoa, 
kéxAnka, KéxAnuwar (fam called’ 40 
25), ExkANOnv. 
pevot, the sophists ‘so-called,’ 62 12. 

— atroxanety, ‘to call away’ or ‘ back,’ 
“call shome,:)13) 15 <toeally bya 
hard name,’ ‘stigmatize by,’ 49 19. 

— éyxane?y, ‘to bring acharge against,’ 
‘lay blame on,’ rvvi, 20 4. 

— eloxaderty, ‘to invite,’ ‘summon.’ 


Syn. rovnpés. 


oi codistal Kadov- 


— twapakadetvy, ‘to summon to be 
present’; ‘to cheer on,’ 12 16. 

— ovyKanely, ‘to call together.’ 

KadetoOar: Zo summon, under form of 
law, 47 20. 

— tTpooKadeto Gat, ‘to issue a Summons 
upon one,’ ‘ to cite’ or ‘summon into 
court,’ 41 5. 

KaAXos, -ous, Th: Jeanty. 

kadoxayabia: the quality of being 
kaNos kal ayadds. 

Kahés 3: beautiful; xaddiwy, Kédduo- 
Tos. Adv. Kad@s, syn. ed. 











195 


Of sacrifices, ‘favorable,’ 35 12 f. 
Kaos kayabes, or Kadbs Te Kayabbs, 
a highly complimentary phrase, used 
however sometimes of things, 18 13, 
46 Io. 
‘honorable’ and righteous means, 
42 26. The opposite of kaNdévy is 
alcxpdy, in all senses. 


€x Tov KaNovd Kal dixalov, by 


Kadumrety : Zo cover ; KalvWw, éxddua, 
KkexkdAuppal, exahvponr, 

Kahimrer Oar: fo cover for oneself. 

— éyxadtmrecOar; éyxadvWacba, ‘to 
cover one’s face,’ 33 12, 25. 

Kapetv: fo grow weary, fall sick; 
Kamovmal, KeKUNnKa, Kaw. 

Kadpverv: fo be weary, sick: Kapety. 

Kaprrev: fo bend, exapwa, kéxapmat, 
exaupony. 

—émikdumrev, ‘to wheel to’ the 
right or the left, 36 25. 

kav: (1) kal dy, (2) Kal ay. 

Kkava0pov: a kind of carriage, 60 16. 

Kadvous, -vos, 6: Median gow, an 
upper garment with wide sleeves. 

KavTat0a: Kal évradda. 

Katmpos: zw2/d boar. 

Kapkivos: crab. 

Kkaptés: fruit, produce, return. 

Kaptoto8ar: fo reap the fruits of, Tl; 
‘to appropriate,’ 55 12. 

Kaptepety (kpdros) impf.: Zo be patient, . 
to bear with fortitude. 

KkaTa&: down, prep. w. gen. and acc. 
H. 800, G. 1211, B. 409. 

rods kar éué, ‘those of my age,’ 

12 9. 6 Te av émayyéAdy, 
‘according to his command,’ 27 26. 


Kal’ 


KpeltTwy Tis } Kat dvOpwrov, one 
of ‘mightier than human’ mien, 
29 23. 7d Kad’ avrovs, the force 


‘opposed to’ them, 36 II. xara 


ATTIC 


196 


Kopwrelay, ‘nigh to’ Coronéa, 56 
27. 

In composition, xard sometimes 
means ‘against,’ avrov, 
‘would inform against him,’ 9 13. 
It strengthens verbs (e.g. xaraxal- 
very); often by denoting that the 
action is directed ‘down’ upon a 
definite point, karauadety, katayvG- 
vat, or likely to be lasting or per- 


KaTepety 


manent, katadirety, Karaor7vat. 
KataBacis, -€ws, 7): 
descent, 17 3. 
KaTaBiBatew: Zo make go down. 
Katakalverv: Zo &7//, 25 1. H. 518, 7. 
Kataxpynpvitey (Kpnuvos): fo throw 
over a precipice. 
KaTappodeiv: see podely. 
Katackeuy: furnishing, furniture. 
Katadavis, -és: clearly seen, in sight. 
KaTep@: see pybjvat 


a going down, 


KaTyvuca: see avira. 

Katw: delow, downwards. 

KetoOar: fo lie, be situated, placed; 
H. 482, G. 818, B. 
264. Used as a perf. and fut. pass. 
of Betvar. 


ketuat, Keloouat. 


7 els Tov EviauToy Keimévn 
damdvy, the expense ‘set down’ for 
the year, 44 28. 

— draxe?obar, fo be in a certain state 
mutually or relatively, to be dis- 
posed or affected in some way; 
oikelws, of intimacy,’ 
715. Ch dtaridevra, impf., 45 12. 

— Tpooketofai, ‘to be (placed) there 
in addition,’ the word xaXés besides 
the word dyafés, 40 3. 

KekAnpat: Kaely. 

Kékpaya: J cry out; éxexparyecv. 

KeKkTHoVaL: fo possess; KTacOa, 

KeAeverv: to urge, bid; Kkexédevopat, 


‘on terms 


PROSE 


éxeNevoOny. For mid. 
pounds, diaxedever Oat, ere. 
kevos 3: emply. 

Kepavvuvar: fo mingle, mix, éxépaca, 
Kéxpauat, éxpadOny or éxepdcOnv. 

— wvyKepavviva, ‘to mingle together;’ 
mid., of social intercourse, 7 14. 
képas, Képaros or Képws, 76: horn, 
wing of an army. H. 181, G. 237, 

Bo LR sLO: 

Keparn: head. 

Kexapirpévos: yaplterbar. 

Knplov: honeycomb. 

Kypds (céra): beeswax. 

Kypuypa, -atos, 76: proclamation. 

Kfjpve, KnpuKos, 6: herald. 

Knpittev: 4o proclaim. ‘As for the 
people in the houses, those (of the 
couriers) who understood Assyrian 
should proclaim that they were to 
remain within,’ 25 2. 

Kivdoveverv: 40 incur danger. 

klv8uvos: danger, risk. 

kivetv impf. : 20 move, stir, meddle with. 

KAGE: fo weep; Kravoouat 

KAelerv: Zo shut; Kkdelow, exdrewa, 
kéxNer(o) mat, éxreloOnv. 

— katakXelew ; katakxdeloac@a, ‘to 
shut oneself up,’ 17 9. 

kAtpak, -akos, 7: ladder, staircase. 

KAtverv: Zo make incline, lean; xruvd, 


see com- 


éxNtva, KéxNyat, ExNiOny. 

— éyxNivery, ‘to bend in,’ turn about. 

— &kxXivery, ‘to bend out,’ give way. 

KoupacGar: Zo ie down to sleep, sleep; 
éxouunony. 

KOLvés 3: common, Kowvn, ‘in com- 
mon,’ ‘publicly’; 7d xoivdy, ‘the 
commonwealth,’ ‘community,’ 15 7. 

kowv@vetv impf.: Zo have in common, 
to have part in, ribs, 


ATTIC 


Kowwvia: partnership. 

kKotvwvos: partner. 

KoAdlev: Zo chastise, punish. 

KoAakevetv: fo flatter. 

KoXeds or KoAedv: sheath, scabbard. 

KoAoBds 2: docked, mutilated. 

Kopn: air. 

kopiferv: Zo take charge of, to convey 
to a place of safety. 

—eloxoulfev, ‘to fetch in,’ ‘take 
home,’ 9 21. 

Kovioptés: dust raised or stirred up. 

Koms, -iS0s, 7: cleaver, scimeter. 

Komretv (chop, xorls) : 4o knock, smite, 
cut by striking; xdpw, éxova, xéxoga, 
Kékoupat, exdmrny. 

— Stakdrrevy, ‘to cut a way through.’ 

— Kataxorrey, ‘to cut down,’ 36 28. 

Koopetv impf.: Zo set in order, adorn. 

Kéapos: order, ornament, decoration, 
the world or universe. 

Kpateitv impf.: zo be stronger, to be 
master, to conquer, TLvbs. 

KpaTHp, -7pos, 0, (Kepavydvac): mix- 
ing vessel, punch bowl. 

Kpatioteverv: 40 be strongest or best. 

Kpatiotos 3: strongest, best. 

Kpatos, -ovs, 76: superior strength, 
might; avd, Kata Kpatos, cf. wayvTl 
obéver. 

Syn. loxvs, divayis, pwun, oO€vos. 
Kpavyq (Kéxpaya): shout, shouting. 
Kpeddiov: @ morsel of meat. 

Kpéas, -ws, 76: flesh, meat. 

KpelttTwv, KpeitTov: stronger, supe- 
rior, better; xpatitos. H. 254, 1; 


Goa6r, 05) B: 136; 


separate, to judge; Kpw®, &xpiva, 
Kékpika, Kéxpiupat, explOnv. 
kptver Qa: fo separate for oneself. 








PROSE 197 

— amoxpiverOa, ‘to answer.’ 

— Staxpiverdar, ‘to have a matter 
decided,’ settled by an armed con- 
test, 55 8. 

Kpitys (Kpivey) : judge. 

Kpimte: fo hide; xptyw, expuya, 
Kéxpuupat, Expuponv. 

— amoxpimrev; dmroxptmrrecba, ‘to 
keep hidden away,’ 32 13. 

KTaocQar: 40 acgutire, get; KTHoO-AL, 
exTynoauny, KéxTnuat, ‘I possess.’ 
H. 365 b, 465 a; G. 525, 734. 


— avakradcba, ‘to get back,’ ‘win 


over,’ 8 2. 
ktelverv: fo ill; xrevO, exreva, 
améxrova. For the passive, regu- 


larly dmofavety, etc., 58 4. 

— amoxreivery, more frequent than the 
simple verb, 58 4. 

KTipa, -aTos, 76: a possession, thing 
possessed. 

KTTTLs, -Ews, 7: a2 acquiring, posses- 
ston 7 9. 

Ktitos (rUmTev): a loud noise, crash, 
clash of arms. 

Kvabos: cup, dipper. 

KUKAOos: circle, ring; Kixdw, ‘round 
about’ 22 15. 

KUKAwOLS, -ews, 7: a Surrounding. 

Kupatvery (kiya): fo swell or rise in 
Waves. 

— éxkvualvery, ‘to wave out,’ ‘ undu- 
late,’ 35 24. 

Kuvnyértov (Kiwy, nyeicAar): a hunt 
with hounds; plur., ‘hounds and 
hunting,’ 61 1, 21. 


| kuptos 3: having authority or power 
Kptveww (cernere, certus, crimen): to| 


over, decisive, valid. 
KUwv, Kuvés, 6, 7, (hound, canis) : dog ; 
Hi. 216, 10>) G. 207, 155 


voc, Kvov. 
B: X15; 12, 


198 ATTIC 
KoAvev: fo hinder. H. 496 a. 
Kopaterv (K@uos): fo revel. 
Kopacths: veveller. 

Kadds 3: dumd. 


A. 


AaBetv: fo take, seize, receive; AhYo- 
pat, elAnda, elAnupat, EX7jPOnY, Aau- 
Bavw. Often AaBdy, ‘took and,’ 
10 12, 60 14. 

— amo \afely, ‘to take what is due,’ 
receive fulfilment of 46 18, grate- 
ful return for 50 26, 

— katalafely, ‘to overtake,’ 36 6. 

— mapalafetr, ‘to take along,’ 12 22; 
‘to receive from,’ 18 22, 25 13. 

— vrro\aBeir, 
hend,’ 52 24. 

AaGetv: fo lie hid, escape the notice of 
one, Tivd, H. 712, G. 1049; Ajow, 
A€ANGa, Aavodvw, AHOw (rare in 
prose) 44 3. Const. ptcp., H. 984, 
G, 1586, B. 660 N. For mid., see 
compounds, émiiabéc bat, etc. 

Aaktifev: fo hick. 

AaXketv impf.: Zo pratéle. 

AapBaverv: AaBetv. 


‘to suspect,’ ‘appre- 


Aaptmrpds 3: brilliant, illustrious. 
Aapmrrip, -7pos, 6: Might, lamp. 
AavOdverv: AaGety. 

A€yerv (legere, Nbyos): Zo tell, recount, 
Speak, say; é—w, Ede~a, NEAeVuaL, 
€éx Onv. 
Ojvat, pavac, 


Syn. ayopevery, elrety, pn- 


— avTidéyery, ‘to speak in opposi- 
tion,’ ‘ object,’ 46 22. 

— éméyery, ‘to say besides,’ ‘add.’ 

Aetwv, -Bvos, 6: meadow. 

Aeltrerv: Demeiv. 

Aeltrrec Oar: to remain, be behindhand 
or inferior, 








PROSE 


— \delrrecGar, ‘to be wanting’ or 
‘deficient in,’ tTevds; in 48 22, d is 
under the influence of duvdmevor. 

—Katanelrecbar, kaTradirécOat, ‘to 
fall behind,’ ‘ prove inferior.’ 

Aekapiov: a dite dish. 

Aetrrés 3: peeled, fine, thin, lean. 

AevKds 3: wide. 

A€wv, -ovtos, 6: ion. 

Anyetv (lag, danguére, laxus): to leave 
off, end, cease, 58 19. 

Anderv: AaHerv. 

Anowv: avery. 

AnPOfvar, Appouar: Aaferv. 

Aipds: hunger, famine. 

Autrapetv impf.: Zo be importunate, to 
entreat, beg or pray earnestly. 

Aurrapds 3: sleek. 

Autretv: ¢o leave; deliyw, édoura, dé- 
Aeyupat, EXelPOnv, Nelrrw. 

For mid., see AelrecAar. 

— atodurety, ‘to leave room,’ 28 4; 
‘to forsake,’ 7 24, 33 9. 

— ékdure?y, ‘to fail,’ 383 8; ‘to quit 

the hive,’ 45 13. 

Katalurety, ‘to leave behind.’ 

— tapandirety, ‘to leave by the way,’ 
‘pass over.’ 

— troXitety, ‘to leave in the rear,’ 
impf. pass. ptcp. 35 24. 

AoylferOar: 40 calculate, take into 
account, 42 15. 

— katadoylfecdar, ‘to put down in 
the reckoning,’ ‘reckon,’ 49 22. 

Adyos (Aéyerv): sale, count, account, 
that which is said or spoken, ‘ speech,’ 
‘argument,’ ‘subject’ of discourse. 

ASyXy: spearhead, lance. 

AovSopeiv, AovSopetc Oar: fo rail at, 
upbraid, scold. Const. H. 764, 2 b. 

Aoutrds 3 (Aureltyv): remaining, the 


ATTIC 


rest; Td dourdy, ‘for the future,’ 12 
20. H. 719 b, G. 1060. 

Awe: fo loose; UVTWw, EXvoa, AédvKa, 
éAvwaL, EAVOHY. H. 393 a, G. 471, 
B. 193, I. 

— Stave, ‘to dissolve’; of ‘ disso- 
lution’ by death, 31 22, 

— kataliey, ‘to undo,’ ‘unyoke’ for 
pitching camp, 84 1; ‘to depose’ 
27 16, ‘put an end to’ 56 5. 

Avtetv impf.: Zo give pain to, annoy. 

Autry: pain, trouble. 

AvotteAciv impf.: Zo be profitable or 
for one’s advantage, 4 20. 

AvotreAys, -és, (AVerv, Téhos) : Paying 
for expenses incurred, profitable, 
advantageous. 


M. 


pa: used in oaths, wa Ala, etc. H. 
1037, 133 723; G. 1066-8. 

padetv: Zo learn; pabjooua, peud- 
Onka, mavidvw. 

— kaTapuadety, ‘to learn definitely,’ 
‘for certain,’ 5 Io. 

pabyras: learner, disciple. 

pakapifery: Zo pronounce happy. 

pakdptos 3: blessed, happy, 21 12, 15. 

pada: strongly, very; paddov, pd- 
Nuora. pana aroma, ‘very 
strange things indeed,’ 19 11. ‘Yes, 
indeed,’ 49 17, 27. 

padakds 3 (uad-, ura-, mollis, blan- 
dus, BN&E): soft, comfortable, 21 16. 

padktora: most, especially. 
TO (evyos Touro, this one ‘ particu- 
larly,’ more than any other, 43 7; 
‘best,’ 46 16. 

PaAAov: more, rather. 

pavOdvev: puabety. 


kal 


Mart a 


pavrela (udvris): oracle, prophecy. 


PROSE 199 

PGvTis, -ews, 6: seer, Prophet. 

paptuper Oar (udprus): fo call to wit- 
ness, to protest. 

— émiuapriperbar; émimapripacbar be- 
ovs, ‘to invoke gods as witnesses,’ 
‘appeal to them,’ 28 7. 

HOpTUS, -Upos, 0, 7: witess. 

pacttyotv: Zo whip. 

paorié, -tyos, 7: whip. 

parynv: vainly, in vain. 

parrev: do knead, udéw, 
Euaka, méeuaxa, méeuaypuar, éudyny. 

paxerOar: fo fight; maxotuat, éuaxe- 
oduny, meudx na, 

— tTpocudyxeobar, ‘to fight against,’ 
‘assault,’ 22 16. 

— cupydaxerbar, ‘to fight along with.’ 

paxn: fighting, battle. 

Be: me, pov, uol, enclitic. 
forms are éué, éuov, éuol. 

péyas, peyGAn, péya: ereat, large; of 
persons, ¢al/,; pelfwv, wéy.oros. 

péyeBos, -ous, 76: séze, magnitude. 
peOn: strong drink, intoxication. 
peOdoKerv (mead, “é0n): to intoxz- 


smear ; 


Accented 


cate; éuébvoa, éuebvo On. 
peBioKkerOar: Zo get drunk. 
pellLov, péeysotos: udyas. 
petoventetv impf.: Zo have too little, ‘to 
be the poorer,’ 29 8. 
pelwv, petov: sazaller, Less. 
sia (En Stone 6 By 113i), 
peravia: a blackness, 34 25. 
péAas, péeAatva, péeAav: d/ack. 


H. 254, 


péAetv: impers. wéder, 2¢ concerns one, 


tiwi; ‘one is interested in some- 
thing,’ revi Tivos; ped7joer. 

pedetav: Zo practice, study, exercise. 

péAt, -utos, 76, (mel): honey. 

peditra: dee. 


| pede: Zo be about or going to do or 





200 


ATTIC PROSE 


to be; ‘to delay,’ 6 9; meddArjow, | perd: amid, among; prep. w. gen. and 


éué\Anoa. Const. H. 846, G. 1254. 
B. 533. 7& méAXovra, ‘things fu- 
ture,’ ‘the future,’ 31 28. 

pepvaoOar (meminisse): to remember ; 
peuvioouar H. 465 a, G. 734, B. 
227 N. See mimvyoxecv. 

pepder Gar: Zo dlame. 

pév: postp. particle of emphasis, often 
foll. by 5é, sometimes by wévro or 
other particles of contrast. séy is 
never a connective, and always looks 
forward, never to what precedes the 
clause in wh. it stands. H. 1037, 12. 

émixapitwTrarov pév ody, ‘nay, 
rather,’ 45 7. éy@ pév, ‘I for one,’ 
‘that I do,’ 47 22. advdpetov pér, 
brave ‘to be sure,’ 57 28. 

pévetv: fo remain, wevd, Eyeva, pe- 
pévnka. 

— dvauévery, ‘to wait for,’ 40 21. 

— Stauévery, ‘to continue,’ 28 7. 

— énuévery, ‘to abide by,’ 58 28. 

— émuévery, ‘to stay on,’ stick to the 
saddle, 9 8. 

— katauévery, ‘to remain behind.’ 

— tapauévery, ‘to stand by’ one. 

— trouéverr, ‘to remain steadfast,’ 
‘to endure’ 1 9, syn. vdmrodéperr, 
avéxeo Oar; ‘to await’ invasion, 5313. 

pévrot: postp. particle of emphasis, 32 
II, 39 13; but usually adversative 
in force, ‘however,’ and thus often 
correlative to uév, 2 17, 10 6. 

pépos, -ous, 76: share, part, portion. 

peonpBpla (judpa): midday, noon, 
the South. 

péoos 3: middle, in the middle; eis 
TO pécov, ‘in public,’ ‘before you 
all,’ 27 3, 46 21. év néow, ‘midway 
between,’ 28 27, 57 12. 


acc. H.801,G.1212,B.410. pera 

Tov Oelov, ‘with’ God, 33 17; thus 

rather than ovv tim, except in Xen- 

ophon. sera Geous, ‘after’ the gods, 

82 11. In composition werd some- 

times has a partitive meaning, ueré- 

T.vés; | sometimes denotes 
change, werauéder por, ‘I repent.’ 

BETES TL, peTHV: see elvar 

petovoia (ueTetvar): a sharing in, 
partaking of. 

petpety impf.: 0 measure. 

— Stayerpety, ‘to measure off,’ 39 1; 
OtaueTpicacbar Td pépos éxdorou, 
‘to have the share measured off,’ 
that falls to each of us, 22 29. 

— KaTauerpety, ‘to measure out.’ 

BéTplos 3: within measure, moderate. 
Adv. petptws, 5 26. 

BéTpOV: Measure. 

pétwtrov (d7-, dP0Ava): space be- 
tween the eyes, forehead, front. 

péxpe: zntil, up to, as far as, Tis. 

#7: neg. particle, to be distinguished 
from ov. H. 1018 ff., G. 1607 ff., 

— pndapes, ‘by nomeans.’ [B. 431 ff. 

— pndé, ‘nor,’ ‘and not,’ ‘not even,’ 
‘not at all.’ 

— pniecls, unieula, pndévy, ‘no one,’ 
‘nothing,’ ‘ no.’ 


xe 


— pnw, untwrore, ‘not yet.’ 

— pyre... unre, ‘neither... nor.’ 

pyv: postp. asseverative particle. H. 
1037, II. %munv, used in declara- 
tions under oath, 18 12. od uy 
a\n4d, ‘not but that,’9 7. H. 1035 c. 
ob unv ov6é oryy, ‘nor in truth 
silence either,’ 58 5. émadev0n ye 
jv, 1 11; so often in Xenophon, 
by way of contrast or transition. 


ATTIC 


Ehv, pHVds, 6, (moon, ménsis) : month. 

BATHP, -Tpds, 7: mother. H. 189, 
G. 274, B. 105. 

BPyTpwos 3: maternal, of one’s mother. 

BNXavq: contrivance, machine, engine 
of war, 16 24, 59 23. 

pla, pias: ove. See els. 

ptyvivar (miscére): to mix; pitw, 
uiga, wéutyuar, eutxOnv, éulynr. 

pikpos 3: svzall, little. txpod, ‘little,’ 
‘almost’; H. 743 b, G. 1116 b, B. 
642 N. 

pipetoOar: fo imitate; peytunuat. 

pipvyoKey: fo remind; uvjow,éuvyca. 
Hi: 530;6; \G. 1692, p. 392; B:.720. 

picOds: Pay, wages. 

pioBoddpos 2: receiving pay or wages; 
plur. mercenaries. 

Pvijpa, -atos, 76: memorial, sepul- 
chral monument, tomb, 38 15. 

Pvnpetov: memorial, record. 

ByqEN: memory, mention. 

pPvnpoveverv: Zo call to mind, remem- 
ber, mention. 

— Staurnuovevery, ‘to remember from 
first to last,’ ‘mention frequently.’ 
pyncOivar: Zo call to mind, mention ; 

bynoOjocoma. See wmimvioKev. 
—tmiurvycOfva; ov éreuvicOnv, ‘of 

whom I made mention,’ 62 4. 
ports: hardly. [‘ only,’ ‘merely.’ 
pPovos 3: alone, only; adv. pédvor, 
p6pa: @ mora, one of the main divi- 

sions of the Spartan infantry. 
popdy: form, shape. 
poxOnpds 3: miserable, bad. 

Syn. movnpés (aévos, syn. poet. 

16x 60s), kaxés. 

BUKTHP, -fpos, 6: 


* 


Buptds, -dS0s, 77: 
thousand. 


nose, nostril, 48 14. 
the number of ten 





PROSE 201 


puptoe 3: Len thousand. 
puodrrer Oar: fo feel disgust at, loathe. 


N: 

val: yes, surely. 

vaos: femple, 58 13. 

vauTLKds 3 (vals): of a ship or ships; 
70 vauTikoy, ‘the fleet,’ 56 1. 

veavias: young man. 

veaviokos: youth, young man till 
forty, 49 17. 

vexpos: dead body, corpse. 

vepety : £0 deal, distribute ; veua, vemma, 
veveunka, vevéunuat, EveunOnv. 

— Stavéuerv, ‘to assign,’ ‘apportion 
severally,’ 44 15. 

— katavéuew, ‘to divide’ into por- 
tions, 23 15. H. 725 b, G. 1076, 
B. 340. 

veodapwboes (Sauos Doric for diuos) : 
newly enfranchised; at Lacedae- 
mon, Helots freed by the state in 
return for services in war, 53 5. 

VEOS 3: new, young; ol vewTepar, 61 28. 

veoTtos: young bird, young bee, 44 19. 

vedeAn: cloud. [18 16. 

véwta: next year; adv. eis véwra, 

vy: used in oaths, vy Ala, etc. Always 
affirmative. See ud. 

viros, 7: zsland. 

vikav: Zo conguer, be victorious. 

vtkn: victory. 

voeiv (vols) impf.: ¢o think, note, 
notice, intend. 

— évvoety, ‘to have in 
mind,’ ‘ consider’; laughing ‘at the 
idea’ that they were to be watched 
by Phrygians, e¢c., 23 18. 

— émvoety, ‘to intend,’ 56 5. 

— karavoeiy, ‘to note definitely,’ ‘ take 
thought,’ 42 6. 


évvoeic Pat, 


202 ATTiC 


vonpa, -aros, 7d: a thought, idea. 

vopl{ev: ¢o hold as a custom or usage, 
to believe in, regard, think; vomd, 

vevdsuopmat, évo- 


évouioa, vevduKa, 


plo On. 
usual sacrifices,’ 29 19. 
éréca voulterar, to bestow all the 
benefactions (said of the funeral 
feast) that ‘are customary,’ 33 19. 
Syn. HyetoOat, oler Oar, Soxety. 


Ta vevouicuéva lepd, ‘the 
ed mrounoa 


vopimos 3: 22 accordance with law or 
usage, lawful, customary. 

vépos: custom, law. 

viv: af present, now. 
however,’ 19 3. 

ve, vuKTés, 7: night; éx vurds, ‘in 
the night time,’ 7 26. 


vov Oé, in fact 


eh. 
fevayetv impf.: 40 de a leader of mer- 
cenaries, 57 13. 
févos: a guest or host, guest-friend, 
stranger ; plur., ‘ mercenaries.’ 
Enpds 3: dry. 70 Enpdy Tod rorapod, 
‘the dry bed of the river,’ 24 5. 
Eidos, -ovs, 76: sword. 


O. 


6, 7, T6: the. Accented when used 
as a pronoun, 7 6¢, 5 19; thus often 
6mév... 6662427. ot wév... 
oi dé dA, 54 29, 59 1. H. 654, 

oySoqkovta (dxTd): eighty. [B. 443, I. 

O8e, mde, toSe: his (here) man, 
woman, or thing, he, she, ‘the fol- 
lowing,’ ‘as follows,’ 18 26. 

oSoimopia: wayfaring, travel, 43 14. 

686s, 7: way, street, journey. 

Stew (65-, odor): to smell, be redolent; 
Stnoa. 





PROSE 


60ev: whence» bbevmep, ‘just whence’; 
‘just where,’ in the case of all men ° 
when dying, life first begins to fail 
(i.e. at the extremities) 33 9. 

ol: for him, enclitic, 8 9. H. 685, 
G. 987, B. 139. 

ola: olos, 

olSa, olo Ba: eldévar 

olerBar: fo think, surmise, fancy; 
olouae or oluat, gdunv or @unp, 
oljcouat, oHOnv. oipar is often inde- 
pendent of the const., 5 16. 

Syn. doxetv, voulferv, nyetoba. 

olkade: homeward, home. Instead of 
olxot 3 3, because the boy’s yearn- 
ing would be directed homeward. 

olkety impf.: ¢o dwell, ive, inhabit. 

— Storxe?v, ‘to administer,’ ‘ manage.’ 

oiketos 3: delonging to house or family, 
one's own , plur. neut., ‘ private man- 
sion,’ 25 20. Adv. olkelws, ‘inti- 
mately,’ 7 15. 

olkérns: house-slave, slave, domestic. 

oixla: house, dwelling. 

olkifeww: Zo colonize, settle. 

— atroiklferv, ‘to send away to a new 
home,’ 44 19. 

olkodopetv impf.: Zo duz/d, asa house. 

— treprorxodopety, ‘to inclose by build- 
ing,’ ‘ wall in,’ perf. pass. 10 25. 

olkor: af home. 

olkovopiKds 3: pertaining to or fit for 
housekeeping or managing an estate. 

otkos (forx-, bailiwick, Greenwich, 
vicus, Villa): house, home, estate. 

of ‘alas’): 


olkretpery (oikTos, to 


pity. 
otpat: olecAat. 
olvos (fov-, vinum, vitis): wine. 
olvoxoetv impf.: fo be cupbearer, pour. 
out wine, 4 16, 


YS) ip Wl 


olvoxdos (xetv): wine-pourer, cup- 
bearer, 417. 

olos 3: of which (what) sort, (such) 
as, capable; adv. olov, ola, w. ptcp. 
causal,2 2. H.977, G.1575, B.656, I. 

oldomep 3: just (such) as, 21 8; 
adv. oléviep, 10 15. 

olds te 3: able, possible, 11 4. 

ols, olds, 7, (dft-, ewe, ovis): sheep. 
Ei. 210; G.269, B: 115, 16. 

olcetv fut.: olow, 7 shall bear, bring. 

Syn. éveyxetv, pépey. 

— cvvolcev, doa dv olnrar avrois, all 
that he believes ‘will be for their 
advantage,’ 50 18. 

—trolcew; ef tavrnv Urolcw, ‘if I 
shall endure her,’ 49 10. 

olwviferBar: fo take omens, from 
birds. 

olwvds: bird of augury, omen. 

oxvetv impf.: fo hesitate, shrink from 
doing anything, fo fear, dread. 

oKvnpds 3: Hestéating. Adv. oxvnpds; 
éxvnpbrepov, ‘with less confidence,’ 
8 15. 

oAtyos 3: few, little. 

Odos 3: whole, entire; Td B8dov, ‘in 
general,’ ‘in the main,’ 61 8; 7 Trav 
édd\wy Takis, ‘the universe,’ 32 6. 

Opadds 3: even, level. Adv. dpaddas, 
‘with even front,’ 35 5. 

Opideiv impf.: fo associate with, hold 
converse with, Tivl, 49 9. 

Sptdos: throng, crowd, multitude. 

Sppa, -atos, 76, (6POFvac): eve. 

Opvivat: fo swear; dpuoduat, wyoca, 
dudpoka, duwuo(o) mat, oud(o) Any. 

— Gvrouvivar, ‘to swear in turn.’ 

Sporos 3: Like, resembling. 
6polws, ‘in like manner.’ 

Spovotv: fo make like, 


Adv. 





PROSE 203 

— éEouowdv; éouoiotcbar, ‘to have 
one’s own’ works ‘ made quite like,’ 
Til, 44 9. 

épodoyetv impf.: fo agree, admit. 

— cvvopodoyety, ‘to agree with,’ ‘ give 
assent,’ 50 2. 

OpdAroyos 2: assenting, agreeing. 

Opdoe: Zo one and the same place, to 
close quarters, together, 10 22. 
6udce avrots, ‘to charge them on the 
run,’ 54 23. 

Opdotipos 2: egually valued or hon- 
ored,; ol dudripuo., ‘the peers of the 
realm,’ 16 15. 

Opotpamefos 2: 
table with, ‘table-companion,’ 87 6. 

6pod: 722 the same place, together. 

OpodvAros 2 (PiAov): of the same race 
or ¢ride; ‘of kindred nature’ (dust 
to dust), 31 23. 

évap, 76: dream. 

ovivavar: Zo benefit, give joy; dvicw, 
Ovnca, Sviunv, ovyjonv. 

6vopa, -atos, 75: name, word, 62 20. 


bety 


sitting at the same 


ovopaterv: Zo zante. 

— érovoudfev, ‘to give another name 
to,’ ‘call by a name,’ pass. 40 13. 

ovopacti: dy nante. 

Svos: ass. 

omicbev: behind, in the rear. 

omAifev: fo arm, equip. 

— éEorNiferv; étomAlfecbar, ‘to arm 
oneself completely,’ ‘get under 
arms,’ 34 12. 

omdtryns: @ heavy-armed foot-soldier, 
‘hoplite.’ 

Smdov: implement; plur., arms. él 
Tots Odors, ‘under arms,’ 17 13. 

Strou: in which direction, whither. 

6trotos 3: of which or what sort, (such) 
as. 


204 


éwéeos 3: of wick or what guantty | 
or wuméber, (as muck) (as many) as. ) 
owéray (érére, dy): when, whenever. | 
G@uére: (on 2 ime) when, as, since. 
Gwérepos 3: whick (ever) of the two. 
Grou: were. ) 


Sees: as, 4ow, that, in order that. 


ATTIC PROSE 


Oppay: fc sef in motion, 28 17; t& 
rusk, aor., 37 5. 

Oppactar: fo set out, start, hasten ; 
apurene. 

Spos: Jimitt, boundary. 

Spos, -ovs, rb: mountain, range, 56 
18. 


gd Sres, ‘not only,’ 5 7, H. 1035 a, | optrray: f dig; épéiw, aputa, épd- 


G. 1504; 083° 6rwerwir, ‘in no way 
whatever,’ 12 18. 

Gpay (sop-, ware, wary, teriri, Egopes, 
@poupés)=: fo look eut, look, look at, 
see > €Sper, ESpaxa or €dpaxa. opay 
xe%, ‘we must beware,” 59 27. 

Syn. ideiv, 690Rra:, Béraxv, Gea- 
Gaz. 

— évopar, ‘fe see something iz one,’ 
or ‘i the premises,” 22 17. 

— épopar, ‘to be watchful over,’ ‘ over- 
see,’ 32 5. 

— xaBopar, ‘to espy,’ 37 7- 

— wepupar, ‘to overlook,’ ‘allow,’ 
const. ptcp., drod:dérras 52 9. 

— =poopar, «to foresee,” 31 28. 

Gpya: “mfer, passion, anger. 

Opéyer Gai: Zo reack for, ‘ crave,’ riés, 
55 23; SpéxGyr or cpeidayr. Aor. 
Fare in prose. 

Opards 3: mountainous. 

OpOés 3: straight, upright, correct. | 
Adv. ép@es, ‘rightly,’ 6 26. 

OpOowv: fo set straight or erect, to| 
correct, guide aright. | 

opbeseGai: f hold oneself erect, to go | 
straight, succeed. 

Opilavy: fo divide as a border, to bound, | 
Limit, define. ) 

Gpiler Par: fo Aave limits fixed for one- 
self, ‘settle the time,’ 53 23. 

Gptov: Jound; +a Spa, ‘the frontier.’ 

Speos: oatk. 


puxa, dpdpryuat, opty Gyr. 

opxetoBar: fo dance; épxtoouat, dp- 
XITauNP. 

és, 9, 5: who, which; rel. pron. 9#, 
‘what way,’ ‘where, 24 12. «ai 
és, ‘and he,’ $5 16,47 3; H. 275 b; 
G. 1023, 2; B. 144 a crew @, 
‘some’ of them, 39 2; H. 998, 
G. 1029. rep, ‘ (in the same way) 
as,’ 24 4. ofrep, ‘(precisely those) 
who,’ 26 24. 


Goves 3: sanctioned by divine law, 
holy. Adv. Ooiws; éciws ay Exou, 


‘it would be lawful,’ 28 1. 

Scos 3: tow much, how many, as 
much,as many. Scwr édpaxa, ‘of 
all whom I have seen, 218. dwrei- 
xo cor crdéwyr, ‘about’ a stade 
distant, 57 10. dxoksxedr Scop Tup- 
ces, ‘leaving room enough for 
towers’ between the trench and the 
river, 23 5. dow xhéoves . 
cotrw Oarrorv, ‘the more .. . the 
quicker,’ 22 17,46 8. dcarep, ‘just 
as many as,’ 26 21. 

\6ons, Wms, 6 m: who(ever), which 
(ever), whatever; Srov, Ere. H. 
280 a; G.425; B.150,1. Indef. 
rel. or interrog. pron. dcrts dv@peros, 

* «what kind of a fellow,’ 114. otééa 
Syriva of, ‘every one,’ 18 12; H. 
1003 2. @erw ders, ‘some one,’ 
366; fcr &, 39 2 


- «2 TO 


ATTIC 


ordpalverGar (écu7, Sfx): fo smell. | 

Grav (dre, Gv): when, whenever ; 
éravrep 26 22, cf. bcaxep, oixep. 

Gri: that, because; never suffers eli- 
sion. 67:1 padioTta, ‘as much as 
possible,’ 23 9, 42 26; of. ws in the 
same usage. yi 671, ‘not merely,’ 
‘not to mention,’ 19 8, (5 7, H. 
1035 a, G. 1504. 

Grov, Ste: Seris. 

ov, OvK: negative particle, to be dis- 
tinguished from #7. H. 1018 fi, | 
G. 1607 ff., B. 431 ff. Accented of«, 
no, 3 11, H. 112 a, G. 138, B. 60, 

— ovéauas, ‘by no means.’ | 

— ovdé, ‘nor,’ ‘and not,’ ‘not even,’ | 

‘not at all’ 19 13. 

—oddels, ovdeula, ob3ér, ‘no one,’| 
‘nothing,’ ‘ no.’ 

— obdérore,ovdex wrore, ‘never,’ ‘never 
yet,’ 51 16, ¢f 9. 

— ovbxért, ‘no longer,’ ‘no more.’ 

—ovxovr, ovxotr, ‘therefore not, 
‘therefore.’ H. 1048, 2a; G. 1603. 

— cbr, ‘not yet.’ 

—oure.. ‘neither .. . 

— ovror, ‘certainly not,’ 31 20. 

ouv: oC . accordingly ; postposi- 
tive. H. 1048, 2. yér ody, ‘nay | 
rather,’ ‘ but rather,” 45 7 

ovpa: ail, rear of an army. 
ovpavios 3: of or in heaven, heavenly. | 
ovpaves: Azaven, sy. 

ovros, airy, Trovro: this, that (when 
the antecedent of a relative pron.), 
*he,’ ‘she,’ ‘ yonder * 22 22. 

ovTe, ovTas: 75, So. 

Odea: fo owe, be obliged to; dge-| 
Ajow, Sdeliyca, SdelAqKa, SSErF- | 
One. 

Sehos, 76: advantage. 


. oureE, nor.’ | 


tt &deXos, 


) waht: 
waktov: dart, javelin. 


PROSE 205 
‘what good?’ obtdé» Sees, ‘no 
use,’ 37 20. 

odGakpos: yz. 

o>Oavar (6x-, oculus, 6¢9adpébs, Supa, 
bLis): to be seen; GOFyr, Gppas, 


Sopa T shall sze. 
Syn. opay, isety, Siérewy, Gear bar. 
ove: lav. 
os, -cws, 7: appearance, look, looks ; 
plur., of the eyes, 48 18. 
pe: 6607 rar. 


Hz. 


I. | wayKahos 3: all beautiful, 28 12. 


waeiv: fo be affected in any way, suffer 
good or ill treatment, # experience ; 
weicopat, réxorGa, Tacx. &, Kaxas 
xaGetr, is felt as passive, hence oré 
tives, 49 27, 51 11. 

waiavilew: £0 chani the facan or war- 
song, 35 22. 

wa:dSaptov : child, ‘small boy,’ 11 8. 

wasdeia: ‘raining of a child, education. 

waiSevev: 7 train, educaiz. 

waiayv: fo strize;> saicw,éxawea, éra- 

Rare exc. impf., and in Xen. 

Syn. zAqyqrat, wardia:, tTéx7ves. 
wailay: to play as a child, sfort; 


wakotuat, Exaisa, séxaicpas 


caunr. 


| wais, wa:Ses, 6, 9: child, boy or girl; 


voc. zat, plur. gen. saider. «x 
waiés, ‘from a boy,’ ‘from child- 
hood up. 

waka: long ago, ail along. 

waXa.os 3: ancient, old. 

back, back again, again. 


waprAnOas, -<s: of or witk the whole 
multitude, mulittudinous. 

waproAvs, -roAAn, -rokv: very muck, 
very many, 2 great many. 


206 ATS 

mavTamact: altogether, wholly. 

mavrTodamos 3: of every kind, all sorts. 

mavrobev: from all sides. 

mavrotos 3: of all kinds, all sorts of. 

mavroce: 272 all directions; ‘in every 
part’ of his person, 58 14. 

wavTws: wholly, by all means, 

wavy: very, very much, quite; ov 
mavu, ‘not at all,’ ‘hardly,’ 40 19. 

manrmros: grandfather. 

mapa: deside, by, along by, to or from 
a position beside; prep. w. gen., dat., 
and acc. H. 802, G, 1213, B. 411. 
map éuo0, farewell ‘from me,’ 38 23, 
4618; mapa Xelpwvos, ‘at the hands 
of Chiron,’ 61 19. 
us,’ in Persia,3 12; map éyuol, ‘at my 
house,’ 5 23, 26 3; of rapa Xelpwm, 
‘Chiron’s disciples,’ 62 4. 
vouov, ‘contrary to law,’ cf 44 2; 
mapa Tovs wéyTe, ‘in the presence 
of’ the Ephors, the acc. with the 
thought of ex¢ering their presence, 
56 10. 

TapayyeApa, -aros, 7b: announce- 

TapayyéAuara, 


map hucv, ‘with 


Tapa 


ment; copiutav 
‘ professions,’ 62 27. 

mapadeypa, -aTos, 76, (devxvivac): 
example, 62 3. 

Tmapadercos: park. 

tmapasotos 2 (ddfa) : contrary to opin- 
zon or belief, strange. 

mapatvetv impf.: Zo advise, tiwl; for 
forms, see érauvety, 

TapacKkeuy: @ getting ready, prepara- 
tion, force, equipment. 

TApPATXW, TAaperKHpaL: see oxELV. 

mapdsadts, -ews, 7: leopard, panther. 

TApelpl, Tapwv: see elvar. 

mapetvar (iévar): fo let go by; for 


forms, see adetvar. mapévTe Tovs 





PROSE 


diarlrrovras, ‘letting pass’ those 
who were breaking through, 58 1. 

TapHnyyuynoa: see éyyuar. 

TapypeAnKa;: see duedecy. 

tapos, -iS0s, 7, (dor, anything 
eaten with bread):  séde-dish, 
‘entree,’ 3 4. 

was, Tara, wav: adi, every. 

maoxev: mavery. 

mardagtar: zo strike. HH. 514, 5 a. 
Syn. wAnyhvat, wale, TUrrecy. 

mateiv (path, footpad, passus) impf.: 
to tread, walk, trample on. 

— Tepirarety, ‘to walk round,’ 38 24. 

Tatip, watpos, 6: father. H. 189, 
G. 274, B. 105. 

TAaTpLos 2: paternal, Kata Ta wdrpia, 
‘according to the custom of his 
fathers,’ 29 20. 

tatpls, -(80s, 4: one’s country, native 
land or city, 56 8. 

matpobev: from or ‘after’ a father, 
adding the father’s name, 41 5. 

Tatp@os 3: paternal, of one’s fathers. 

mavew: to make cease, stop. 

— katarave.y, ‘to suppress,’ ‘ depose’ 
from power 27 24. 

maverBar: Zo cease, leave off. 

medlov: plain, field. 

meLikos 3: on foot or by land, of a foot- 
soldier or foot-soldiers. 

melos 3: on foot or by land, foot-soldier. 

melOev: fo urge, try to persuade, aor. 
to persuade ; TWelow, Ereioa, TETELKA, 
mémero pat, ereloOnv. 

— advarelfev, ‘to prevail upon.’ 

meer Oar: Zo believe, obey, Twl; mel- 
vomat. 

meipav: fo make trial of, prove, Twwés. 

mepacOar: 40 attempl, try; mwepa- 
Touat, wemelpapuat, érerpadny. 


ATTIC PROSE 


207 


— admorepacba, ‘to hazard trial,’ | wept: around, about; prep. w. gen., 


‘venture to try,’ 197. This is the 
meaning rather of the act. than of 


the mid., but the compounds of this | 


verb are mostly deponent. 

meAalev: fo approach; éréhaca. 

medtactTys: dearer of the light shield 
(wé\rn), ‘peltast.” The ‘hoplite’ 
carried the aomls or heavy shield. 

meATaortiKoV, 76: the peltast-force. 

méwmerv: to conduct, send. 

— avaréumecy, ‘to send up.’ 

— amoméumev, ‘to send away’ or 
‘back,’ ‘to dismiss,’ 33 20. 

— Stardurev, ‘to send abroad’ or 
‘round,’ 24 20. 

— ékréure, ‘to send out,’ ‘send 
forth.’ 

— — ovvexréurev, ‘to help send 


forth,’ 44 23. 


— kataréutev, ‘to send down,’ to 
| 


the coast from the interior, 55 19. 
— petaréumecbar; wera éupacbat, ‘to 


send after’ or ‘for’ one to come to | 


oneself, 1 16. Mid. of méurev in 
prose only in compounds. 
— mpom7éureiy, ‘to escort,’ 13 Io. 

— — ovuprporéurecy, ‘to take part in 
escorting,’ accompany the march. 
— Tpooméumev, to send’ or ‘con- 

duct to’ one, 25 23. 
— oupréurecy, ‘to send along with.’ 
mévte: five. 
mevtekaideka: fifteen. 
amemAnyevar : 20 have struck - mA\nyhvar. 
wép: encl. postp. intensive particle, in 
prose rarely separated from the 
word emphasized by it; ef un mep 
(etrep), 43 4. H. 1037, 3; 118. 
mepav: zo pass through or over, fare. 





dat., acc, 21 35/210, 19) 22. 
mavTos moetobar, to regard as ‘all- 
important,’ 7 21. 

Tepiyyov: see ayayely. 

mepie: round about. 


mepl 


mepiTteverv: fo be in excess, ‘to be 
saved over,’ 44 27, 

mepiTTos 3 (epi): more than enough, 
superfluous. 

TEPLWKODOL.NLEVOS : See olKodomery. 

meoetv: fo fall; mwecovpat, TérTwka, 
TTT. 

—  Starecety, ‘to break 
57 26, impf. 58 1. 

—elomece?v, ‘to burst in,’ historical 
present 24 22. 

— — émewreceiy, ‘to burst in upon,’ 
historical present 24 16. 

— émurecety, ‘to fall upon,’ ‘ attack.’ 

— ouprecety, ‘to meet in conflict.’ 


through,’ 


meTavvivar: 0 expand, spread; meTO, 
éréTaca, TéTTApal. 

— dvarerTacbat, ‘to be spread wide 
open,’ 48 15. 

TEPUKA: Pivar. 

THY]: spring, well; plur., source. 

mndav: fo jump, mndjocoua. 

—dvarnidy, ‘to jump up,’ spring 
into the saddle 9 Is. 

— Sardar, ‘to leap across,’ take a 
ditch 9 6. 

—ékrnday, ‘to jump out,’ ‘spring 
away,’ 9 4. 

— katam7day, ‘to jump down,’ 34 9. 

muelerv: fo press, oppress, 19 22. 

muciv (pot, potus, bibere): to drink; 
mlowat (H. 427, G. 667, B. 216); 
wérwka, wérouat, erb0nv, Tivw. 

— éxmety, ‘to drink up,’ 4 16. 


™épas, -aTos, Td: end, extreme, 28 25.| wiBos: wine jar. 


208 ATTIC 

mwipmrAdvae (fill, full, cvplére, plenus) : 
to fill; mrjow, Exrnoa, wérdyka, 
wérdn(o)mat, errAHoOnv. 

— éxmiumddvar, ‘to fill up,’ complete’ 
a number 22 2. 

—éprimddvar; éeumrdnoOjva, ‘to be 
filled,’ ‘get enough’; w. ptcp. 12 7. 

artverv: muecy. 

atrreiv: receiv. 

morteverv: fo put faith in, trust, be- 
lieve, Til. 

motos 3: faithful, credible. 

mAaYLOS 3: slanting, sideways. 

wrXavav: fo make wander. 

mAavacbat: Zo wander ; mavyocopat, 
wem\dvnuat, érdavneny. 

— tmepir\avacbat, ‘to wander round.’ 

@TAGATOS, -ovs, 76: wath, breadth. 

mAatus, -eta, -v, (flat, A/anta, planus) : 
wide, broad. 

mAaTtUTHS, -nTOS, 7: breadth, bulk. 

mA€8pov: a measure of length, about 
100 feet, ‘ plethron.’ 

amAékerv (mdax-, fold, flax, pAlicare, 
complexus, mokH): to twine, platt, 
weave; mea, mem ey Mal, eTAGKY. 

aéov, wAeiora: mods. 

aAcovektetvy impf.: 40 have the larger 
share, to have the advantage. 

mdeovetia: greed, personal advantage. 

amhéws, Aga, Témy: full. H. 227. 
‘Soiled,’ 3 27. 

TwAnYH: Slow, stroke, stripe. 

wAnYyAVaL (rray-, Plaga, plangere) : 
to be struck; wémw)dnypat, wemdHé0- 
pat, rAnyHooma. H. 514, 5 a. 

Syn. mardéa, ralew, rUrrecy. 

—éxmrdayjva, ‘to be dismayed,’ 
‘terror-stricken,’ 86 7. H. 471 a. 

mAnPovea: see ayopa. 

mwAnV: except, Twos. 








PROSE 


TwANpNS, -es: full. 

wAnpotv: Zo fill. 

— éxrdnpody, ‘to satisfy,’ 50 23. 

mAnoralev: fo approach, 8 24. 

tAnolov: ear. 

twAOKH (wAéxev) : a plaiting, weaving. 

trovaos 3: rich, wealthy. 

awAoutifew: fo enrich. 

wAotTos: wealth, riches. 

mwoGetv impf.: Zo yearn for, miss, regret. 
H. 504, 8; G. 639 b. 

Trovetv impf.: ¢4o make, do; w. inf., 
‘cause,’ 27 10; ed, Kax@s trovety Tiva, 
‘to do good’ or ‘evil’ to one, ‘treat 
well’ or ‘iil,’ 88 18. Of the creative 
art of the poet, 47 8. 

Syn. dpav, rpdrrev, épyaverOar. 
moveio Bar: fo make or make out for 
oneself; éavra@yv 71, ‘claim’ as their 
own, 55 7. wepi wavTos roveicbat, 
‘to regard as all-important,’ 7 20. 
Often in periphrases, dlacrayv mounod- 
mevos (instead of diartnbeis) 29 1. 
motos 3: of what sort, what kind. 
In Attic usually with tone of sur- 
prise or irony, 44 8. 
moképapxos: general of a division, 
‘polemarch.’ 
qmodeyetv impf.: to be at war, make 
war, fight. 
— dvtirodeuety, ‘to war against.’ 
TodepLKoS 3: of war, warlike. 
mohéptos 3: Hostile; oi mohéumo., ‘the 
enemy.’ 
modewos: war. 
amoNvopketv impf.: 

besiege. 
tmrodopKyntéos 3: 0 be taken by siege. 
modtopKla: szege. 

ToXs, -ews, 4): city, state, 1384; fi. 7d 
Ilepo Gy xowvdy, 15 12. 


to invest a city, 


ALTIC PROSE 


mondtrys: citizen, fellow-citizen. 

moXtTiKos 3: of citizens or the state, 
civic, mw. Kdva6por, z.e. not differing 
from that of a private citizen, 60 16. 

mokAaTAdoLos 3: 
many, many times more. 


many times as 


moAvs, TOAAH, TOAD: much, many a, 
plur., wany ; melwv, mretoTos; also 
mwréwv, whéov, tretv, H. 254, 5; G. 
361, 8; B. 21. orpdrevya mond, 
‘numerous,’ 53 25. él odd, ‘toa 
great distance,’ 34 25. 
‘the commons,’ ‘the rank and file,’ 
279; but 62 13, ‘the most’ of them. 
Ta mdetora, ‘for the most part,’ 
‘most of the time,’ 40 19. 

mohuteAns -és, (TedElv): expensive, 
costly ; twoduTeéorara, 60 8. 

moveiv impf.: /o /oi/, suffer. 


oi mroAXol, 


— Starovetodar, ‘to carry out with 
labor,’ ‘toil at,’ 44 7. Mid. in comp. 

arovnpos 3 (mévos): miserable, bad. 

Syn. “ox Onpéds, Kakés. 

movos: to2l, labor. 

mopevetv (adpos) : to make go, to carry. 

mropever Oar: to travel, march, go; 
Topevooual, eopevdnv, 

tmropevowpos 2: passable. 

mopQetv impf.: fo ravage, sack a city. 

mopos (fare, ferry, porta, portus, uso- 
pos, amropeiv) : passage, way, means. 

mopavvev: Zo make ready, provide. 

Topdupots, -G, -otv: Axle, anciently 
a dark red or crimson. 

mooos 3: how large, how many. 

TOTAMOS: 7*2VEr. 

TOTEé: once upon a time, ever, encl. 
motepos 3: whether of the two, which 
one, worepov, rorepa, ‘ whether.’ 

mov: where ? 
mov: somewhere, anywhere; enclitic. 
ATTIC PROSE— 14 


209 


mpaypa, -atos, 76: thing done, affair, 
proceeding. mpdyuara €xew, wapa- 
oxetv, to have, make ‘trouble,’ 3 5. 
Tpakis, -ews, 7: a@ doing, acting, an 
action, transaction, achievement. 
mpatte.v: ¢o act, proceed, do; mpakw, 
émpata, rémpaya, rémpaxa, mémpay- 
pat, erpaxOnv. eb, kak&s rpdrrey, 
‘to fare’ well or ill, of success and 
the opposite. elpyyvnv mparrev, ‘to 
observe’ peace, 53 25. 
Syn. Spay, movetv, épyd ver bar. 
— owupmparrecy, ‘to help’ one ‘in do- 
ing’ something, Tvl T1, 42 20. 
mparter Oar: 0 do or act for oneself. 
‘to accomplish’ 
something for ‘oneself’ or ‘get’ 
something ‘ done,’ 7 19,1715; perf., 
of gaining a request, 18 Io. 


£ 
— Stamparrec bat, 


mpétrerv: impers. mpémret, 2¢ 2s becom- 
ing, fitting. 

mpeoBeverv: Zo be an ambassador. 

amperRever Gar: fo send ambassadors, to 
go on an embassy. 

mperButepos 3: older, elder. 

aperButns: old man. 

mptacQar: Zo buy; érpidunv. H. 444, 
qanse G20, 7425) DaolbaN, 

Syn. wvetobat. 

mptv: defore; after a negative, zm/z/. 
Hi. 1055,/9; G..1460, ths) 5: 1627. 

mpd: defore; prep. w. gen. H. 804; 
GarIzicew BAe. 

In composition, rpé often means 
‘forth,’ as of publicity, mpoevmety; 
or of rejection, abandonment, 7rpo- 
dodvac ‘ to betray,’ ‘ sacrifice.’ 

™Mpoyovos: ancestor. 

mponpXopynv: see dpe. 

mpoOupetobar: to be right willing, 
eager, zealous. 


210 ATTIC 

mpobupos 2 (duds): very willing, 

Adv. mpo8upas. 

mpovoyntéov: one must bear in mind 
beforehand, 44 27. 

mpovoia: forethought, providence. 

mpos: foward, at; prep. w. gen., dat., 
ace. H. 805, G. 1216, B. 414. pds 
@eSv, ‘in the name of heaven’; 
mpos so 
designated ‘on the part of all,’ 40 
II. o¥ mdvu mpds T@ oTparevuart, 
not very ‘close to’ the army, 35 7, 
57 26. mpds d&s mond, ‘by’ a bril- 
liant light, 24 16. 

mpoonyayov: see ayayety. 

mMpoorkelv: See KEL. 

mpoonvexOnv: see éveyxetv. 

TpoonpTynpar: see dpTav, 

mpooij wa: see drrecy. 

mpocbev: before. 

mpooQeros 2: added, put or fitted to; 
of false hair, 2 7. 

mpocitw: see lévat. 


eager, sealous. 


wdvrwy érovouafouevor, 


mpookuvetv impf.: to Riss the hand to, 
make obeisance, salute. 

mpocodos, 7: icomte, revenite. 

mpootarns: one who stands before or 
first, chief, leader. 

mpoow (1p6): forwards, further on, 
far off from, rwwbs, 19 12. 

mpovTestov: mpoéreurov. See réu- 
TEL. 

mpodaciter Oat (rpddacis): Zo set up 
as a pretence, allege by way of ex- 
cuse ; wpovpaccfdunr. 

mpwt: carly, in the morning. 

mp@tos 3 (7pb): first; (7d) mpGror, 
‘at first,’ 19 13. 

TTHvoes 3: winged. 

mryooeyv: fo crouch, cower; extnta, 
exTnXG. 





PROSE 


— tromricceyv, ‘to bow down to,’ 
figuratively, 14 7. 

mvbécBar: fo /earn by inquiry, ascer- 
fain; wevcouat, wémucuat, muvdd- 
vouat. 

wvAN: gate. 

amuvOaver Oar: fo institute inguiries, 
endeavor to ascertain: wv0éo Gat. 

arupyos: fower. 

matmore: (not) ever yet; reg. w. neg. 
expressed or implied, 519. Cf 


ouTw. 
was: how, in what manner? *‘How~ 
comes it that, efc.?’ 49 1; thus 
often. mds dé, ‘how so?’ 19 5. 
wos: somehow, enclitic. 


QP. 


padios 3: easy; pawr, pdoros. Adv. 
padlas. 
petv: pujvar. 
pnOavar (cep-, word, verdum): to be 
said; ép&, elpnxa, elpnrar, €pp7nenr. 
Syn. elze?v, Néyev, Pdvat, ayo- 
pevey in compounds. 
— Katepeivy, a’rod pacar, said they 
‘would inform against’ him, 9 13. 
ptyos, -ous, 76: cold, plur. ‘extremes 
of cold,’ 43 13. 

pts, pivos, 7: mo05¢. 

podetv impf.: Zo gulp down, sup up. 

— Groppodgetv; damoppopjcat, ‘to take 
a swallow of,’ 4 23. 

— Karappodgeir, ‘to swallow,’ 4 19. 

pvOpos (pu-, petv): measured flow, 
regular motion, time in music or 
dancing, rhythm. 

pufvar: fo flow, éppinv, pevoouat of 
pujcouat, éppinka, péw. 

popn: strength. 

Syn. lcxvs, dbvams, Kpdros, oOévos. 


ATTIC PROSE 


2. 


warpamrnys: viceroy, ‘satrap.’ 

cavutov, ceavtov: thyself. H. 266. 

cadynvitev: fo make clear, indicate 
with certainty, 30 20. 

cays, -és: clear, sure. Adv. caddas. 

oé, col, cov: cv. 

oepvos 3 (oéBev): worshipful, solemn. 

ceropiopévas (codpiferv): subtly; be- 
side the sophists themselves Xen. 
regards himself as ‘ unsophisticated’ 
in the matter of language, 62 20. 

onpatvev: Zo show by a sign, signify. 

onpetov: szg7, s7gnal. 

oQévos, -ovs, 74: in prose only in the 
phrase mavti oféve:, ‘with all one’s 
might,’ 27 23. 

Syn. loxvs, dUvayus, kpdtos, pwun. 

otyav: 70 be silent; éoiynoa, cect- 
YnkKa, cectynua. 

otyy: stlence; cty7, ‘silently.’ 

Syn. cw77. 

owipos 3: flat-nosed; 7d cipdv, ‘the 
snubbiness,’ 48 16. 

otverOar: Zo harm; impf. only. 

ciros, 6, plur. cira, ra: bread-stuff, 
food, victuals. 

ciwtav: 40 keep silent, pass over in 
silence; clwmrncopat, éo.wryca, ce- 
olor Ka. 

oiwmy: stlence. Syn. oty?. 

okEeTTEOV: one must consider. 
@KEvoS, -ous, 7d: vessel, utensil; Ta 
oxevn, ‘the baggage,’ ‘ trappings.’ 
oképacbar (cKxer-, cxor-, spy, cOnspi- 
cere): to look to, view, consider ; 
okéPouat, €oxeuuat, oxo d. 

— émoxéacba, ‘to make a study of,’ 
‘investigate,’ 39 28. 

okéipis, -ews, 7: consideration, study. 








PAS ws | 
| oKywTpov: staff, scepter. 
oKotretvy impf.: oxéyacda. H. 513, 
15 a; G. 1692, p. 400. 
oKxotos: a lookout-man, a mark; 


a0 TOU cKoTrov, ‘ wide of the mark.’ 

okoros: darkness, obscurity. 

okvOpwiros 2 (67-): of sad or angry 
countenance, sullen, gloomy. 

okvAaé, -akos, 6, 7: @ young dog. 

ckoTTev: fo jeer; cxoYoua, éoxwypa, 
éoxwopénv. 

— émurxarrecy, ‘to jest,’ ‘quiz,’ 4 21. 

Op7VO0S, -ovs, 76: dechive, swarm. 

wos 3: chy, thine. 

copia: zwzsdom, intellectual cleverness 
or accomplishment. 

codifew: fo make wise or clever ; pass. 
‘be wise,’ 62 26. 

codirrys: ‘sophist,’ one who teaches 
for pay (in higher education); con- 
trasted with ¢:Adcodos, 62 25. 

copes 3: The ‘most 
accomplished’ of poets, 47 8; copév 
Tt, ‘any accomplishment,’ 47 17. 

omdav: fo draw, pull, wrench ; éomaca, 


wise, clever. 


éomaka, €omacual,éomacOnyv. éora- 
opévoyv Tov axivdKny, § with his sword 
drawn,’ 24 24. 
— Stac7Gp, ‘to tear asunder,’ ‘ break 
up’ the Persian customs 27 22. 
omavifew: fo be scarce, to lack, Tivés. 
oTavios 3: scarce; arare thing, 2 29. 
oteipetv: 70 sow, omep®, eamrelpa, 
éoTappat, éomapyy. 
— Staczelpery, ‘to scatter,’ pass. 37 3. 
omévdev: to pour, offer libations; 
omelow, €omeisa, Ecreouat. 
omévder Oat: fo pour mutual libations, 
make a truce or treaty, 58 19. 
oméppa, -atos, 76, (omrelpey): seed. 
omevdev: Zo urge on, hasten, haste. 


212 ATTIC 

orovéy (ordviev): drink-offering, 
libation ; plur., a solemn treaty or 
truce, 58 23, 28. 

omovdy: haste, eagerness. 

oragiov, plur. orddiot: ‘a stade,’ 
about a furlong; @ race course, race. 

orabuos: station, a day’s march. 

oré&\de.w: 0 eguip, send, despatch; 
Zorevda, €oradka,€oTahpuat, eoTaryy. 

— émurédXexv, ‘to send word to,’ ‘to 
enjoin, 138 25. Cf émrironh, ‘letter.’ 

orépvov,: breast. 

orépavos: crow7. 

otepavoty: fo crown, with garlands 
in honor of victory, 57 21, 58 29. 

orivat (ora-, stare) : to come to a stand, 
stand; %arnv, €ornxa, eiotnKn OF 

See tcracOat. 

— avacrjvat, ‘to stand up.’ 

— — ébavacrfva, ‘to get up out of,’ 
the ditch, 9 8. 

—émoriva; éperrdvar, ‘te be in 
charge of, 43 6. Cf émiuorarys. 
‘to undertake,’ ‘en- 

gage’ to do something, 58 4. 
atidos, -ous, 76, (or 8-, stamp, orel- 
Bew): a compact body, dense array. 
otixos: row, line. 
otoa: portico, colonnade; often ad- 
joining a temple, 40 15. 


EoTHKN, ETTHEW. 


— vrocrHvat, 


oroAn (créd\Nev) : eguipment, dress. 
ropa, -atos, 76: mouth; amd orb- 
patos elretv, to recite by memory. 
oroxaterOar: Zo aim or shoot at, to 
guess, 50 22. 
otpatela: expedition, campaign. 
otpatevetv, otpateverOar: fo sake 
the field, serve as soldier, 58 9, 20 6. 
— émvotparever Oa, ‘to march against.’ 
— cvoTpateverbar, ‘to serve with,’ 
‘share in one’s campaigns,’ 27 8. 


PROSE 


orpdrevpa, -atos, 76: army. 

otparnyla: che office of general, com- 
mand, 20 19. 

oTpaTnyiKos 3: pertaining to or fit 
for leading an army. 

orparnyos (dyetv) : leader ofan army, 
general, 

orparia: army, expedition. 

otpatiotns: soldier. 

orpatoredevetv, orparomedever Gar: 
Zo encamp. 

— KkatacTparoredevery, ‘to establish 
in camp.’ 17 11; mid., ‘to take up 
a position,’ 22 13. 

otTpatromesov: army encamped, camp. 

otpertos: collar, an ornament of 
twisted or linked metal, 2 9, 39 5. 

orpépev: fo twist, round; 
oTpépyw, torpeva, €oTpopa, EcTpap- 
pal, éoTpagny. 

orpéher Bar: Zo cwist or turn oneself. 

— droortpépecba, ‘to turn away’ or 
‘back,’ 13 13. 

—Kkatacrpéperbar; Kxaracrpépacba, 
‘to reduce to subjection,’ 14 17. 

ot: thou; cod, col, oé, accented or 
enclitic. 

cvyyveper,-ov: forgiving, indulgent. 

cvdav: Zo strip, despoil. 

ovddéyev: 0 collect, gather ; ovdrékw, 

ouvelNey wat, 


turn 


cuvédeta, ouvelNoxa, 
ouveneyny. 

cuppaxetv impf.: 40 de an ally, to aid 
in fighting. 

cuppaxia: ad/iance in war. 

cippaxos 2: fighting along with, 
allied, an ally. 

cuptraticrwp, -opos, 6: playmate. 

cuprapopapretv impf. : 40 follow along 
with, figuratively 88 24. dpuaprety 
is a poetic word. 


ATTIC 


cuppopa: a bringing together, an 
event, misfortune. 

otv: wizh, z.e. in company or in con- 
nection with; prep. w. dat. ody 7@ 


Ge, ‘with the help of the god,’ | 


20 10, 27 5. In prose, except in 


Xenophon, pera tivos rather than | 


avy TLL, 
cuvatvetv impf.: fo consent, for forms, 
see émauvety. 
cuvaltios 2: (deing) joint cause, Tivi 
Tivos, 12 24. 
cuvavTay: fo meet with. 
cuvaparrev: fo dash together, 58 2. 
TVVvEeKEKPOLNV: See KEpavvivat, 


Cf. amavray. 


ouveEnja: see lévar. 
ouvetraivetv: see €racvety. 
cuvyyerpa: see ayelperv. 
cuvycOycopar: see 7derOar. 
cuvOnKkn (Getvar) : @ covenant. 
civOnpa, -atos, 76: watchword. 
civTaypa, -atos, 76, (TdTTeW): a 
body of troops drawn up in order ; 
TOv cupudxwy, their ‘ contingent.’ 
cuvTeOpappevos: see Tpéderv. 
ovvTopmos 2 (reuetv) : cut up, cut shore, 
concise ; Thy cuvToMwrTarny, ‘by the 
shortest cut,’ ‘route,’ 54 7. 
Tvvapodoyouv: see duodoyeir. 
cvoKotatey (cKxdros): fo grow dark; 
impers. 23 24, of the ‘gathering’ 
of the shades of night. 
ovoteipav (oretpa): to roll up together, 
form in close order, perf. pass. 36 14. 
suXVoS 3: long, numerous, frequent. 
ohayiiterBat: fo have victims slain, 
to sacrifice, aor. 54 21. 
oddyiov (cpdrrew): a slain victim. 
ododrev (fall, fell, fallere, falsus, 
dopadns): to trip up, make fall or 
totter, to deceive; spar, écpnda. 





PROSE e) es 

opodreo8ar: fo be unsteady, to totter, to 
be deceived, fail; opadotpar, €opad- 
pat, €oparny. 

ooas: them; opdv, cdpiocencl. Pers. 
pron., in prose used as an indirect re- 
flexive. H.683a,685; G.987; B.472. 

odarrev: fo slay, properly by cut- 
ting the throat, ¢o butcher; spdtw, 
écgpaka, éopaypat, eopayny. 

odevdovytys: singer. 

ohodpa: very much, exceedingly. 


|oxedov (cxelv): nearly, pretty well, 


of an approximate statement, 37 6. 

oxetv (cex-): ¢o get in hand, fake, 
hold; &w or ox7ow, €oxnka, €oxn- 
pat, é€xw. For impf., and for mid., 
see xe. 

— katacyxetv, ‘to bring down,’ 9 18. 
— petacyxeiv, ‘to get a share,’ ‘be- 
come participant in,’ revds, 50 9. 

oxordlev: Zo be at leisure, 40 16. 

TXOAH: spare time, leisure. 

owtev: fosave; chow, Cowra, céowka, 
céow(o) pat, eowOnv. 

— Sac fer, ‘ to keep safe,’ ‘preserve.’ 

cpa, -atos, 7d: Jody, in life. 

TWTHP, -7pos, 0: 

cwdpoveiv impf.: Zo be sound- or 
sober-minded, temperate, virtuous. 

cwdpovitev: zo bring one to his senses, 
to chasten, 59 26. 

cTHhpwv, -ov, (cw fev, ppjv): sound- 
minded, temperate, virtuous ; of any 
kind of mental or moral restraint. 


dik 


radacta (Tad-, ‘ weigh’): wool-spin- 
ning. 

Takacs 3: of wool-spinning. 

TaAKa: Ta dda. 

Traptela: stewardship, housekeeping. 


savior, deliverer. 


214 ATTIC 

ravavria: ra évavria, 

Takis, -€ws, ): an arranging, array, 
a rank or line, post in battle. 

Topaxos: confusion, disorder. 

Tarte (ray-): fo arrange, draw up, 
array, post, order; ratw, raga, 
réraxa, TérTayuat, EradxXOnv. 

—Avtirdrrey, ‘to array against,’ 
pass. 54 22. 

— Stardrrecy, ‘to set off in order.’ 

— émrdrrev, ‘to assign to,’ 43 16; 
‘to detail,’ ‘commission,’ 58 17. 

— tapardrrey, ‘to draw up.’ 

— — avtTirapararrey, ‘to draw up 
against,’ 56 22. 

— mpoordrre, ‘to impose an order,’ 
or ‘a condition upon,’ 19 28. 

—ovvrdtrev, ‘to form in battle 
order,’ pass. 35 6. 

rarterOar: fo arrange for oneself; 
of soldiers, Zo fa// i7. 

— tTapardrrecéat, ‘to draw up’ one’s 
forces. 

— — avtirapardrresOai, ‘to draw up 
one’s forces against’ or ‘on the 
other side,’ 54 17. 

Ttados (Sarre): burial, a grave. 

Tadpos, 7): 

Taxa: soon, presently, 34 26. 
prose usually ‘ perhaps.’ 


trench, moat. 


In 


Taxv: guickly; OarTov, TaxXLOTA. 

Té (gue): and; enclitic. Mostly 7ré 
Té. H. 1040. 
treOepatredo Oar: Peparever. 


SK, OF TE «ss « 
reOvavar: Zo be dead. See arofaveiv. 
telvev (Tev-, thin, derwzs, tendere, T6- 
vos) : to stretch ; rev, érewva, TéeTAKG, 
TéTapat, eTAOnv. 
épya, ‘pertain’ to you, 45 16. 

telverOar: fo stretch for oneself or 
something of oe’s own. 


mpos aé Telver TA 








PROSE 


— StarelverAar, ‘to exert oneself’; dia- 
rewvdwevos, ‘ with all his might,’ 9 17. 

rex(tev: fo wall or fortify. 

— Birarerxlferv, ‘to wall off,’ separate 
by a wall, perf. 48 19. 

Tetxos, -ovs, 76: wall, walled town, 
fortification. 

texetv: fo bring forth, beget, give birth 
to; réouat, réroxa, rlkTw. 

rekpalperOar: fo judge from tokens, 
infer; Tekwapovuat, érekunpduny. 

TEKEApLOV: sion, Loken, proof. 

téxvov: plur. réxva, ‘children.’ 

TéKTwV, -ovos, 6: carpenter, builder. 

tedetv impf.: Zo bring to completion, 
to pay ; TENG, rarely rehéow, érédeca, 
Teré\eka, TeTEAET Mal, ETENETOHY, 

— dtore)ety, ‘to fulfil,’ ‘ perform’ due 
observances, 28 4. 

— S.areXe?v, ‘to finish,’ ‘complete’ a 
course, 15 13; ‘to continue,’ ‘be 
from first to last,’ w. ptcp., 19 20. 
H. 981, G. 1580, B. 660. 

— émurenety, ‘to bring to an end,’ ‘fin- 
ish,’ 18 2. 

téderos 3: perfect, full-grown ; Tédevor 
dvdpes, third grade of the Persian 
discipline, after the age of twenty- 
five, 15 14. 

TeXeoTHpia, Ta: thank-offerings of 
success, 30 2. 

tedevtaios 3: dast, final. 

tedevTav: to end, finish, to die; Blov 
TeeuTHoat, ‘to decease’ from life, 
8117; TedeuvT Sy, ‘at last,’ he ended 
by saying, 9 28, H. 968 a, G. 1564, 

TedeuTH: aending, end. [B.653N. 2. 

réXos, -ovs, 76: consummation, end; 
pl. 7é\y, ‘magistrates,’ 28 6, 56 8, 
cf. dpxat. Ady., 7éXos, ‘at last,’ 7 
12. 


ATTIC 


Tepetv: fo cut; TEeud, TéTUNKa, ETUH- 
Onv, Téuve. 

— dtroreuety, ‘to cut off,’ 55 19. 

réraptos 3: the fourth. 

Tértrapes, TéeTTApAa: four. 
Gu375.0oe 155. 

TeTpakiopuptor 3: four times ten thou- 
sand, 40,000, 

TeTpypevos 3: dored, perforated, 45 21. 

TETPWILEVOS : TLTPWOKELY. 


H. 290, 


Tevgopar: TuxXEly. 

Texvav: fo make by art. 

téxvyn: art, handicraft. 

Téws: so long, for a while. 

tWaceverv: Zo fame. Past-perf. pass., 
42 4. 

TtOnpe: Oetvar. 

TiOnveto Gar: fo nurse, tendasa child; 
aor. 2d pers. sing., 26 3. 

Tipav: Zo value, prize, honor. 

TUN: Price, value, honor, office 4 15. 

ttp.os 3: prized, held in honor. 

Tipwpetv impf.: 70 avenge, 
Const. H. 764, 2 b; G. 1163. 

Tipwpeto Oar: fo fake vengeance on, 
punish. HH. 764,2b; G. 1246. 


SUCCOr. 


TiLwpOS (Tiu7, Fop-, Opav): avenger. | 
Hi. 277, G. 416;)| 


tis, tl: who, what. 
B. 148. 

tis, TL: some one, something, any one, 
anything, one; enclitic. H. 277, G. 
416, B. 148. Twas, ‘a 
great many,’ 8 15. Bdaé Tis, ‘a 
regular blockhead, 11 7; xaAkds 
Tus, ‘a gleam of brass,’ 34 26; eld- 


to Xovs 


Kpivys Tus décxla, ‘a kind of out and | 


out wrong-doing,’ 50 2. 

TiTpoOKeELY : 20 wound, TPwoW, eT Pwo, 
TéTpwual, ETPwOnY. 

TApev, -ovos, 6, 7, (Tad-): full of 
suffering, miserable. A poetic word. 


PROSE 215 
rol: encl. postp. intensive particle. 
H. 1037, 10. ‘The frequently occur- 


ring compounds otro and pévro 
illustrate its intensive force. Cf 
ovdé yap viv ro, 31 18; adda ToL, 
‘but, I tell you,’ 51 4. 
tolvuv: then, so then, now ,; postp. in- 
ferential conj. 
rowaSe, Torade, TorovSe: szch (here), 
‘such as follows,’ 29 22. 
TovovTos, -aiTn, -otTo(v): of dhis 
sort, such. 
TOKEUS, -Ews, 6, (TeKelv) : parent. 
ToKoS (TeKkeiv): birth, offspring. 
ToApa (Tad-): daring, assurance. 
H. 139 e, G. 174, B. 82. 

ToApav: to dare, have the heart to do. 
Tofevev: 40 shoot with the bow, pass. 
‘to be shot with an arrow,’ 86 Io. 
Tokeupa, -atos, 76: an arrow shot 

from a bow. 


kal Tolvuv, 6 25. 


totov: dow. 

totoTys: bowman, archer. 

Tomos: place. 

TOTOUTOS, -avTH, -otTO(Vv): so much, 
so great, plur. so many. 

rote: at that time, then. 

Tov, T@: Ths or Tis. 

Tovpov: Td éudy. 

Ttovvavtiov: 7d évavrlov. 

Tovvopa: 7d dvoua. 

tTpaywdla (ddev): tragedy. 

tpateta: cable; style of living, 21 7. 

Tpadpa, -aTos, Td: wound. 

Tpaphvar: Tpépev. 

Tpaxnros: neck. 

|tpeis, tpla: ckree. G. 375, B. 155. 

Tpétrewv: Zo ¢urn, in another direction; 
Tpéyw, Erpeya, Térpoda, TéTpappat, 
érparnv. tpévacbat rods todeulous, 
‘to put to flight,’ 57 18; cf rpdmauop. 








216 ATTIC 

tpéheav: fo nourish, rear, keep animals 
or persons, cherish; Opépw, EOpeya, 
rérpoga, TéPpauuar, érpddny. 

— éxrpépecy, ‘to bring up,’ 44 18. 

— cuvvrpédpeiv, ‘to bring up with one,’ 
perf. pass. 2 4. 

Tpraxovta: ¢hirty. 

tptBav: fo rub, wear away; Tptpw, 
Erptwa, térpipa, Térpiuuar, érplBnv. 

— Siarpifev, ‘to pass time,’ 40 23. 

Tpinpapx(a (Tpijpns): ‘trierarchy,’ at 
Athens the fitting out of a ‘ trireme,’ 
or ship of war, for the public service. 

Tpiopupio: 3: thrice ten thousand. 

tplros 3: the third. 

Tpomaoy (Tpérewv) : ‘trophy,’ a monu- 
ment of the enemy’s defeat, 58 29. 

Tpomh: a turning, rout, defeat. 

Tpowos: urn, way or manner, ‘bent’ 
of mind or disposition. 

tpoph (Tpéderv): nourishment, food. 

TuyXavev: Tux. 


rowrav (fundere, tTéros): to strike; | 


TunTiow, érurnv. H. 513, 18 a. 

Syn. rAny7vat, wardéat, walecv. 

Tupots, -L0s, 7: furret, tower, 23 5. 
tuxeiv: fo hit the mark, fo happen, to 
get, Twos; revioual, TeTUXNKA, TVY- 
Xadvw. eErvxe THs Bacidelas, ‘came 
to the throne,’ 52 27. 
pévos, ‘happened to be posted’ 
there, 38 14,569. éué re rvyxdvew 
6tddoKorvta kal éxelyny uwavPavovcav 
7a Bé\ric7a, ‘that I might be led | 
(by divine guidance, téx7) to teach 


éTuxXe TETAY- 


PROSE 


Tvxn: chance, luck, good or bad for- 

tune. 
2 A 

bBpltev (U8pis): fo creat wantonly or 
insolently, to outrage. 

bytalveav: fo de sound or in health. 

tylaa: health. 

byins, -és: sound, healthy. 

tSwp, iSaros, rd: water. 
G. 291, 34; B. 115, 24. 

vids: son, regular, also gen. viéos, dat. 

H. 216, 19; G. 291, 35; B. 
115, 25. 

vpets: ye, you; Eudr, iuiv, duds. 

ipérepos 3: of you, your(s). 

brapxetv: see dpe. 

trapxos: one commanding under 
another, /ieutenant. 

tredkaoas: see é\avverv. 

tiép: over; prep. w. gen. and acc. 

trepBadAovtws : exceedingly, 55 26. 

breppeyebns, -es: exceedingly large. 

trjnKoos 2 (iraxovev): hearkening to, 
obedient, subject. 

| brnpetety impf.: Zo serve, wait on. 

| barnpérys (76, épérns ‘rower’): un- 

derling, servant, attendant. 


H. 182 a; 


viet. 





Umvos: sleep. 

(two: under; prep. w. gen., dat., acc. 
H. 808, G. 1219, B. 417. épwrnfels 
ird THs untpés, ‘by’ his mother, so 
reg. of the personal agent; but of 
things, ird 77s mwAaTiryTOos, ‘by 
reason of’ their broad backs, 10 22, 
of. 20 12, 32 8. 





and she to learn what was best,’ 41 
24; disclaiming any positive(human) 
knowledge as to what was really for ! 
the best. / 
— évrvuxetv, ‘to fall in with,’ ‘ encoun- 
ter,’ revi, 34 4. / 


In composition, the force of bré 
must be learned by observation. Cf 
brdpyetv, bredavvery, brodurety, Uro- 
pévecy, under the respective simples. 

troypady (yedgew): a drawing or 
painting under, underlining, 2 6. 


ATTIC 


troxpitns: play-actor. 

trocmovbos 2: under truce. 

vrocyxécbat: fo promise; brorx7jco- 
pat, Wréox nua, Vrioxvovmat 

troxeiptos 2 (xelp): in hand, under 
one’s power, subject. 

terepos, toratos: the latter, later, 
last, latest. 

tobaivav: fo weave. 

— eudalvev, ‘to weave out,’ ‘build 
up’ the honeycombs 44 16. 


tipndos 3: igh, lofty. 


2. 

daiveyv: fo show. 

— dtodalvery, ‘to show forth,’ ‘ give 
an account of,’ ‘ pay in,’ 42 13. 

daiverbar: davivac. 

darayé, -ayyos, 7: line of battle, army 
in line; elow Paddayyos, ‘ within the 
lines,’ 58 26. 

davar ( fari, fatum, pdcxev, Phun): 
to say yes, affirm, aver; nul (encl. 
exc. 2d pers. sing. dys), Ey, PITw, 
@gnoa. Const. inf. 

Often @¢7 indep. of the const., 
Lat. inguit. ob dnum, ‘I deny,’ H. 
1028. €@nyv is aoristic, and @nyl is 
a pres. aor., the imperf. being ¢dcxw. 

Syn. eletv, héyerv, pnOjvar. 

— ovpddvar, ‘to assent,’ ‘agree to,’ 
Tl, 50 5. 

avepos 3: visible, manifest. 
avepoi, ‘in plain sight,’ 56 22. ovK 
épnobels pavepds eyévero, ‘was not 
seen to exult thereat,’ 59 I9. 

davivar: to become visible, show one- 
self, appear; gavoduar, dpalvopuar. 
Const. ptcp., re or ws, but inf. when 
used in the sense of doxe?ty, ‘to seem 
to the mind.’ H. 986, B. 661 N. 3. 


éx Tov 





PROSE ZAT 

— dvagar7jvat, ‘to be shown forth,’ 
find oneself held up as an example, 
52 23. 

— KaTagar7jvar, xatadalver@at, 
appear right clearly,’ 31 27. 

— mpogavivar; mpopalverat, hist. pres. 
(equiv. to aor.), ‘comes forth into 
view,’ heaves in sight, 34 3. 

ddppakov: drug, poison. 

aidos 3: slight, mean, paltry. 

elSerOar: to be sparing of, spare, 
tivés; gpelcopar, épercaunv. 

dépav: impf. only, to dear, bring; 
pas., Zo be borne or swept along, 
to rush, roll rapidly, 36 4; dpuéce, 
‘rush together,’ ‘into conflict,’ 10 
22, 57 I1. Kax@s, ‘bad conduct,’ 
*ill-success’ of affairs, 55 18. 

Syn. éveyxetv, olcecy fut. 

— Siadépery, ‘to differ,’ ‘to excel,’ 
Tivos, 1 13. 

— elodéperv, ‘to bring in,’ 44 13. 

— twapadépery, ‘to bring beside,’ set 
before one, 4 3. 

— mpoodéperv; pass., ‘to rush toward,’ 
bear down on one, 9 16. 

— oupdépery, ‘to be advantageous’ 
for one, 50 23. 

— vrodépery, ‘to bear,’ ‘ endure.’ 

Syn. bropévery, dvéxer Oat. 
dépecbar: fo dear or bring for oneself. 
depvy: marriage portion, dowry. 
ded: alas. 

devyav: puyeiv. 

oqpyn (pdva): a prophetic voice. 

@npi: ddvac. 

O0éyyerOar: fo give utterance to 
sounds, articulate or inarticulate, Zo 
sound, 35 25. 

O0eipav: 40 corrupt, spoil; bepea, 
EpOerpa, EPOapxa, EGbapuar, EPH pny. 


‘to 


218 ATTIC 

— Sragdelpev, ‘to destroy,’ 18 5, 18. 

PBovety impf.: fo de envious, to be- 
grudge, envy, tii Tivos, 27 15. ov 
Pbovnow elwetvy, ‘I shall have no 
objection to stating,’ 46 27. 

PBovepos 3: envious, jealous. Adv. 
d8ovepas. 

O8ovos: envy. 

diary: drinking bowl. 

drtavOperia: sindliness. 

diravOpwros 2: humane, kindly. 

gdurciv impf.: 40 love, like, to kiss. 
Regularly of the love of husband 
for wife, 21 20. 

Syn. ayamray, épar, elie 

— Katagiretv, Kupou xatedidouy xel- 
pas, ‘covered with kisses,’ 25 8. 

redAAqv, -qvos, (EAAnv): fond of 
the Greeks, 59 13. 

ouria: affection, friendship. 


pitios 3: of a friend or friends, | 
friendly. 

ircKados 2: dcauty-loving, fond of | 
beauty. 


drropabys, -és: fond of learning. 

rroverkety (vetxos) impf.: ¢o de fond 
of strife, contentious, engaged in 
eager rivalry, 12 12. 

dios 3: own, dear, a friend. 

dirccodos: philosopher. 


idoaropyos 2 (crépyev): affection- 
até, 2 3. 
idoripeto bar: fo be ambitious, pur- 


sue emulously ; EpidoTipnenv. 
iroripia: love of honor, emulation. 
idcripos 2: honor-loving, ambitious. 
drrodpoveio bar: fo treat kindly, show 
favors to; édiioppovncdunvy and 
Epthoppov7Ony. 
odAvapetv impf. : 
the fool, 10 13. 


to talk nonsense, play 


PROSE 


| oPeiv impf.: Zo frighten. 
poPeicGar: fo fear; wepbBnuat, épo- 

Ben». 

— treppofeicbar, ‘to be exceedingly 
afraid,’ 7 25. 

oBos: fright, fear. 

oitav: fo go up and down, go or come 
regularly, 16 13. 

parte: fo fence, block up. 

— avrigparrecy, ‘to barricade,’ 48 17. 

povetv (ppv) impf.: to de minded 
in any way; péya dpovety, ‘to be 
proud’ of anything, éri rim, 46 24; 
brép dvOpwrov Ppovncat, ‘to con- 
ceive more than human pride,’ 30 7. 
ddixdv Te Ppovety, ‘to be minded to 
some wrong-doing,’ cherish an un- 
righteous sentiment, 32 16. 

— Kkata¢gpovety, ‘to despise,’ 61 20. 

dpovytéov: one must be minded in 
some way; peZfor, ‘feel more proud.’ 

dpovtis, 80s, % : thought, meditation ; 
plur., cares, anxieties, 21 17. 

dpotpapxos: commandant of a for- 
tress Or garrison. 

povpos (pd, fop-, dpav): watchman, 
guard; plur., ‘ garrison,’ 17 3. 

guyetv (fugere): to flee; pevtouat 
or gevgotuac (H. 426), wégevya; 
gevyw, ‘I try to escape,’ ‘shun’ 50 
12, ‘am in exile’ 59 22. 

dvyn: flight. 

gvev: co make grow, beget, produce, 
create; picw, pica. See Pivar. 

vray: a keeping watch or guard. 

| pvdAaktéov: one must be watchful. 

| pvdakthpiov: a guarded post. 

obvrak, -akos, 6, 7: watcher, guard. 

ovAarrev: fo guard, watch; puddtw, 
éptraia, meptd\axa, meplvdAaypual, 
épudAadx Onv. 








ATTIC 


gudarrer Oar: fo be on one’s guard 
against, Tl, Tid, 8 28; of. the act. 
const., 20. 

idov: race, nation. 

diva (gu-, be, fuisse, plows): to grow 


or be born, come to be or be by nature; 


mwépuxa. See grew. H. 500, 3. 
With diva, 1 5, f plow Exwr, 9 f. 
dia Bacihéwv mepuxws, ‘descended 
through a line of kings,’ 20 22. «7 


mepukévac mpés Tt, ‘to be created | 


suitably’ for anything, 43 19, 48 1. 
dupe: fo mix into a paste, 58 20. 
diodv: to puff, blow up, distend. 

— advadicar; pass. 20 18, ‘puffed up,’ 
filled with conceit. 

dios, -ews, 7, (Piva): nature. 

dutevev: fo plant. 

dova: the sound of the voice, voice. 

dap, hupos, 6, (fur): thief. 

dwpav: fo search for a thief. 

— Karadwpar, ‘to catch in the act’; 
Thy Yuxhy as odcav karegwpare, “ye 
surmised,’ ‘detected the existence,’ 
of the soul, 31 19. 

das, huwtos, 76, (Paros, Pavijvac): 
light. 

J Xx. 

Xaipav: xapjvac. 

_ xadav: Zo slacken, to become slack or 
loose, ‘stand open,’ 24 22. 

xareraivev: fo de cross or vexed, to 
show tll-temper. 

Xadreros 3: hard, difficult, cross, harsh. 

Xarerorys, -nTos, 7: Aarshness, ill- 
temper. 

X@Akevs, -€ws, 0: 
brazter, smith. 

XaAKkes: copper, bronze or brass. 

xapat (humus): on the ground. 


Xapa: joy. 


a worker in copper, 


PROSE 219 


| Xapyvar (yearn, gratus, gratia, x4- 
| pts): to rejoice ; Xaipnow, Kexapyxa, 


 xalpw; 
‘ farewell.’ 


xatpe, xalpere, ‘hail,’ or 


= trepxaphvar, drepxalpeav, ‘to be 
overjoyed,’ 2 26, 9 II. 

xaples, -ev: graceful, charming. B. 

| 125,1. Comparison, H. 248, G. 355, 

i) easa2: 

xapiterbar: 40 gratify, please, til; 
Xapioduat, Exapiauny, kexapicuar; 
kexapicpévos, ‘pleasing,’ ‘ grateful,’ 
‘acceptable,’ 50 23. 

XGpis, -tTos, 7, (xXapHvar): grace, 
charm, favor, thanks. xdapw eidé- 
vat, ‘to be thankful,’ 45 8. 

Xapirrypia, 7a: chank-offerings, of 
thanksgiving, 30 3. 

XELLOV, -Gvos, 0: winter, tempest. 

xelp, xetpos, 7: hand, forearm; xe- 
poty, xepcl. 

xetponOns, -és, (€0i fev, Hos): accus- 
tomed to the hand, tame, tractable. 





Xetpopaktpov (udrrew): towel, nap- 
Rin, 3 26. 
Xetpota Gar (yelp): %o overpower. 


xelpwv, -ov: worse; xelpioros. H. 
254, 2; G. 361, 2; B. 136. 

XtAlapxos: ‘chiliarch,’ commander 
of a thousand. 

xtAvor 3: thousand. 


XMootis, -vos, 7: a body or battalion 
of a thousand. 

XiTov, -vos,6: under-garment, tunic. 

|xopnyia: ‘choregia,’ at Athens the 
defraying of the cost of a public 
chorus, 41 3. 

xopes: choral dance, a chorus, band 
of dancers and singers. 

Xpytew: fo want, wish. 

Xpipa, -aros, 74, (xpHoGa): ching, 





220 ATTIC 


affair, 9 10; plur. xphuara, prop- 
erty, money, 60 2, 5. 

XpHvar (x7), elvac): xpy (sc. éorey), 
it behooves, one ought; xpiv, Exp7y, 
xpjce. H. 486; G. 1692, p. 406; 
B. 267. 

xpheGar: fo use, have dealings with, 
ti. H. 412, G. 496, B. 199, 3. 
ti atr@ xphoe, ‘what shall you do 
with him?’ 1117. xpjoGar abrois 
6 re €BovXero, ‘to turn them to such 
use as he would,’ appropriate them 
in any way, 56 3. 

XpNoTHpLov (xpay, ‘to utter a re- 
sponse’): oracle. 

xpnetes 3: useful, good. 

Syn. ayaéés. 

Xpovos: Zine. 

Xpvciov: a piece of gold, gold coin. 

Xpvros: gold. 

Xpioois, -4, -otv: of gold, golden. 

Xpvroxarivos 2: with golden bridle. 

Xpepa, -atos, 76: color, paint, 2 6. 

XwAos 3: lame, limping. 

Xpa: country; military place or post- 
tion, 35 20. 

Xopetv impf.: Zo give place, yield, to 
march, go, to contain; Xwphncoua, 
— Groxwpety, ‘to fall back,’ ‘ retreat.’ 

— Tpoxwpetr, ‘to advance.’ 

xeptov: a place. 

X@pos: space, room, place. 


fi 


éyewv: 40 blame, disparage. 

Waw.ov: armilet, bracelet, 2 10, 39 5. 
WebSer8ar: folie, report or deal falsely. 
Wevdqs, -és: false. 

Wuxq: breath of fz, soul. 

ixos, -ovs, 76: cold. 

wpadtos 3: itchy, mangy. 








PROSE 


2. 


®: prefixed to vocatives. 

ode: thus, as follows. 

w@Oeiv impf.: fo push, shove; édOour, 
Gow, Ewoa, Ewopua, édoOny. 

@beicbar: fo push (away from one- 
self), 58 4. 


@pynv: olerPat. 


| Gppar, POnv: dPOFvat. 


Gpora: duvtvat. 
avetobat: fo buy; dvhicoua, édvnuat, 
éwrHOnv. H. 359, G. 537, I. 
Syn. mplac@at. 
Gvyca: duvdvac. 

@pa (year): season, the right season 
for anything, ‘ high time,’ 11 21. 
@patos 3: i season, ripe, in the bloom 

of youth. 
@paorns, -nTos, 7: seasonableness, 
ripeness, charm of youth and 


@ppa: dpuay. 

: 006’ &s, not even hus, 36 13; so 
und’ ds, kal Gs. H. 284, G. 138, 3. 
as, how, that, in order that. 
iévac ws oé, ‘to come to thee,’ 13 23; 
H. 784 a, G. 1220, 8, B. 418. Tem- 
poral, ‘as,’ ‘when,’ 2 1, 9 4, 9, 16. 
Causal, ‘as,’ ‘for,’ 11 23, 41 27. 
Exclamatory, @s xadés, ‘how beau- 
tiful,’ 2 14, 10 13, I9. 
‘as agreeably as possible,’ 3 2, 16 
18, cf. 6re in the same usage. 
am.dca, ‘ with the intention’ of go- 
ing home, 5 17,23 15. H.974. 
eis kUkAwowy, ‘with a view to’ turn- 
ing the enemy’s flank, 36 26. 
éxovres, having ‘as they believed’; 
@s kwuactal dyres, ‘pretending’ to 
be revellers, 24 11. H. 978. 


5 


os Houta, 
os 
: 

os 


. 
as 


ATTIC PROSE 221 


With inf., ‘so as, 26 17, 33 16; Gore ce xivduvetecv, ‘if you must 
w. ind., ‘so that,’ 297; cf dore. | incur peril,’ 10 7. 
@oavtws: in the same way, likewise. aaron (égedos) impf.: fo benefit, be 
a@omep: just as, as (if). of use to. 
were: so as, so that. Const. H. 927, | apéAtpos 2: helpful, serviceable. 


953, 954; G. 1449 ff.; B. 595 f. 











Hadley and Allen’s Greek Grammar 


By JAMES HADLEY (YALe) 


REVISED BY 
FREDERIC DE FOREST ALLEN (Harvarp) 


Cloth, 12mo, 422 pages. . . : ; ; Price, $1.50 


This standard Grammar not only presents the latest 
and best results of Greek studies, but also treats the 
language in the light received from comparative philology. 
Its comprehensive treatment of the principles and forms 
of the Greek language, together with its clear, analytic 
method, has made it at once an authoritative and exhaus- 
tive treatise for reference and at the same time a practical 
and popular text-book for class use. The fact that during 
all these years it has held its place and maintained its wide- 
spread popularity and extensive use in the leading classical 
schools and colleges of the country is in itself sufficient 
evidence of the excellence of the original work. 

Professor Hadley’s Greek Grammar was published in 
1860, and was founded on the scholarly and exhaustive 
work of the eminent German professor, Curtius, of the 
University of Kiel. 

Professor Allen brought to the work of revision the 
enthusiasm and critical method of an accomplished scholar, 
combined with the experience and skili of a successful 
teacher, and the result of his labors is gratifying alike to 
the publishers and friends of the Grammar. 

In its present form it is a practical work for beginners. 
Clearness of statement, accuracy of definition, and judicious 
arrangement recommend it for elementary classes; yet at 
the same time it is a complete and comprehensive manual 
for the advanced student. 


Copies of Hadley’s Greek Grammar will be sent, prepaid, to any address 
on receipt of the price by the Publishers: 


American Book Company 


New York . Cincinnati . Chicago 
(285) 


Plato’s Apology of Socrates and Crito, 
and a Part of the Phaedo 


WITH INTRODUCTION, COMMENTARY, AND CRITICAL APPENDIX 


By Rev. C. L. KITCHEL, M.A. 
Instructor in Greek in Yale University 


Flexible Binding, 12mo, 188 pages . - : : . Price, $1.25 


THE DIALoGuEs oF PLaTo contained in this volume 
exhibit the moral qualities of Socrates in their highest 
manifestations, and also give some insight into those 
intellectual processes by virtue of which he made an 
epoch in philosophy. In addition to the Agology and Crito 
there has been included that part of the Phaedo which 
describes in detail the last sayings and doings of Socrates. 

The Introduction gives a clear and comprehensive 
outline of the life, character, and philosophy of Socrates. 
This historical sketch is followed by other aids to an 
understanding of Plato’s dramatic representation of his 
great master and by a critical analysis of the argument 
pursued in the Dialogues. 

The Text is based upon that of Wohlrab in his revision 
of the text of Hermann (6 vols., Teubner, Leipzig—vVol. I, 
1886). The grammatical and exegetical notes have been 
drawn principally from Cron (Teubner, Leipzig, 1895). 
The appendix contains a brief account of the notable 
manuscripts and editions of Plato’s works and some of 
the more important variations in the text of the Apology, 
the Crito, and the Phaedo, together with the principal 
authorities for each variation. 


Copies sent, prepaid, to any address on receipt of the price. 


American Book Company 


New York . Cincinnati . Chicago 
(295) 


Greek Dictionaries 


LIDDELL AND SCOTT’S GREEK-ENGLISH LEXICON 
Revised and Enlarged. Compiléd by Henry Grorce LIDDELL, 
D.D., and Roserr Scorr, D.D., assisted by HENRY DRISLER, 
LL.D. Large Quarto, 1794 pages. Sheep . - . $10.00 
The present edition of this great work has been thoroughly revised, 
and large additions made to it. The editors have been favored with the 
co-operation of many scholars and several important articles have been 
entirely rewritten. 


LIDDELL AND SCOTT’S GREEK-ENGLISH LEXICON—Intermediate 


Revised Edition. Large Octavo, gIo pages. 
Cl oth, $3.50; Half Teaser $4.00 


This Abridgment is an entirely new work, designed to meet the 
ordinary requirements of instructors. It differs from the smaller 
abridged edition in that it is made from the last edition of the large 
Lexicon, and contains a large amount of new matter, 


LIDDELL AND SCOTT’S GREEK-ENGLISH LEXICON—Abridged 
Revised Edition. Crown Octavo, 832 pages. Half Leather $1.25 


This Abridgment is intended chiefly for use by students in Secondary 
and College Preparatory Schools. 


4 


THAYER’S GREEK-ENGLISH LEXICON OF THE NEW TESTAMENT 


Being Grimm’s Wilke’s Clavis Novi Testamenti. Translated, 
Revised, and Enlarged by JosEpH HENRY THAYER, D.D., LL.D. 
Royal Quarto, 727 pages . Cloth, $5.00; Half Leather, $6.50 


This great work embodies and represents the results of the latest 
researches in modern philology and biblical exegesis. It traces histori- 
cally the signification and use of all words used in the New Testament, 
and carefully explains the difference between classical and sacred usage. 


YONGE’S ENGLISH-GREEK LEXICON 


By C. D. Yoncr. Edited by HENRY DrRisLeErR, LL.D. 
Royal Octavo, 903 pages. Sheep . « $430 


AUTENRIETH’S HOMERIC DICTIONARY 


Translated and Edited by RoBErRT P. KEEP, Ph.D. New Edition. 
Revised by Isaac FLAGG, Ph.D, 
I2mo, 312 pages. Illustrated. Cloth . : . os Se 


Copies sent, prepaid, to any address on receipt of the price 


American Book Company 
New York a Cincinnati ° Chicago 














University of Toren... ) 
Library = | 


DO NOT 
REMOVE 
THE 
CARD 
FROM 
THIS 
POCKET 











Acme Library Card Pocket 
Under Pat. *‘Ref. Index File” 
Made by LIBRARY BUREAU
Internet Archive Audio

Featured

Top

Images

Featured

Top

Software

Featured

Top

Texts

Featured

Top

Video

Featured

Top

Mobile Apps

Browser Extensions

Archive-It Subscription

Save Page Now

Full text of "A writer of Attic prose : models from Xenophon, exercises and guide, a vocabulary of Attic prose usage"

See other formats
